-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, F2HD2WudeQSGVyiE3CmcX94rXyVpjyg4pvralecjemcslRZizlgC8HpBd3k6jS/2 +sSVMV9X/zjwf8iVbqJzhQ== 0000006292-05-000014.txt : 20050317 0000006292-05-000014.hdr.sgml : 20050317 20050317172302 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000006292-05-000014 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 26 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20050101 FILED AS OF DATE: 20050317 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20050317 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORP CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000006292 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: SERVICES-COMPUTER PROGRAMMING SERVICES [7371] IRS NUMBER: 410905408 FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-04090 FILM NUMBER: 05689805 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 3601 WEST 76TH ST CITY: MINNEAPOLIS STATE: MN ZIP: 55435 BUSINESS PHONE: 952-835-5900 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 3601 WEST 76TH ST CITY: MINNEAPOLIS STATE: MN ZIP: 55435 10-K 1 mainbody.htm ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL 2004 10-K Analysts International 2004 10-K



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended January 1, 2005

Commission file number 0-4090

ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Minnesota
41-0905408
(State of Incorporation)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
   
3601 West 76th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55435
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (952) 835-5900

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act: NONE

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:

Common Stock, par value $.10 per share
(Title of class)

Common Share Purchase Rights
(Title of class)


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes x No o

The aggregate market value of the voting stock (Common Stock) held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter (July 3, 2004) was $76,025,545 based upon the closing price as reported by Nasdaq.

As of March 7, 2005 there were 24,319,050 shares of the registrant's common stock outstanding.


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Incorporated by reference herein are portions of (i) the annual report to shareholders for the year ended January 1, 2005 (Parts I, II and IV) and (ii) the proxy statement for the registrant’s 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 26, 2005 (Part III).
 


 
 


PART I
 
Item 1. Business.

Introduction

Established in 1966, Analysts International Corporation (“Analysts International,” “Analysts” or the “Company”), a Minnesota corporation, is a technology services company that specializes in delivering and integrating technology for businesses. Analysts International partners with industry leaders to deliver the hardware, applications and expertise to help advance businesses through the intelligent application of technology. In the United States, Analysts International serves client companies through a network of offices. We also have a minor presence in Canada and in the United Kingdom where we have a wholly-owned subsidiary, AiC Analysts Ltd.

Development of Business; Service Offerings

We offer our clients a full range of information technology consulting and software development and other services, including offerings sometimes referred to in the industry as “solutions” or “projects.” Service offerings are divided into four categories: Staffing Services, providing IT supplemental staffing and managed team services; Technology Integration, specializing in the delivery, integration and implementation of applications and hardware; Outsourcing, delivering local, national and global capabilities for organizational streamlining and cost reduction; and Advisory Services, providing methodologies and processes for implementing technology and managing human capital.

We also provide our clients with single source (or vendor management services) staffing of programmers and other software professionals through our Managed Services Group (MSG) as well as application development and legacy system maintenance services. Furthering our efforts to deliver high quality solutions at competitive prices, we have an offshore development capability that spans all of our service offerings, and during the past few years, we have made organizational changes to allow us to more easily customize our delivery of services to clients.
 
Approximately 90 percent of Analysts International’s revenue is from services provided to its existing customer base, which consists primarily of Fortune 500® companies. This high percentage of repeat business demonstrates our emphasis on customer satisfaction and development of long-term relationships with customers who have an ongoing need for the services we provide.

In 2000, we acquired the outstanding common stock of SequoiaNET.com, Inc. (“Sequoia”). With our acquisition of Sequoia, we expanded our existing service offerings to include web site development and other eBusiness services, network infrastructure, additional application development capabilities and other IT services. The Sequoia acquisition also brought us key relationships with Microsoft, Cisco, Dell, HP and key vendors in the network infrastructure arena. Since the acquisition, we have integrated Sequoia’s offerings with our existing services and now offer specific services in the areas of Internet Protocol (IP) telephony and wireless communications, Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) integration, infrastructure services, storage solutions, security and business continuity planning, portals and collaboration, customer relationship management, network design, managed services, offshore advisory, IT outsourcing, hosting, service desk and warranty services. We offer these services through Analysts International’s area sales and customer service offices.

During 2002, we established a wholly-owned subsidiary, Medical Concepts Staffing, Inc. through which we have begun to offer staffing services to the medical industry. This subsidiary did not generate significant revenue during 2004.

In 2003, Analysts International formed a relationship with Mastek, Ltd. of Mumbai, India (d.b.a. Majesco Software Inc. in the United States). This capability, available in all our service offerings, combines the cost advantages of offshore services with the reduced risk that comes with an established local company managing projects in accordance with ISO 9001, SEI CMM Level 5 and SEI P-CMM Level 3 certification and other industry standards.

2


Major clients

Bank of America Corporation

During 2004 and 2003 our revenue from services provided to Bank of America (the “Bank”) was approximately 11% and 5% of our total revenue, respectively. During 2004 and 2003, subsupplier revenue (revenue derived from use of personnel from other IT staffing firms) represents 61% and 64%, respectively, of our revenue from the Bank. Effective in late 2004, Analysts International is no longer a prime vendor at Bank of America due to changes in the Bank’s IT procurement process. As a result, effective for fiscal year 2005, we will no longer recognize subsupplier revenue with respect to this account. While we have entered into an agreement with one of the Bank’s current prime vendors, our direct revenue for services provided to Bank of America will likely decline.

Chevron/Texaco

During 2004 and 2003 our revenue from services provided to Chevron/Texaco represented 4% of our total revenue.

International Business Machines Corporation

We also provide services through most of our area offices to various divisions of International Business Machines Corporation (IBM), another major client of the Company. Analysts International’s contract with IBM was renewed on October 31, 2004 and expires on October 31, 2005. IBM has the right to extend the contract under the current terms, conditions and prices for up to three years in varying increments.

IBM requires Analysts International and other participating vendors to accept lower hourly rates in return for the opportunity to do a greater volume of business with IBM. There can be no assurance, however, that volume will offset lower rates. IBM business under the national contract accounted for approximately 12% and 13% of our total revenue for fiscal years 2004 and 2003, respectively. Loss of this business or a substantial portion of it could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Lexmark International, Inc.

For over ten years, Analysts International has provided staffing services for Lexmark International, Inc., a Lexington, Kentucky-based company that is a leading developer, manufacturer and supplier of laser and inkjet printers, multifunction products, associated supplies and services. In fiscal 2003, Lexmark chose Analysts International as one of three prime vendors to continue to provide staffing services. The parties signed a service agreement for staffing on June 27, 2003. The initial term of the agreement continues through June 27, 2005. Lexmark has the option to extend the term for up to three consecutive one-year periods. Also in 2003, Lexmark engaged Analysts International’s Managed Services Group to implement a Vendor Management System (VMS), a web-based application for managing temporary labor resources. Under this agreement, Analysts International also provides consolidated billing for all of Lexmark’s contract suppliers and training and process management for the VMS tool and system.

Revenue from services provided to Lexmark was approximately 5% of our total revenue for each of fiscal years 2004 and 2003.

Revenue by Industry

Analysts International provides its services to a wide range of industries. Its revenue for fiscal 2004 was derived from services rendered to customers in the following industry groups:

 
Approximate Percent of
FY 2004 Revenue
   
Services
29.1%
Financial
20.1%
Electronics/Manufacturing
19.4%
Oil and Chemical
9.5%
Transportation
7.3%
Merchandising
4.3%
Government
3.5%
Telecommunications
3.5%
Health Care
3.1%
Other
0.2%
 
3

 
Analysts International provided services to more than 1,000 clients during 2004. Consistent with its practices in prior years, the Company rendered these services almost exclusively on a time and materials hourly rate basis under which invoices for services rendered were submitted no less frequently than monthly with payment generally due in 30 days.

Organization and Marketing

Analysts International provides its services through area sales and customer service offices, assigned on a geographical basis to one of seven areas and a national business group. Each area sales office is staffed with sales, recruiting and technical personnel and is managed by an area sales manager, who has primary responsibility for the profitability of the area. The area sales manager has broad authority to conduct the operation of the office, subject to adherence to corporate policies. In general, Analysts International establishes customer service offices to support specific projects for one or more customers in areas not served by an area sales office and manages them through an area sales office within the same geographical region. A customer service office may become an area sales office, usually when the volume of business and the prospects for additional business justify the additional expenses associated with area office status.
 
During the year ended January 1, 2005, the Company maintained a business presence in the following locations: Atlanta, GA; Austin, TX; Boca Raton, FL; Boulder, CO; Charlotte, NC; Chicago, IL; Cincinnati, OH; Columbus, OH; Dallas, TX; Denver, CO; Des Moines, IA; Detroit, MI; Grand Rapids, MI; Houston, TX; Indianapolis, IN; Kansas City, MO; Lansing, MI; Las Vegas, NV; Lexington, KY; Los Angeles, CA; Minneapolis, MN; New York, NY; Omaha, NE; Phoenix, AZ; Raleigh/Durham, NC; Richmond, VA; Rochester, MN; Rochester, NY; St. Louis, MO; San Francisco, CA; Seattle, WA; Silicon Valley, CA; Tampa, FL; Toledo, OH; Tulsa, OK; Toronto, Canada; and London, England.
 
Analysts International utilizes its own direct sales force to sell its services. At January 1, 2005, the Company employed more than 75 sales staff. The ability to recruit and hire experienced technical personnel with backgrounds and experience suitable for customer requirements is an important factor in the Company’s business. At January 1, 2005, the Company’s recruiting staff totaled more than sixty.

Competition

Analysts International competes with the computer consulting and/or IT supplemental staffing divisions of several large companies (including Adecco, Accenture, Kelly Services, Modis, TEKsystems and Manpower) on a national basis. These organizations and their applicable divisions are substantially larger than the Company in terms of sales volume and personnel and have substantially greater financial resources.
 
Analysts International also competes with other national software services companies such as Computer Task Group, Ciber, Keane and Computer Horizons.
 
Analysts International’s area and customer service offices compete in local markets with numerous regional and local software services firms. Most of these competitors are approximately the same size as or smaller than the Company’s local office, although in certain market areas they are larger than the Company’s local office.
 
Analysts International believes its total staff and sales volume are larger than many of the national, regional and local software services companies, but certain competitors are larger.
 
Principal competitive factors in the software services business include technical expertise, responsiveness to customers' staffing needs, reputation and credibility, service delivery models and tools and hourly rates. Analysts International believes it is competitive in these respects.

Personnel

As of January 1, 2005, Analysts International had approximately 3,015 personnel. Of these, approximately 2,585 are systems analysts, computer programmers and other business/technology personnel whose services are billable to clients. Several years of experience in the IT industry is generally a prerequisite to employment with the Company.

4


Available Information

We maintain our company website at www.analysts.com and make available, free of charge, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports, in the Investor Relations section of the website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish such material to, the SEC.

Other Matters

The Company’s principal office is identified in response to Item 2 below. Raw materials, seasonality, compliance with environmental protection laws, and patents, trademarks, licenses, franchises or other concessions are not material to an understanding of the Company’s business. No portion of the Company’s business is subject to re-negotiation of profits at the election of the government. Backlog is not material because nearly all of the Company’s contracts for services, including contracts with the government (which are not material), are terminable by either the customer or the Company on notice of 30 days or less.


Cautionary Statement under the Safe Harbor Provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

Statements contained herein, which are not strictly historical fact, are forward-looking statements. Words such as “believes,” “intends,” “possible,” “expects,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” or “plans” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements in this release are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are based on the Company’s current expectations relating to future revenues, earnings, results of operations and future sales or growth. The Company’s actual results may vary materially from those projected due to certain risks and uncertainties such as the general state of the economy, volume of business activity, continued need for our services by current and prospective clients, client cancellations or re-bidding of work, the Company’s ability to control and improve profit margins, including our ability to control operating and labor costs and hourly rates for our services, the availability and utilization of qualified technical personnel and other similar factors. For more information concerning risks and uncertainties to the Company’s business refer to the discussion in the “Market Condition, Business Outlook and Risks to Our Business” section in the Company’s Annual Report for the year ended January 1, 2005 incorporated herein as Exhibit 13, and the Company’s prior Annual Reports, 10-Ks, 10-Qs, other Securities and Exchange Commission filings and investor relations materials.

5


Item 2. Properties.
 
Analysts International’s principal executive offices and the Minneapolis area office are located at 3601 West 76th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55435, in a 134,000 square foot office building in which it leases approximately 93,000 square feet. All other locations are held under leases with varying expiration dates ranging from 30 days to 4 years. See Note H of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K.


Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

There are no pending legal proceedings to which the Company is a party or to which any of its property is subject, other than routine litigation incidental to the business.


Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

No matters were submitted to a vote of the Company’s shareholders during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004.

6


EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY


Name
 
Age
 
Title
         
Michael J. LaVelle
 
65
 
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer since 2004; President and Chief Executive Officer from 2002 to 2004; President and Chief Operating Officer from 1999 to 2002; Senior Vice President of Operations from 1998 to 1999; Southern Region Vice President from 1996 to 1998; Dallas Branch Manager from 1989 to 1996.
         
Jeffrey P. Baker
 
42
 
President since 2004. Prior to joining Analysts International in 2004 as President, Mr. Baker was a partner and member of the Executive Leadership Team for PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) Consulting. He oversaw the firm's 1,300 partners and 32,000 staff members across 52 global territories and advised some of the firm's premier clients on large-scale M&A transactions.
         
John D. Bamberger
 
49
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since 2002; Senior Vice President of Sales and Operations from 2000 to 2002; Chief Executive Officer of SequoiaNET.com from 1989 to 2000.
         
David J. Steichen
 
40
 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since 2003; Corporate Controller and Treasurer from 1999 to 2003.
         
Colleen M. Davenport
 
41
 
Secretary and General Counsel since 2000; Assistant Secretary and Associate General Counsel from 1989 to 2000.

 Terms of office expire as of the Annual Meeting in 2005.

7


PART II


The following portions of the Company’s annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2005 are incorporated by reference in response to Items 5, 6, 7 and 8 as follows:

Items in Form 10-K
 
Caption/Section in Annual Report
 
Page
         
5
 
Stock Data
 
35
         
6
 
Five Year Financial Summary
 
36
         
7
 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
 
9-19
         
8
 
Financial Statements, Quarterly Revenues and Income
 
20-23,37


Item 7a. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Our financing agreement with GE Capital Corporation carries a variable interest rate, which exposes us to certain market risks. Market risk is the potential loss arising from the adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates. Market risk is estimated as the potential increase in fair value resulting from a hypothetical one percent increase in interest rates. For example, while our outstanding balance on our line of credit has averaged less than $1.0 million during 2004, if our average outstanding debt balance were $5.0 million, a one percent increase in interest rates would result in an annual interest expense increase of approximately $50,000.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

There have been no disagreements with or changes in the Company’s independent auditors within the past two fiscal years.

Item 9a. Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

As of the end of the period covered by this report, the Company conducted an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Michael J. LaVelle, and Chief Financial Officer, David J. Steichen, regarding the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rules 13a-15(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in its reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time period specified in the rules of the Securities Exchange Commission.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of January 1, 2005. Our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 1, 2005 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included in our Annual Report to Shareholders filed herein as Exhibit 13.

(c) Changes in Internal Controls

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

8


Item 9b. Other Information.


1. On October 21, 2004, the Company set director compensation for the 2005 fiscal year. Board members will receive an annual retainer of $20,000, board meeting fees of $1,000 per meeting, committee meeting fees of $1,500 for the committee chair and $1,000 for committee members per meeting, 1,000 shares of restricted company stock and 8,000 non-qualified options to purchase shares of company stock.  Accordingly, on January 3, 2005, 1,000 shares of restricted stock and 8,000 non-qualified options were issued to board members Burhardt, Drake, Esstman, Lang, Loftus, Mahoney and Prince.

2. On October 21, 2004, the Company agreed to the following with Chief Executive Officer Michael J. LaVelle: Mr. LaVelle will remain as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer until the end of the 2005 fiscal year. Thereafter, Mr. LaVelle will remain as Chairman until the end of the 2007 fiscal year and will work for the Company as an employee-consultant at the rate of $190,000 annually. The Company also awarded Mr. LaVelle 100,000 shares of restricted stock to vest in equal increments over three years.

3. On March 15, 2005, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors adopted the 2005 management incentive compensation plan. A summary of the management incentive compensation plan is attached hereto as Exhibit 10-ii.

4. On March 15, 2005, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors raised Mr. LaVelle’s annual base salary from $380,000 to $400,000.

5. On March 15, 2005, the Company entered into an amendment to the Change in Control Agreements signed with the individuals set forth in Exhibits 10-z through 10-ee and entered into Change in Control Agreements with the individuals set forth in Exhibits 10-ff through 10-hh. The agreements call for: i) payment by the Company of 2.99 times the executive’s annual salary and targeted bonus; ii) 36 months of continued health, dental and other benefits; iii) vesting of outstanding stock options; and iv) gross-up of payments if the payments trigger excise tax under section 4999 of the Tax Code.

PART III

The information regarding executive officers required by Item 10 is set forth under the caption “Executive Officers of the Company” in Part I of this Form 10-K. Other information called for in Part III, including information regarding directors of the registrant (Item 10), executive compensation (Item 11), security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management (Item 12), and principal accounting fees and services (Item 14), is set forth in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held May 26, 2005, filed pursuant to Regulation 14A, as follows:

Items in Form 10-K
 
Caption in Definitive Proxy Statement
     
10a
 
Election of Directors
     
10b
 
Audit Committee Financial Expert
     
10c
 
Code of Ethics
     
11
 
Executive Compensation
     
12
 
Election of Directors and Principal Shareholders
     
14
 
Independent Audit Fees


Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

During fiscal 2004:

 
a.
In fiscal year 2004, the Company paid Piper Jaffray & Co. (“Piper Jaffray”) approximately $71,000 for financial consulting and advisory services. Katie L. Norman, the daughter of board member Frederick W. Lang, received approximately $28,400 of the above amount for services rendered in connection with the transaction;

 
b.
The Company was not a party with any entity in which any of the Company’s directors was an executive officer, held more than a 10% equity interest, was a member of or of counsel to (in the case of a law firm) or was a partner or executive officer (in the case of an investment banking firm), in any transaction involving payments of more than five percent of the gross revenues of either the Company or such entity, nor is any such transaction proposed; and

 
c.
No director, executive officer or (i) any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing, (ii) any corporation or beneficial holder of ten percent or more of any class of equity securities, or (iii) any trust or other estate in which such person served as a trustee or in a similar capacity was indebted to the Company in excess of $60,000.

 
d.
Subparagraph d. of this Item is not applicable.

9


PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules.

a.1 Consolidated Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements of Analysts International Corporation and its subsidiaries and the related independent registered public accounting firm’s reports are included in the following pages of its annual report to shareholders for the fiscal year ended January 1, 2005.

Description
 
Page in Annual Report
     
Consolidated balance sheets at January 1, 2005 and January 3, 2004.
 
20
     
Consolidated statements of operations for the years ended
January 1, 2005, January 3, 2004 and December 28, 2002.
 
 
21
     
Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended
January 1, 2005, January 3, 2004 and December 28, 2002.
 
 
22
     
Consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity for the years ended
January 1, 2005, January 3, 2004 and December 28, 2002.
 
 
23
     
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
24-31
     
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
32-33
     
Report of Management
 
34
     
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
34


a.2 Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules

Description
 
Page Herein
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
13
     
Schedule II. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
 
14

Other consolidated financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not required or the information is presented in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.


10

 
b. Exhibits.
 
Exhibit No.
 
Description
     
3-a
 
Articles of Incorporation, as amended (Exhibit 3-a to Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 1988, Commission File No. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
3-b
 
Restated Bylaws. (Exhibit 3-b to Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2000, Commission File no. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
3-c
 
Amendment to Articles of Incorporation to increase authorized shares to 40 million (Exhibit A to Definitive Proxy Statement dated September 5, 1996, Commission File No. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
3-d
 
Amendment to Articles of Incorporation to increase authorized shares to 60 million (Exhibit 3-d to Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 1998, Commission File No. 0-0409, incorporated by reference).
     
3-e
 
Amendment to Articles of Incorporation to increase authorized shares to 120 million (Exhibit A to Definitive Proxy Statement dated September 8, 1998, Commission File No. 0-0409, incorporated by reference).
     
4-a
 
Specimen Common Stock Certificate (Exhibit 4(a) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 1989, Commission File No. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
4-b
 
Rights Agreement dated as of June 16, 1989 between Analysts International Corporation and Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A., as Rights Agent which includes the form of Rights Certificate and Summary of Rights (Exhibit A to the Registrant's Form 8-A dated June 16, 1989, Commission File No. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
4-c
 
First Amendment to Rights Agreement dated as of May 8,1990 between Analysts International Corporation and Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. as Rights Agent (Exhibit 4(c) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 1991, Commission File No. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
4-d
 
Second Amendment to Rights Agreement dated as of April 30, 1996 between Analysts International Corporation and Norwest Bank Minnesota as Rights Agent (Exhibit 4(d) to Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 1996, Commission File No. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
4-e
 
Restated Rights Agreement dated as of June 16, 1989 and restated as of April 16, 1998 between Analysts International Corporation and Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. as Rights Agent (Exhibit 4-e to Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 1998, Commission File No. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
10-a
 
Senior Executive Retirement Plan (Exhibit 10-e to Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 1984, Commission File No. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
10-b
 
Deferred Compensation Plan (Exhibit 10-g to Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 1984, Commission File No. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
10-d
 
1994 Stock Option Plan (Exhibit A to Definitive Proxy Statement dated September 6, 1994 for registrant's 1994 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, Commission File No. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
10-e
 
1996 Stock Option Plan for Non-employee Directors (Exhibit B to Definitive Proxy Statement dated September 5, 1996, Commission File No. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
10-f
 
1999 Stock Option Plan (Exhibit A to Definitive Proxy Statement dated September 13, 1999, Commission File No. 0409, incorporated by reference).
     
10-g
 
Stock Purchase Agreement dated April 12, 2000 (Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K, filed May 5, 2000, Commission File No. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
10-h
 
Trust Agreement dated October 20, 1992, with Norwest Bank Minneapolis, N.A. (Exhibit 3-b to Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2000, Commission File no. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
10-i
 
Form of letter agreement providing employment continuation following a change of control. (Exhibit 3-b to Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2000, Commission File no. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
10-j
 
Form of letter agreement providing incentive bonus protection following a change of control. (Exhibit 3-b to Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2000, Commission File no. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
10-k
 
Credit Agreement dated April 11, 2002 between Analysts International Corporation and General Electric Capital Corporation. (Exhibit 2.1 to current report in Form 8-K dated April 26, 2002, Commission File No. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
10-l
 
First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of July 24, 2002. (Exhibit 10-l to Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2002, Commission File no. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
10-m
 
Waiver and Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of April 7, 2003. (Exhibit 10-m to Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2003, Commission File no. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
 
11

 
10-n
 
Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of April 28, 2003. (Exhibit 10-n to Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2003, Commission File no. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
10-o
 
Consent and Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of December 31, 2003. (Exhibit 10-o to Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2003, Commission File no. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
10-p
 
2004 Equity Incentive Plan. (Exhibit 10-p on Form 10-Q for period ended July 3, 2004, Commission file no. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
10-q
 
Employment contract with Jeffrey P. Baker. (Exhibit 10-q on Form 10-Q for period ended July 3, 2004, Commission file no. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
10-r
 
Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of August 5, 2004. (Exhibit 10-r on Form 10-Q for period ended October 2, 2004, Commission file no. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
10-s
 
Asset Purchase Agreement between Analysts International Corporation and Wirespeed Networks LLC.
     
10-t
 
Consent and Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of January 6, 2005.
     
10-u
 
Standard Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for Board Members under 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
     
10-v
 
Standard Restricted Stock Agreement for Board Members under 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
     
10-w
 
Standard Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for Certain Employees under 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
     
10-x
 
Standard Restricted Stock Agreement for Certain Employees under 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
     
10-y
 
Standard Incentive Stock Option Agreement for Certain Employees under 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
     
10-z
 
Change in Control Agreement between Analysts International Corporation and Jeffrey P. Baker dated as of June 18, 2004, as amended March 15, 2005.
     
10-aa
 
Change in Control Agreement between Analysts International Corporation and Michael J. LaVelle dated as of December 18, 2000, as amended March 15, 2005.
     
10-bb
 
Change in Control Agreement between Analysts International Corporation and John D. Bamberger dated as of December 18, 2000, as amended March 15, 2005.
     
10-cc
 
Change in Control Agreement between Analysts International Corporation and David J. Steichen dated as of December 18, 2000, as amended March 15, 2005.
     
10-dd
 
Change in Control Agreement between Analysts International Corporation and Colleen M. Davenport dated as of December 18, 2000, as amended March 15, 2005.
     
10-ee
 
Change in Control Agreement between Analysts International Corporation and Paulette M. Quist dated as of December 18, 2000, as amended March 15, 2005.
     
10-ff
 
Change in Control Agreement between Analysts International Corporation and Walter P. Michels dated as of March 15, 2005.
     
10-gg
 
Change in Control Agreement between Analysts International Corporation and David H. Jenkins dated as of March 15, 2005.
     
10-hh
 
Change in Control Agreement between Analysts International Corporation and Praba Manivasager dated as of March 15, 2005.
     
10-ii
 
Summary of 2005 Management Incentive Compensation Plan.
     
13
 
2004 Annual Report to Shareholders.
     
18
 
Letter of Preferability from Deloitte & Touche LLP regarding change in date for annual goodwill assessment. (Exhibit 18 on Form 10-Q for period ended October 2, 2004, Commission file no. 0-4090, incorporated by reference).
     
21
 
Subsidiaries of Registrant.
     
23
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
     
24
 
Powers of Attorney.
     
31.1
 
Certification of CEO under section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
31.2
 
Certification of CFO under section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
32
 
Certification of CEO and CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
12


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM



Shareholders and Board of Directors
Analysts International Corporation
Minneapolis, Minnesota



We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Analysts International Corporation and subsidiaries as of January 1, 2005 and January 3, 2004, and for the years ended January 1, 2005, January 3, 2004 and December 28, 2002, and have issued our report thereon dated March 17, 2005, which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the change in the method of accounting for goodwill and certain intangibles in 2002; such consolidated financial statements and report are included in your 2004 annual report to shareholders, and are incorporated herein by reference. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 15a.2. This consolidated financial statement schedule is the responsibility of Analysts International Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.



/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 17, 2005


13


Schedule II


Analysts International Corporation
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts


   
Additions
 
 
Description
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
Charged to costs
and expenses
 
Write-offs,
net of recoveries
 
Balance at end
of period
 
                   
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
                 
                   
Twelve months ended January 1, 2005
 
$
1,508,000
 
$
630,000
 
$
329,000
 
$
1,809,000
 
                           
Twelve months ended January 3, 2004
   
1,283,000
   
1,200,000
   
975,000
   
1,508,000
 
                           
Twelve months ended December 28, 2002
   
1,170,000
   
1,842,000
   
1,729,000
   
1,283,000
 


14



SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
     
Date: March 17, 2005
By:
/s/ Michael J. LaVelle
   
Michael J. LaVelle, Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date
         
/s/ Michael J. LaVelle
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
March 17, 2005
Michael J. LaVelle
 
(Principal Executive Officer), Chairman
   
         
/s/ David J. Steichen
 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
 
March 17, 2005
David J. Steichen
 
(Principal Finance and Accounting Officer)
   
         
   
Executive Vice President and
   
John D. Bamberger*
 
Chief Operating Officer, Director
   
         
   
Chairman Emeritus, and Director
   
Fred W. Lang*
       
   
Director
   
Krzysztof K. Burhardt*
       
   
Director
   
Willis K. Drake*
       
   
Director
   
Michael B. Esstman*
       
   
Director
   
Margaret A. Loftus*
       
   
Director
   
Edward M. Mahoney*
       
   
Director
   
Robb L. Prince*
       


*Michael J. LaVelle, by signing his name hereto, hereby signs this Form 10-K on behalf of the persons indicated pursuant to powers of attorney filed herewith.

/s/ Michael J. LaVelle
Michael J. LaVelle, Chief Executive Officer

15



EXHIBIT INDEX

 
Exhibit No.
 
Description
     
10-s
 
Asset Purchase Agreement between Analysts International Corporation and Wirespeed Networks LLC.
     
10-t
 
Consent and Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of January 6, 2005.
     
10-u
 
Standard Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for Board Members under 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
     
10-v
 
Standard Restricted Stock Agreement for Board Members under 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
     
10-w
 
Standard Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for Certain Employees under 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
     
10-x
 
Standard Restricted Stock Agreement for Certain Employees under 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
     
10-y
 
Standard Incentive Stock Option Agreement for Certain Employees under 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
     
10-z
 
Change in Control Agreement between Analysts International Corporation and Jeffrey P. Baker dated as of June 18, 2004, as amended March 15, 2005.
     
10-aa
 
Change in Control Agreement between Analysts International Corporation and Michael J. LaVelle dated as of December 18, 2000, as amended March 15, 2005.
     
10-bb
 
Change in Control Agreement between Analysts International Corporation and John D. Bamberger dated as of December 18, 2000, as amended March 15, 2005.
     
10-cc
 
Change in Control Agreement between Analysts International Corporation and David J. Steichen dated as of December 18, 2000, as amended March 15, 2005.
     
10-dd
 
Change in Control Agreement between Analysts International Corporation and Colleen M. Davenport dated as of December 18, 2000, as amended March 15, 2005.
     
10-ee
 
Change in Control Agreement between Analysts International Corporation and Paulette M. Quist dated as of December 18, 2000, as amended March 15, 2005.
     
10-ff
 
Change in Control Agreement between Analysts International Corporation and Walter P. Michels dated as of March 15, 2005.
     
10-gg
 
Change in Control Agreement between Analysts International Corporation and David H. Jenkins dated as of March 15, 2005.
     
10-hh
 
Change in Control Agreement between Analysts International Corporation and Praba Manivasager dated as of March 15, 2005.
     
10-ii
 
Summary of 2005 Management Incentive Compensation Plan.
     
13
 
2004 Annual Report to Shareholders.
     
21
 
Subsidiaries of Registrant.
     
23
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
     
24
 
Powers of Attorney.
     
31.1
 
Certification of CEO under section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
31.2
 
Certification of CFO under section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
32
 
Certification of CEO and CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
For a list of exhibits incorporated by reference and not filed with this Form 10-K, see Item 15b on pages 11 and 12 of this Form 10-K.
 
16

EX-10.S 2 exhibit10-s.htm WIRESPEED ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT Wirespeed Asset Purchase Agreement


Exhibit 10-s

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT


THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of January 6, 2005 by and among (i) Analysts International Corp., a Minnesota corporation (“Buyer”); (ii) WireSpeed Networks LLC, an Ohio limited liability company (“Seller”); and (iii) Mark Handermann and Greg Paulson (the “Principals”).

INTRODUCTION:

A. Seller operates a technology solutions services business (the “Business”) principally engaged in the delivery of services and sale of products with respect to the IP telephony and wireless systems of Cisco Systems, Inc. (“Cisco”).

B. Buyer desires to purchase substantially all of the assets (other than the Excluded Assets, as defined below) used in the operation of the Business, and to assume certain liabilities in connection therewith, and Seller desires to sell and transfer all of such assets and liabilities to Buyer, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth.

C. The Principals own a majority of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Seller, and each such Principal owns his Intangible Assets (as defined below).

D. Buyer desires to purchase the Intangible Assets from each Principal, and each Principal desires to sell and transfer the Intangible Assets, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth.


AGREEMENTS:

In consideration for the mutual agreements and covenants set forth below, the parties hereto agree as follows:


ARTICLE 1.
DEFINITIONS

1.1 Certain Definitions. Capitalized terms not defined elsewhere in this Agreement, in Annex A or in the Schedules attached to this Agreement have the meanings set forth below:

(a) Acquired Business Revenues” means any revenues from any company, business or business unit acquired by Buyer or its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date.

(b) Acquiring Company Business Revenues” means any revenues from any company that acquires Buyer, the Subsidiaries of such acquiring company, or any company, business or business unit that such acquiring company or its Subsidiaries acquires after the Closing Date.


 
(c) Applicable Percentage” for each of the Principals means 100%, provided, however, that if a Principal’s employment with Buyer or its Subsidiaries is terminated for any reason other than a termination for the convenience by Buyer or it Subsidiaries in accordance with Section 4.2(d) of such Principal's Employment Agreement, then for the first day of the Computation Period in which such termination occurs and thereafter, such Principal’s Applicable Percentage will be zero percent (0%).

(d) Assets” means the Purchased Assets and the Intangible Assets.

(e) Assigned Contracts” means those Contracts identified on Schedule A or the attachments thereto.

(f) Closing Date Adjusted Balance Sheet” means an unaudited balance sheet of the Business with respect to the Purchased Assets and Assumed Liabilities as of the Closing Date. The Closing Date Adjusted Balance Sheet shall be prepared on the basis of accrual accounting and GAAP; provided, however, that the Closing Date Adjusted Balance Sheet shall not include any asset not included in the Purchased Assets or any Liability not included in the Assumed Liabilities, even if such other assets or Liabilities were reflected in the Financial Statements.

(g) Computation Period” means each twelve fiscal month period ending on Buyer’s fiscal year end, provided, however, that the first Computation Period shall commence immediately after the Closing Date and end on Buyer’s 2005 fiscal year end.

(h) Computation Statement” means any written statement substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B prepared by Buyer and delivered to Principals, in the case of a Contingent Payments, or to Seller, in the case of Purchased Assets Purchase Price Adjustment, or by Seller to Buyer in accordance with Section 3.4(a), computing in reasonable detail a Contingent Payment or a Purchased Asset Purchase Price Adjustment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and Exhibit B.

(i) Contingent Payment Period” means a period commencing after the Closing Date and continuing through the end of the Buyer’s 2008 fiscal year end.

(j) Cumulative Distributions” means the total, cumulative amounts paid (i) under Section 3.5(b) in prior Computation Periods plus (ii) under Sections 3.4 or 3.5(d) in the current or prior Computation Periods.
 
(k) Cumulative Qualified Earnings” means the total, cumulative Qualified Earnings during the Contingent Payment Period.

(l) Disagreement Notice” means any written statement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C prepared by a party (or both Principals in the case of Contingent Payments) receiving a Computation Statement setting forth in reasonable detail such recipient’s or recipients’ disagreement with a Computation Statement, or any other disagreement regarding any claim that any Contingent Payment is due and owing to any of the Principals, that a Purchased Assets Purchase Price Adjustment is not proper. As contemplated by Exhibit C, such Disagreement Notice shall identify the specific items

2

 
involved and the dollar amount of each such disagreement and provide reasonable supporting documentation for each such disagreement.

(m) Independent Accountant” means any independent accountant that shall be a firm of independent accountants mutually agreed to by Seller and the Buyer that is not and has not been within the prior three years a regular auditor of Seller or Buyer.

(n) Net Asset Value” means an amount equal to (i) the aggregate book value of the Purchased Assets reflected on the Closing Date Adjusted Balance Sheet, less (ii) the aggregate book value of the Assumed Liabilities reflected on the Closing Date Adjusted Balance Sheet.

(o) Net Asset Value Adjustment” means an amount equal to (i) the Net Asset Value as reflected on the Closing Date Adjusted Balance Sheet less (ii) $250,000.

(p) Qualified Earnings” means for each Computation Period during the Contingent Payment Period, an amount equal to (i) all Qualified Revenues during such Computation Period, less (ii) all Qualified Expenses during such Computation Period.

(q) Qualified Expenses” means the following costs paid or accrued: (i) all costs of all personnel of Buyer or its Subsidiaries performing the Qualified Services, including, without limitation, all compensation, benefits, and incidental expenses allocable to performance of the Qualified Services; (ii) all amounts paid or payable to subcontractors performing the Qualified Services; (iii) fully-loaded costs of goods sold of any Qualified Product Sales; (iv) Recruiting Charges; and (v) any and all expenses associated with the creation or anticipated creation of revenue including, but not limited to, advertising, marketing, facility expenses, office and office products costs and salaries of managers and other administrative sales and recruiting resources dedicated in whole or in part to the generation of Qualified Revenues, but excluding corporate overhead and acquisition costs, if any. If personnel are partially dedicated to the performance of Qualified Services, the Controller of Buyer and Seller shall negotiate to determine the appropriate percentage of that expense to be included in Qualified Expenses. The Controller of Buyer shall determine whether or not an expense is a Qualified Expense, subject to the rights of the Seller under Section 3.6 of this Agreement.

(r) Qualified Product Sales” means all (i) products, except Storage Related Products, sold by Cisco and resold by Buyer; and (ii) products, except Storage Related Products, of Cisco and other manufacturers sold by Buyer in connection with an engagement to install IP telephony, basic switch routing, security, wireless infrastructure or to provide consulting services in these areas, in each case during the Contingent Payment Period.

(s) Qualified Revenues” means (i) each item of revenue actually collected by Buyer or its Subsidiaries from the rendition of Qualified Services, and (ii) each item of revenue actually collected from Qualified Product Sales. Qualified Revenues includes all Acquired Business Revenues, but does not include Acquiring Company Business Revenues.

3

 
(t) Qualified Services” means all Cisco product, except Cisco Storage Related Products, IP telephony and wireless related services provided to Buyer’s clients and performed by personnel of or subcontractors to Buyer, or its Subsidiaries, in each case during the Contingent Payment Period.

(u) Recruiting Charges” means, unless otherwise negotiated and agreed in writing by Seller and Buyer, an amount equal to $4,000 per hire. When special recruiting programs are created by the Buyer or its Subsidiaries to recruit its or their resources required to deliver Qualified Services, the Buyer and the Principals will negotiate the Recruiting Charges appropriate prior to commencement of such special recruiting programs.

(v) Storage Related Products” includes hard disk, optical and tape drivers, flash memory, SAN, FAS and NAS systems, tape libraries, fiber channel switches and components, SCSI over IP, and backup and recovery related products.
 

 
ARTICLE 2.
PURCHASE OF ASSETS

2.1 Purchase of Purchased Assets. 

(a) Purchased Assets. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Seller hereby agrees at Closing to assign, sell, transfer, convey, and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer hereby agrees to purchase from Seller at Closing, all of Seller’s rights, title and interest in and to all of its assets, including, but not limited to, those Assigned Contracts and all other assets listed on the attached Schedule A, but excluding the Excluded Assets (the “Purchased Assets”), free and clear of all Liens.

(b) Excluded Assets. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Seller shall retain all of its rights, title and interest in and to, and there shall be excluded from sale, assignment or transfer to Buyer hereunder, only those assets set forth on the attached Schedule B (the “Excluded Assets”). 
 
2.2 Assumption of Assumed Liabilities. 
 
(a) Assumed Liabilities. At Closing, Buyer hereby agrees to assume and fully perform, pay, and discharge when due, in accordance with the terms thereof, only those Liabilities of Seller set forth on Schedule C (the “Assumed Liabilities”).

(b) No Assumption of Excluded Liabilities. Except as expressly set forth in Section 2.2(a), Buyer shall not assume any Liabilities of the Seller or the Principals of any kind or nature whatsoever, whether fixed or contingent, known or unknown, determined or determinable, due or not yet due (collectively, the “Excluded Liabilities”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, Buyer specifically disclaims assumption of any Liabilities with respect to claims asserted with regard to Seller’s operation of its business prior to or after the date of this Agreement, or any Liabilities out of or relating to relationships and dealings of the Seller or the Principals with third

4

 
parties, whether under contract or otherwise, or with its employees, customers, vendors, business partners or Principals.

2.3 Purchase of Intangible Assets.
 
(a) Acknowledgments. It is acknowledged that each Principal owns individually certain intangible assets that are based on and related to each such Principal’s long-standing relationship with key personnel at Cisco and with customers of the Business which have resulted in the generation of a significant amount of ongoing business revenues for Seller (the “Intangible Assets”) and that the Intangible Assets that have been developed by each Principal are personal to each Principal.

(b) Purchase. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Principals hereby agree at Closing to assign, sell, transfer, convey, and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer hereby agrees to purchase from the Principals at Closing, all of the Principal’s rights, title and interest in and to all of the Intangible Assets.

2.4 Cisco and Other Customers. The parties acknowledge that Buyer has or will enter into a new agreement with Cisco in connection with the conduct of the Business by Buyer after Closing, and that Buyer is not assuming Seller’s existing agreement with Cisco. Buyer is assuming certain, but not all of, Seller’s contracts with other customers of Seller. Seller and the Principals covenant and agree (a) to use their best efforts to cause Cisco, as soon as possible after Closing, to enter into new statements of work with Buyer under Buyer’s new agreement with Cisco with respect to all Cisco statements of work with Seller which are pending as of Closing, and (b) to transfer Seller’s and the Principal’s relationships and work flow with Cisco and other customers to Buyer and to cooperate with and assist Buyer in all matters related thereto.
 

 
ARTICLE 3.
PURCHASE PRICE AND PAYMENT TERMS

3.1 Purchased Assets Purchase Price. The purchase price (the “Purchased Assets Purchase Price”) for the Purchased Assets shall be an amount equal to the sum of the following, subject to adjustments after Closing as set forth in Section 3.4:

(a) Cash Closing Payment. $1,750,000 (the “Cash Closing Payment”) which shall be paid at Closing pursuant to a wire transfer to a Seller bank account designated by Seller.

(b) Escrow Amount. $650,000 (the “Escrow Amount”), of which:

(i) Cash Escrow Amount. $250,000 (the “Cash Escrow Amount”) shall be paid at Closing pursuant to a wire transfer to the Escrow Agent, and 

(ii) Share Escrow Amount. $400,000 (the “Share Escrow Amount”) shall be paid in shares (the “Shares”) of Common Stock of Buyer pursuant to the delivery to the Escrow Agent promptly after Closing of a stock certificate duly registered in Escrow Agent’s name for a number of shares of Buyer Common

5

 
Stock equal to the Share Escrow Amount divided by the Average Market Price. At or promptly after Closing, Buyer agrees to instruct its transfer agent to deliver a stock certificate to the Escrow Agent.

(c) Assumed Liabilities. An amount equal to the Assumed Liabilities.

3.2 Intangible Asset Purchase Price. The purchase price for the Intangible Assets payable to each Principal (the “Intangible Assets Purchase Price,” and together with the Purchased Asset Purchase Price, the “Purchase Price”) shall be an amount equal to the Contingent Payments, if any, payable to such Principal in accordance with Section 3.3.
 
3.3 Contingent Payments. As the Intangible Asset Purchase Price, Buyer agrees to pay to each Principal the Contingent Payments owing, if any, pursuant to the following terms:
 
(a) Contingent Payments. If at the end of any Computation Period, the Cumulative Qualified Earnings from the Closing Date through the end of such Computation Period exceeds the target set forth below (the “Cumulative Qualified Earnings Target”), then for such Computation Period, each Principal shall be entitled to be paid in accordance with Section 3.3(b) an amount equal to (i) (A) each such Principal’s Applicable Percentage times (B) the Cumulative Qualified Earnings in excess of the applicable Cumulative Qualified Earnings Target times (C) 16.5%, less (ii) any Contingent Payments made in prior Computation Periods to such Principal. Each payment made under this Section 3.3(a), a “Contingent Payment”). The total amount of Contingent Payments paid under this Section 3.3(a) shall not exceed $2,800,000.

Computation Period
Cumulative Qualified Earnings Target
Buyer 2005 Fiscal Year End
$3,880,000
Buyer 2006 Fiscal Year End
$6,130,000
Buyer 2007 Fiscal Year End
$9,580,000
Buyer 2008 Fiscal Year End
$14,800,000

(b) Computation and Payment. Within ninety days after the end of each Computation Period, Buyer shall provide the Principals with a Computation Statement setting forth the Contingent Payments then due and owing for such Computation Period. Within ten business days after acceptance or finalization of the Computation Statement with respect thereto, Buyer shall pay the Contingent Payments then due and owing to the Principals for such Computation Period. 

(c) Subordination. Reference is hereby made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of April 11, 2002, by and among General Electric Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, individually as a lender and as agent (“Agent”) and security trustee for the lenders, the other credit parties signatory from time to time thereto, and Buyer, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time (the “Credit Agreement”). The rights of the Principals hereunder are subordinated and subject in right of payment, as set forth below, to the prior payment in full in cash of the Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

6

 
(i) Notwithstanding the terms of the foregoing Section 3.3, the Buyer hereby agrees that it may not make, and each Principal hereby agrees that he will not accept, any payment with respect to the Contingent Payments at any time an Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) exists under the Credit Agreement or would exist after giving effect to the making of such payment. The Buyer may resume such payments (and may make any such payment missed due to the application of this paragraph) upon a cure or waiver of such Event of Default.

(ii) Until the prior payment in full in cash of the Obligations, (A) each Principal shall have no right for a period of 90 days after written notice to Agent (at the addresses set forth in the Credit Agreement) of the occurrence of a breach or default under this Agreement, to sue for payment of, or to initiate or participate with others in any suit, action or proceeding against Buyer to (1) enforce payment of or to collect the whole or any part of any amount owing or claimed owing to such Principal under Section 3.3 of this Agreement or (2) commence judicial enforcement of any of the rights and remedies under this Agreement or applicable law with respect thereto, and (B) each Principal shall have no right to initiate or participate with others in any action under the provisions of any state or federal law with respect to Buyer, including, without limitation, Title 11 of the United States Code, 11 U.S.C. §§ 101 et seq. or other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws.

(iii) In the event a Principal receives any payment in contravention of the terms hereof, such Principal shall hold such funds in trust and promptly turn such funds over to Agent. Each Principal hereby acknowledges and agrees that Agent and Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement) are relying on the subordination provisions set forth herein and are third party beneficiaries of such provisions with the right to enforce the terms hereof. The terms of such subordination provisions may not be amended or otherwise modified without the prior written consent of Agent in each instance.
 
3.4 Adjustments to the Purchased Assets Purchase Price. The Purchased Assets Purchase Price shall be subject to the following adjustments (the “Purchase Asset Purchase Price Adjustments”):
 
(a) Net Asset Value Adjustment. The Purchased Assets Purchase Price shall be increased or decreased, as the case may be, by an aggregate amount equal to the Net Asset Value Adjustment.

(i) Net Asset Value Adjustment. If the Net Asset Value Adjustment is positive, then the Purchased Assets Purchase Price shall be increased by the amount of the Net Asset Value Adjustment. If the Net Asset Value Adjustment is negative, then the Purchased Assets Purchase Price shall be decreased by the amount of the Net Asset Value Adjustment.

7

 
(ii) Computation and Payment. Within thirty days after the Closing Date, Seller shall provide the Buyer with a Closing Date Adjusted Balance Sheet and a Computation Statement setting forth the Net Asset Value Adjustment. Buyer shall have thirty days following the provision of a Closing Date Adjusted Balance Sheet and Computation Statement to review, audit and accept the same. Within ten business days after acceptance of such Computation Statement, (A) Buyer shall pay to Seller the Net Asset Value Adjustment if it is positive, and (B) Buyer shall instruct the Escrow Agent to pay to Buyer the Net Asset Value Adjustment if it is negative.
 
(iii) Preliminary Net Asset Value Adjustment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article, at or before Closing and by mutual written agreement of Seller and Buyer, Seller and Buyer may make an estimate of the Net Asset Value Adjustment, and may make a preliminary adjustment to the Cash Closing Payment based thereon, in which case the computations and payments under this Section 3.4(a)(ii) shall take into account such preliminary adjustment.
 
(b) Uncollected Receivables Adjustment. The Purchased Assets Purchase Price shall be decreased, if applicable, by an aggregate amount equal to the Uncollected Receivables Adjustment.

(i) Uncollected Receivables Adjustment. If any accounts receivable included in the Purchased Assets are not collected in full within 180 days after the Closing Date (the “Collection Date”), the Purchased Assets Purchase Price shall be reduced by the amount thereof plus any collection costs incurred by Buyer in connection therewith (the “Uncollected Receivable Adjustment”) and any remaining accounts receivable shall be assigned and returned ”as is” and without any representation or warranty to Seller for collection. Buyer agrees to use the same efforts that it customarily uses for its other receivables to collect such accounts receivable prior to the Collection Date.

(ii) Computation and Payment. After the Collection Date, Buyer may provide Seller with a Computation Statement of the Uncollected Receivables Adjustment and Seller shall have ten days to review, audit and accept such Computation Statement. Within ten business days after acceptance of such Computation Statement, Buyer shall direct the Escrow Agent to pay the entire Uncollected Receivables Adjustment to Buyer.
 
(c) Minimum Qualified Revenues Adjustment. The Purchased Assets Purchase Price shall be decreased, if applicable, by an aggregate amount equal to the Minimum Qualified Revenues Adjustments.

(i) Minimum Qualified Revenues Adjustment. Starting with the Computation Period ending on Buyer’s 2005 fiscal year end, for each such Computation Period during the Contingent Payment Period if the total amount of Qualified Revenue during the twelve fiscal months prior thereto is less than the revenues of Buyer and Seller for 2004 in total that would otherwise meet the

8

 
definition of Qualified Revenues (which the parties estimate as of the date hereof to be approximately $12,000,000), then the amount of the Purchased Assets Purchase Price shall be reduced by an amount equal to the amount of the Scheduled Periodic Release of the Escrow amount for such Computation Period in which such Qualified Revenues are less than such amount (each such adjustment, a “Minimum Qualified Revenues Adjustment”).

(ii) Computation and Payment. Buyer may provide Seller with a Computation Statement of each Minimum Qualified Revenues Adjustment as part of the Computation Statement to be delivered under Section 3.5(c), which adjustment shall be paid as set forth therein.
 
3.5 Escrow Amount.

(a) Escrow Agent. At Closing, Seller and Buyer shall enter into an escrow agreement (the “Escrow Agreement”) with a third party escrow agent selected by Buyer (the “Escrow Agent”), whose fees shall be paid by Buyer. The form of such Escrow Agreement, once finalized, shall be attached hereto as Exhibit A. As will be further described in the Escrow Agreement, distributions of the Escrow Amount, with any interest earned thereon, shall be disbursed by the Escrow Agent to Seller or Buyer, as the case may be, within ten days after written instructions provided by Buyer to the Escrow Agent along with a copy thereof to Seller, provided Seller has not timely delivered its Objection Notice (as defined therein). Buyer agrees to issue instructions when and as required under this Agreement.
 
(b) Periodic Releases. As of the end of each Computation Period commencing for the Computation Period ending on Buyer’s 2005 fiscal year end, Seller shall be entitled to receive from the Escrow Amount an amount equal to the following (the “Scheduled Periodic Releases”), provided that the following is subject to Section 3.4(c):
 
Computation Period
Cash Escrow Amount
Share Escrow Amount
Buyer 2005 Fiscal Year End
$125,000 less Cumulative Distributions from the Cash Escrow Amount.
$133,333 less Cumulative Distributions from the Share Escrow Amount.
Buyer 2006 Fiscal Year End
$250,000 less Cumulative Distributions from the Cash Escrow Amount.
$266,666 less Cumulative Distributions from the Share Escrow Amount.
Buyer 2007 Fiscal Year End
N/A
$400,000 less Cumulative Distributions from the Share Escrow Amount.
End of Contingent Payment Period
N/A
N/A

(c) Computation of Periodic Release; Disbursement. Within ninety days after the end of each Computation Period, Buyer shall deliver to Seller a Computation Statement showing the Minimum Qualified Revenues Adjustment, if any, and the amount

9

 
of the Scheduled Periodic Releases to be released to Seller in accordance with Section 3.5(b) (subject to Section 3.4(c)). Seller shall have thirty days to review and accept such Computation Statement. Within ten business days after acceptance or finalization of such Computation Statement by Seller, Buyer shall instruct the Escrow Agent to disburse to Seller the amount required by Section 3.5(b) or to Buyer pursuant to Section 3.4(c).
 
(d) Indemnifiable Loss. In the event any Indemnifiable Loss is not paid by Seller or any Principals when due, Buyer shall be entitled to be paid the amount thereof from the Escrow Amount. If such Indemnifiable Losses are not paid when due, and such failure continues for a period of ten days after demand by Buyer to Seller, Buyer may instruct the Escrow Agent to disburse to Buyer the amount of any such unpaid Indemnifiable Losses.

(e) Cash; Shares. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by Seller and Buyer, any disbursements of the Escrow Amount under Section 3.4 or 3.5 shall be allocated on a pro rata basis between the Cash Escrow Amount and the Share Escrow Amount based on the original amounts thereof, and any shares of Buyer Common Stock shall be valued for purposes of such disbursement based on the price used for purposes of Section 3.1(b)(ii) (as equitably adjusted for stock splits and the like after the Closing Date).

(f) Excess Purchased Assets Purchase Price Adjustments and Indemnifiable Losses. In the event any Purchased Asset Purchase Price Adjustments or Indemnifiable Losses are not able to be paid from the Escrow Account due to lack of available escrowed funds, Seller and the Principals shall pay to Buyer such amounts within ten days after written demand.
 
3.6 Acceptance or Finalization of Computation Statements; Disagreements. The sole and exclusive manner for resolution of any disagreements or other disputes regarding the amount of any Contingent Payments due and owing, if any, and/or the amount of any Purchased Assets Purchase Price Adjustments, if any, or the inclusion or exclusion of any item affecting the computation thereof, shall be as follows, and the parties hereby waive any right to bring any claim based thereon in any court (other than to enforce the provisions of this Section 3.6 or to enforce its or their rights as a result of a determination in accordance with the following):

(a) Actual Results of Operations. The Contingent Payments due and owing, if any, to the Principals and the amount of any Purchased Assets Purchase Price Adjustments, if any, shall be computable and payable solely based on actual results of operation by Buyer and its Subsidiaries of their businesses, including the Business. Buyer and their Subsidiaries shall have sole and absolute discretion to operate their businesses in the manner they deem appropriate, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, they will not have any duty to operate their businesses in any manner to increase any Contingent Payments otherwise payable, or to take any action to avoid a Purchased Assets Purchase Price Adjustment. Buyer makes no representations or warranties regarding the amount, if any, that may be payable in connection with the Contingent Payment, or the amount of any Purchased Assets Purchase Price Adjustment. Seller and the Principals irrevocably waive, and covenant not to assert, any claim that the Seller and/or the Principals would or may have realized greater Contingent Payments, or

10

 
would have suffered less of a reduction in the Purchased Assets Purchase Price, or realized other benefits, or avoided other detriments, had Buyer or its Subsidiaries managed their businesses differently or taken, or failed to take, other actions or inactions.

(b) Unique Nature. Seller and the Principals understand and acknowledge the unique nature of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and that Buyer’s and its Subsidiaries’ operation of the Business as a new business unit of Buyer requires an analysis of profitability that is different from those of Buyer’s other business units. Seller’s, the Principals’ and the Independent Accountant’s review of the decisions made by Buyer and its representative, including its Chief Financial Officer, in determining any Computation Statement or any item affecting such Computation Statements shall not consider Buyer’s policies or procedures in other business units of Buyer in determining the appropriateness of those decisions. The sole purpose of the reviewer is to determine whether or not the decision of the representatives of Buyer, including its Chief Financial Officer, in determining a Computation Statement or any item affecting such Computation Statements not based upon any fact and is without any reasonable judgment.

(c) Acceptance. At any time Buyer and Seller may agree in writing upon a Computation Statement with respect to a Purchased Assets Purchase Price Adjustment, and at any time Buyer and both of the Principals may agree in writing upon a Computation Statement with respect to any Contingent Payments, and when so agreed, such Computation Statement shall be final and binding upon the parties.
 
(d) Notice Period; Disagreement Notice. A Computation Statement shall become final and binding upon the parties thirty days (or if less, the periods set forth above) after delivery by the party providing such Computation Statement to the party or parties to receive such Computation Statement, unless such party or parties (both of the Principals in the case of a Contingent Payment) deliver to the party providing such Computation Statement a Disagreement Notice with respect to such Computation Statement within such thirty day period (of if less, the periods set forth above). After delivery of such a Disagreement Notice, the party or parties providing such Disagreement Notice may not introduce additional disagreements with respect to any item in such Computation Statement or increase the amount of any disagreement identified in the Disagreement Notice, and any item not identified in the Disagreement Notice shall be deemed to be agreed to by the party or parties receiving such Computation Statement. If the party or parties receiving the Computation Statement timely provides a Disagreement Notice in the proscribed form, during the thirty-day period following receipt of the Disagreement Notice, Buyer and Seller or the Principals, as the case may be, will negotiate in good faith to resolve their disagreement in writing. If Buyer and Seller or the Principals, as the case may be, shall so resolve their disagreement, the Computation Statement shall become final as so agreed. Failing such resolution, the issues that remain in dispute shall be resolved as set forth below.
 
(e) Elevation to Senior Management. Failing resolution of such disagreements during the thirty days period contemplated by set forth in Section 3.6(d), the issues that remain in dispute shall referred to one or more members of senior management. For a period of ten days after expiration of such thirty day period, such

11

 
member or members of senior management and Seller or the Principals, as the case may be, will negotiate in good faith to resolve their disagreement. Failing such resolution, either party at the end of such additional ten day period may refer the matter to the Independent Accountant for resolution as set forth below by providing written notice of such disagreement and submission to the Independent Accountant and to the other party. 
 
(f) Independent Accountant Resolution. The resolution by the Independent Accountant shall not constitute or entail an audit. The Independent Accountant shall make its resolution based solely on presentations and supporting material provided by the parties and not pursuant to any independent review. The Independent Accountant will only consider those items and amounts set forth in the Computation Statement as to which Buyer and Seller or the Principals, as the case may be, have disagreed within the time periods and on the terms specified above. The decision of the Independent Accountant shall be limited to whether the Computation Statement and the calculation of any Contingent Payments and adjustments to the Purchased Assets Purchase Price was done in accordance with this Agreement. The Independent Accountant shall not have any authority to decide any other matter. Buyer and Seller shall make readily available to the Independent Accountant all relevant information, books and records and any work papers relating to such matters and all other items reasonably requested by the Independent Accountant. The Independent Accountant shall be instructed to submit the results of its examination within thirty calendar days. Any amounts so recalculated shall be final and binding on the parties, and the Computation Statement, and the resulting Contingent Payments, Supplemental Payments or adjustments to the Purchased Assets Purchase Price, or determination of the Accelerated Escrow Release Amount, as applicable, shall become final as adjusted to reflect such recalculated amounts. The Independent Accountant shall make a ratable allocation of its charges for such work as a part of its determination based on the proportion by which the amount in dispute was determined in favor of one party or the other.
 
(g) Minor Disagreements. Notwithstanding Sections 3.6(e) and 3.6(f), if following the thirty day period set forth in Section 3.6(d), the amount of the disagreement set forth in the Disagreement Notice impacts the amount due to or from Seller or the Principals by in total $2,500, the Chief Executive Officer of Seller and the Controller of Buyer shall meet and confer to resolve the disagreement. If they are unable to resolve their disagreements, the amount in disagreement (but in no event more than $2,500 in total) shall be split equally. Further, this Section 3.6(g) shall no longer apply once the total cumulative amount of all disagreements to which this Section 3.6(g) applies equals or exceeds $10,000.

(h) Failure to Deliver Computation Statement. If Buyer or Seller has not delivered a Computation Statement but Seller, the Principals or Buyer, as the case may be, in good faith and reasonably believes that Buyer or Seller, as the case may be, should have delivered a Computation Statement, Seller, the Principals or Buyer, as the case may be, may deliver a Disagreement Notice with respect to such failure. Within thirty days thereafter, Buyer or Seller, as the case may be, shall deliver a Computation Statement (which may indicate, among other things, that no amounts are due and owing). Such

12

 
Computation Statement shall be subject to the dispute resolution procedures set forth above.

3.7 Certain Tax Matters.

(a) Allocation of Purchase Price. Following Closing, Buyer shall allocate the Purchase Price among the Assets in accordance with Section 1060 of the Code and other applicable Laws, and once such allocation is made, shall provide a copy thereof to the Seller. The parties will, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, adopt and utilize the amounts allocated to each asset or class of assets, as such allocations may be adjusted pursuant to this Agreement, for purposes of all federal, state, local and other tax returns or reports, in any claim for refund, or otherwise with respect to such tax returns or reports. Each party agrees to timely file an IRS Form 8594 reflecting the allocation of the Purchase Price and the Assumed Liabilities among the Assets for the taxable year that includes the Closing and to timely file any comparable or similar forms required by applicable state, local, and foreign tax laws. In the event of any adjustments to the Purchase Price, the parties shall prepare and timely file a supplemental asset acquisition statement on IRS Form 8594 in accordance with the rules under Section 1060 of the Code and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder and shall prepare and timely file any comparable or similar form required by applicable state, local, and foreign tax laws. No party shall, after filing any IRS Form 8594 (or comparable or similar form), or any supplement thereto, revoke or amend such form without the prior written consent of the other. 

(b) Contingent Payments. Any Contingent Payment shall be treated for tax purposes as the total consideration paid for the Intangible Assets under this Agreement to the extent such characterization is proper and permissible under relevant tax authorities.

(c) Adjustments. Any Purchased Assets Purchase Price Adjustments under this Article shall be treated for tax purposes as an adjustment of the total consideration paid for the Purchased Assets under this Agreement to the extent such characterization is proper and permissible under relevant tax authorities.

(d) Transfer Taxes. Seller shall pay any Transfer Taxes, if any, arising out of the sale or transfer of the Assets contemplated by this Agreement.
 
 
ARTICLE 4.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER AND THE PRINCIPALS

Except as expressly set forth in the Seller Disclosure Schedule (with references to Sections of the Seller Disclosure Schedule referencing Sections of this Article 4 as applicable), Seller and the Principals, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to Buyer as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as follows, with the intention that Buyer may rely upon the same, and acknowledge that the same shall survive the consummation of this transaction:

13

 
4.1 Organization of Seller. Seller is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization. Seller is duly qualified as a foreign limited liability company in all jurisdictions where required by applicable Law to be so qualified. All of the outstanding equity interests in the Seller are owned directly by the Principals. Complete and correct copies of Seller’s organizational documents, each as amended to date, have been made available to Buyer.
 
4.2 Authority. Seller has full limited liability company power and authority to own, lease and operate its property and assets constituting the Business and to conduct the Business as it is currently being conducted. The execution, delivery and performance by Seller of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the consummation by Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized and approved by the members of Seller, and no other limited liability company, equity owner or other action is necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance by Seller of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. This Agreement has been, and at the Closing each of the Transaction Documents will be, duly executed and delivered by Seller and the Principals, as applicable, and this Agreement is, and at the Closing each of the Transaction Documents will be, a legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller and the Principals, as applicable, enforceable in accordance with its and their terms, subject to Enforcement Exceptions.
 
4.3 Consents. Except for those consents, approvals or notices set forth in Section 4.3 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule (the “Required Consents”), neither the execution, delivery or performance by Seller or the Principals of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or the consummation by Seller and the Principals of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby does not and will not (a) violate or conflict with any provision of the governing documents of Seller, (b) require any consent, approval or notice under, conflict with or result in the breach, lapse, cancellation or termination of, or constitute a default under, or result in the acceleration (in each case, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both) of any right or obligation of, or the performance by, Seller under, or result in a loss of any benefit to which Seller is entitled or result in any penalty or adverse consequence under, any Assigned Contract or any plan, permit, authorization or approval which is a Purchased Asset, (c) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of the Assets, or (d) with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, violate, result in the breach of or require any consent, approval, filing or notice under any provision of any Law or Governmental Order to which Seller, the Business or any of the Assets is subject. 
 
4.4 Financial Information.
 
(a) Financial Statements. Set forth as Section 4.4(a) of the Seller Disclosure Schedule is the unaudited balance sheet (the “Interim Balance Sheet”) of Seller as of the date indicated therein (the “Interim Balance Sheet Date”) and the related unaudited profit and loss statement for the interim period therein as of the date indicated therein (collectively, the “Financial Statements”). The Financial Statements (i) are true, correct and complete in all material respects and have been prepared in accor-dance with the books and records regularly maintained by Seller as consis-tently applied and maintained through-out the periods indicated, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the

14


financial condition and the results of operations, changes in members' equity and cash flow of Seller as of the Interim Balance Sheet Date and for the periods indicated therein in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal recurring year-end adjustments (the effect of which will not, individually or in the aggregate, be adverse to the financial condition of Seller in any material respect) and the absence of notes. The Financial Statements reflect the consistent application of such accounting principles throughout the periods involved.

(b) Undisclosed Liabilities. Except to the extent reflected in the Financial Statements, Seller does not have any Liabilities, other than (i) accounts payable and accrued Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice since the date of the Financial Statements, (ii) Liabilities incurred in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and (iii) executory obligations under Contracts which GAAP does not require to be reflected on balance sheets.
 
4.5 Absence of Certain Changes or Events.  Since the date of the Financial Statements, the Business has been conducted in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and: (a) Seller has not disposed of or otherwise transferred any assets other than in the ordinary course of business; (b) Seller has paid account payables and other debt, and has collected receivables, in the ordinary course of business; (c) there has been no change in the condition and repair of the Equipment such that such condition and repair are inconsistent with the uses in which such Equipment are employed in the Business, ordinary wear and tear excepted; (d) there has been no purchase commitment with respect to the Business inconsistent with past practice or in excess of the normal, ordinary and usual requirements; (e) there has been no material increase or decrease in the Business’s advertising or other expenditures; and (f) there has been no event that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
4.6 Governmental Authorizations. Seller currently holds all Governmental Authorizations used primarily in and necessary for the conduct of the Business as currently conducted by Seller. Such Governmental Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect, and Seller is in compliance with Governmental Authorizations. Seller has made available to Buyer true, correct and complete copies of all of such Governmental Authorizations.
 
4.7 Compliance with Laws. The Business is being conducted and at all times has been conducted, in compliance with all Laws applicable thereto and to the Assets, and Seller has not received any written notice within the two years prior to date hereof to the effect that the Business is not in compliance with any applicable Law. 
 
4.8 Litigation. There is no Proceeding by any Person or Governmental Authority, currently outstanding or pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened, nor has there been since inception of Seller, in any case that relates to or involves Seller, the Assets, the Business, the Principals or the transactions contemplated hereby. There are no unsatisfied Judgments that relate to Seller, any of the Purchased Assets, the Business or the Principals.
 
4.9 Title and Sufficiency of Assets.


15

 
(a) Title. Seller is the true and lawful owner, and has good title to, all of the assets (tangible or intangible), including, without limitation, the Purchased Assets, purported to be owned by Seller, free and clear of all Liens. Each Principal is the true and lawful owner, and has good title to, such Principal’s Intangible Assets, free and clear of all Liens. Upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, Seller will convey to Buyer good and valid title to the Purchased Assets, and the Principals will convey to Buyer good and valid title to the Intangible Assets, in each free and clear of all Liens and without Buyer being legally obligated to incur any material penalty, other fees or loss of benefits imposed solely as a result of, or arising solely from, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents. With respect to the property and assets Seller leases, Seller is in compliance with such leases and holds a valid leasehold interest free of all Liens.

(b) Sufficiency. The Assets constitute all of the material assets used to conduct the Business. Each tangible asset included in the Purchased Assets is free from material defects, has been maintained in accordance with normal industry practice, is in good operating condition and repair (subject to normal wear and tear) and is suitable for the purposes for which it presently is used.
 
4.10 Assigned Contracts. Section 4.10 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule sets forth all material Contracts, including, without limitation, all Assigned Contracts, to which Seller is a party or by which its assets are bound. The Assigned Contracts are all of the Contracts used in and necessary for the Business to which Seller is a party or by which Seller is or has any rights or obligations. Each Assigned Contract is valid and subsisting and is in full force and effect and enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms, subject to Enforcement Exceptions. There is no material breach or default by Seller or claim of material breach or default by Seller, or, to the knowledge of Seller, any other party thereto, under any Assigned Contract, nor has there been any alleged material breach or default or, to Seller's knowledge, any event which would (with the passage of time, notice or both) constitute a material breach or default under any Assigned Contract by Seller any other party or obligor with respect thereto. Seller has made available to Buyer true, correct and complete copies of all of the Assigned Contracts, including, without limitation, all amendments and supplements thereto. 
 
4.11 Accounts Receivable. All accounts receivable of Seller reflected on the Interim Balance Sheet (other than those paid since such date), and all receivables reflected on the Closing Date Adjusted Balance Sheet are valid receivable and, to Seller's knowledge, are not subject to any contest, claim or setoff by such account debtor. Seller does not have any notes or accounts receivable due to Seller from any Principal or employee of Seller, or any Affiliate thereof.
 
4.12 Taxes. Seller has timely filed all Tax Returns that may be required by any Law to be filed by or on behalf of Seller with respect to the Purchased Assets, and all such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects. Seller has duly paid all Taxes due and owing. No Liens for Taxes exist with respect to the Assets. All Taxes required to be withheld, collected or deposited by or with respect to any of the Assets or with respect to amounts paid to any employee of Seller have been withheld, collected or deposited by Seller and to the extent required have been timely paid to the appropriate Governmental Authority.

16


4.13 Environmental. Seller is in material compliance with the Environmental Requirements applicable to the Business and the Purchased Assets. Hazardous Materials have not been released, and are not otherwise present, at or about any of the facilities used by Seller in the operation of the Business.

4.14 Intellectual Property. 

(a) Intellectual Property. Section 4.14 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule identifies all owned or licensed software and other Intellectual Property currently used in the Business. Seller is the registered owner of the Domain Names on the records of the applicable domain name registrar. Seller has not transferred and will not transfer any such rights to any entity other than Buyer. Seller’s account with the registrar of each of the Domain Names is up to date and paid in full. Seller owns or possesses sufficient legal rights to use all Intellectual Property currently used by Seller to operate the Business, without any conflict with, or infringement or misappropriation of, the rights of others. Seller has taken reasonable measures to protect the proprietary nature of each item of Assigned Intellectual Property, and to maintain in confidence all trade secrets and confidential information, that it owns or uses in the operation of the Business, and to comply with its confidentiality obligations owed to other Persons. No other person or entity has any rights to any of the Assigned Intellectual Property owned by Seller, and, to the knowledge of Seller, no other person or entity is infringing, violating or misappropriating any of the Assigned Intellectual Property.

(b) Non-Infringement. Seller’s conduct of the Business prior to Closing did not, and will not when conducted in the same manner following the Closing, infringe or violate, or constitute a misappropriation of, any Intellectual Property rights of any person or entity. There are no pending or, to Seller’s knowledge, threatened Proceedings by any Person against Seller regarding the use of the Assigned Intellectual Property, or challenging or otherwise questioning the ownership, validity, enforceability, scope or effectiveness of the Assigned Intellectual Property, or regarding any contract relating thereto, nor has there been since inception of the Business. No Proceedings have been threatened or asserted by Seller against any person or entity regarding the use of the Assigned Intellectual Property by such person or entity.

(c) Copyrightable Materials. All of the copyrightable materials (including Acquired Software) created by or on behalf of Seller and material to, and used by Seller in, the operation of the Business have been created by employees of Seller within the scope of their employment by Seller or by independent contractors of Seller, in each case who have executed agreements expressly designating all such copyrightable materials as “work made for hire” or otherwise assigning all right, title and interest in such copyrightable materials to Seller.

4.15 Employees. 

(a) Employment Agreements; Severance. Except as set forth in Section 4.15 of the Seller Disclosure Schedule, Seller is not a party to any employment agreement or consulting agreement with any Person, nor is any such contract or agreement presently
 
17

 
being negotiated, and Seller is not liable for any severance pay or other payments to any employee or former employee arising from the termination of employment, nor will Seller have any liability under any benefit or severance policy, practice, agreement, plan, or program which exists or arises, or may be deemed to exist or arise, under any applicable Law or otherwise, as a result of or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder or as a result of the termination of any Persons employed by Seller on or prior to the Closing Date. It is acknowledged that Seller’s obligations under any such employment agreement, severance plan or other obligation thereunder are not Assumed Liabilities even if identified in the Seller Disclosure Schedule.

(b) Compliance with Laws; Etc. To the knowledge of Seller and the Principals, Seller is in compliance with all applicable Laws, agreements, contracts, and policies relating to employment, employment practices, wages, hours, terms and conditions of employment. Seller is not a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement or other contract or agreement with any labor organization or other representative of any employees, nor is any such contract or agreement presently being negotiated. There is no unfair labor practice charge or complaint pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened against or otherwise affecting Seller. There is no labor strike, slowdown, work stoppage, dispute, lockout or other labor controversy in effect, threatened against or otherwise affecting Seller, and Seller has not experienced any such labor controversy within the past five years. No Proceeding by or before any Governmental Authority brought by or on behalf of any employee, prospective employee, former employee, retiree or other representative of the employees of Seller is pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened against Seller. No grievance is pending or, to the knowledge of the parties, threatened. Seller is not a party to, or otherwise bound by, any consent decree with, or citation by, any Governmental Authority relating to employees or employment practices. Seller has paid in full to all employees all wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses, benefits and other compensation due to such employees or otherwise arising under any policy, practice, agreement, plan, program, statute or other Law. Each individual who is treated by Seller as an independent contractor is properly so treated under applicable Law. No employee of Seller is in violation of any prior employee contract, proprietary information agreement, or noncompetition agreement. Seller is not aware that any key employee or key consultant, or that any group of key employees or consultants, intends to terminate their employment with Seller (other than in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. Seller is in compliance with its obligations pursuant to the WARN, and all other notification and bargaining obligations arising under any collective bargaining agreement, statute or otherwise. No current or former employee currently has an outstanding worker’s compensation claim. 
 
4.16 Relations with Cisco and Customers. Seller has not received any notice that Cisco will not continue to do such business related to the Business after the Closing Date and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Seller has not received notice from any customer that accounted for more than 5% of the revenues of the Business during the last full fiscal year or six months ending August 31, 2004 to the effect that such customer has or intends to materially decrease the amount of business it does with the Business (other than in the ordinary course of Seller’s Business). 

18

 
4.17 Employee Plans. Each Employee Plan of Seller has been established and administered in accordance with its terms, and in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other applicable Laws. 
 
4.18 Brokers’ Fees. No broker, finder, investment bank or similar agent is entitled to any brokerage or finder’s fee in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon agreements or arrangements made by or on behalf of Seller or any Principal.
 
4.19 Insurance. All material properties and risks of Seller in respect of the Business are covered by valid and currently effective insurance policies or binders of insurance or programs of self-insurance in such types and amounts as are consistent with customary practices and standards of companies engaged in businesses and operations similar to the Business and in such amounts and types as are adequate and reasonable in view of the loss experience of the Business, the pending claims, threatened claims known to Seller and occurrences known to Seller that could lead to claims against the Business. Seller has paid all premiums due under such policies and is not in default in any material respect with respect to its obligations under any such policies.

4.20 Related Party Transactions. Except for agreements disclosed in the Seller Disclosure Schedule, there are no business relationships, agreements, understandings, or proposed transactions between Seller and any of the Principals or other employee of Seller or any family members of any of the foregoing. There are no obligations of Seller to employees of Seller other than for payment of salary for services rendered, reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred on behalf of Seller, and for other standard employee benefits made generally available to all employees. No employee of Seller or member of his or her family has any direct or indirect ownership interest in any firm with which Seller has a business relationship, or any firm that competes with Seller.

4.21 Disclosure. Neither this Agreement, nor any other Transaction Documents or other agreements, statements, or certificates made or delivered in connection herewith or therewith contains any untrue statement of a material fact or, when taken together, omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. There is no fact which Seller has not disclosed to Buyer in writing and of which Seller or any Principal is aware which could have a Material Adverse Effect on the Business or the Purchased Assets.
 
4.22 The Shares. Seller was not organized for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares. Seller has sufficient knowledge and experience so as to be able to evaluate the risks and merits of acquiring the Shares and Seller is able financially to bear the risks thereof. The Shares are being acquired for Seller’s own account for the purpose of investment and not with a present view toward their public sale or distribution; provided, however, that by making the representation herein, Seller does not agree to hold any of the Purchased Securities for any minimum or other specific term, except as set forth in Article 3 of this Agreement, and after release from escrow reserves the right to dispose of the Shares at any time in accordance with or pursuant to a registration statement or an exemption under the Securities Act. Seller understands that (a) the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of their issuance

19

 
in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereof or Rule 505 or 506 promulgated thereunder, (b) the Shares must be held indefinitely unless a subsequent disposition thereof is registered under the Securities Act or is exempt from such registration, (c) the Shares will bear a legend to such effect and (d) Buyer or its transfer agent will make a notation on its transfer books to such effect.
 

 
ARTICLE 5.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

Buyer makes the following representations and warranties to Seller and the Principals with the intention that Seller and the Principals may rely upon the same, and acknowledges that the same shall survive the consummation of this transaction.

5.1 Organization. Buyer is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing in good standing under the laws of the State of Minnesota, and has all requisite corporate power and authority, corporate and otherwise, to own its properties and conduct the business in which it is presently engaged.

5.2 Authority. Buyer has all requisite power and authority to execute, perform and carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party. Buyer has taken all requisite corporate action authorizing and empowering Buyer to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and to consummate the transactions contemplated herein and therein.

5.3 Breaches of Contracts; Required Consents. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Buyer, nor compliance by Buyer with the terms and provisions of this Agreement, will (a) conflict with or result in a breach of: (i) any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the governing instruments of Buyer, (ii) any judgment, order, decree or ruling to which the Buyer is a party or (iii) any injunction of any court or governmental authority to which it is subject; or (b) require the affirmative consent or approval of any third party.

5.4 Binding Obligation. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Buyer in accordance with the terms hereof. Buyer is not subject to any charter, mortgage, lien, lease, agreement, contract, instrument, law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree, or any other restriction of any kind or character, which would prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.


ARTICLE 6.
CLOSING; CLOSING DELIVERIES

6.1 Closing; Closing Date

(a) In General. The consummation of the purchase and sale of the Purchased Assets and the assumption of the Assumed Liabilities provided for herein (the “Closing”) shall take place simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the

20

 
parties (the “Closing Date”). The Closing shall take place by delivery via facsimile transmission (with originals sent via overnight courier service) of the documents to be delivered at the Closing and wire transfer of the payments to be made in accordance with this Agreement, or at such other place or in such other manner as the parties hereto may agree.

(b) Targeted Closing Date. The parties anticipate as of the date hereof that Closing will occur on or after January 3, 2005 and on or before January 7, 2005. If all of Buyer’s conditions to closing set forth in Section 7.1 are satisfied (or are waived in writing by Buyer, in its sole discretion) on or before January 6, 2005 (other those conditions that, by their terms, cannot be satisfied by Seller or the Principals until Closing concurrent with the other parties’ compliance therewith, and Seller the Principals provide reasonable evidence that they are ready, able and willing to satisfy all such conditions at Closing), Seller may give written notice thereof by January 6, 2005 to Buyer, which notice shall expressly state that there may be an adjustment to the Purchase Price if the Closing does not occur by January 7, 2005. If such written notice is duly and timely given, and if the foregoing requirements regarding conditions are met, and if the Closing does not occur by January 7, 2005 (other than for reasons beyond Buyer’s reasonable control), then the Cash Purchase Price otherwise payable under Section 3.1(a) shall be increased by $100,000.
 
6.2 Items to Be Delivered by Seller and the Principals at Closing. On the Closing Date, Seller and the Principals shall deliver the following to Buyer:

(a) Bill of Sale and Assignment. A bill of sale and any other necessary or desirable assignment documents transferring and assigning good title to the Purchased Assets to Buyer, free and clear of all Liens of whatever nature.

(b) Resolutions. Duly adopted resolutions of Seller authorizing this Agreement and other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

(c) Employment Agreements. Employment agreements with each of the Principals in form and content satisfactory to Buyer or its Affiliates.

(d) Other. Such other documents, instruments, opinions of counsel and agreements as are required by this Agreement or that Buyer may reasonably request.
 
6.3 Items to Be Delivered by Buyer at Closing. On the Closing Date, Buyer shall deliver the following:

(a) Payment. Payments as required by Section 3.1 to be delivered at Closing.
 
(b) Employment Agreements. Employment agreements with each of the Principals in form and content satisfactory to each of the Principals.

(c) Other. Such other documents, instruments and agreements as are required by this Agreement or that the Seller may reasonably request.

 
21

 
ARTICLE 7.
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

7.1 Buyer’s Conditions. The obligations of Buyer under this Agreement shall, at its option, be subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing Date, of all of the following conditions:

(a) Representations, Warranties and Covenants. The representations and warranties of Seller and the Principals herein shall be true in all material respects on the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at such time. Seller and the Principals shall have performed all of their respective obligations and complied with all of their respective covenants herein prior to or as of the Closing Date (except those obligations and covenants that can only be complied with at Closing concurrent with the other parties’ compliance therewith).

(b) Approvals; Consents. All permissions, releases, consents or approvals, governmental or otherwise, including, without limitation, the Required Consents, necessary on the part of Seller or the Principals to consummate the transactions contemplated hereunder shall have been obtained.

(c) Litigation Affecting Closing. No suit, action or other proceeding shall be pending or threatened by any third party or by or before any court or governmental agency in which it is sought to restrain or prohibit or to obtain damages or other relief in connection with this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and no investigation that might result in any such suit, action or other proceeding shall be pending or threatened.

(d) Deliveries. Buyer shall have received delivery of all documents, instruments and agreements referenced in Section 6.2.

7.2 Seller’s Conditions. The obligations of Seller under this Agreement shall, at its option, be subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing Date, of all of the following conditions:

(a) Representations, Warranties and Covenants. The representations and warranties of Buyer herein shall be true on the Closing Date in all material respects with the same effect as though made at such time. Buyer shall have performed all of its obligations and complied with all of its covenants herein prior to or as of the Closing Date (except those obligations and covenants that can only be complied with at Closing concurrent with the other parties’ compliance therewith).

(b) Approvals; Consents. All permissions, releases, consents or approvals, governmental or otherwise, necessary on the part of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated hereunder shall have been obtained.

(c) Litigation Affecting Closing. No suit, action or other proceeding shall be pending or threatened by any third party or by or before any court or governmental agency in which it is sought to restrain or prohibit or to obtain damages or other relief in

22

 
connection with this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and no investigation that might result in any such suit, action or other proceeding shall be pending or threatened.

(d) Deliveries. Seller and the Principals, as applicable, shall have received delivery of all documents, instruments and agreements referenced in Section 6.3.
 

 
ARTICLE 8.
INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 Indemnification by Seller and the Principals. Seller and the Principals, jointly and severally, shall indemnify and hold the Buyer Indemnified Parties harmless at all times from and after the date of this Agreement, against and in respect of all Indemnifiable Losses which the Buyer Indemnified Parties may suffer or incur in connection with any of the following (collectively, “Indemnifiable Claims”):

(a) Excluded Liabilities. All Excluded Liabilities, including, without limitation, any claim, demand, action or proceeding asserted by a creditor or obligee of Seller or any Principal with respect thereto.

(b) Breaches. The material breach by Seller or any Principal of any of Seller’s or any Principal’s representations, warranties or covenants in this Agreement, or any of the other Transaction Documents, documents, instruments or agreements referenced herein or executed and delivered in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(c) Proceedings. Any and all claims or other Proceedings directly resulting or arising from any of the foregoing

8.2 Third Party Claims. If a claim by a third party is made against any Buyer Indemnified Party, and if the Buyer Indemnified Party intends to seek indemnity with respect thereto under this Article, such Buyer Indemnified Party shall promptly notify Seller of such claim; provided, however, that failure to give timely notice shall not affect the rights of the Buyer Indemnified Party. The Buyer Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to settle or assume the defense of such claim, including the employment of counsel satisfactory to the Buyer Indemnified Party, unless Buyer and Seller agree that Seller or the Principals shall assume the settlement and defense of such claim. Regardless of which party is controlling the settlement or defense of any claim, (i) both the Buyer Indemnified Party and indemnifying parties shall act in good faith, (ii) the indemnifying parties shall not thereby permit to exist any Lien upon any asset of any Buyer Indemnified Party, (iii) the indemnifying parties shall permit the Buyer Indemnified Party to participate in such settlement or defense through counsel chosen by the Buyer Indemnified Party, (iv) no entry of judgment or settlement of a claim may be agreed to without the written consent of both Seller and Buyer, which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld, and (v) the indemnifying parties shall agree promptly to reimburse the Buyer Indemnified Party for the full amount of such claim pursuant to this Article. So long as the indemnifying party is reasonably contesting any such claim in good faith as permitted herein, the Buyer Indemnified Party shall not pay or settle any such claim. The controlling party shall

23

 
deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the other party copies of all correspondence, pleadings, motions, briefs, appeals or other written statements relating to or submitted in connection with the settlement or defense of any such claim, and timely notices of, and the right to participate pursuant to (iii) above in any hearing or other court proceeding relating to such claim.

8.3 Offset. In addition to and not in lieu of Buyer’s other rights or remedies, in the event Seller and the Principals shall fail to pay to a Buyer Indemnified Party when due any amount under this Article 8, Buyer shall have the right to offset such amount against any amount then owing or thereafter becoming due by Buyer to Seller or any Principal.

8.4 Limitation on Indemnity Obligations.

(a) Basket. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.1 to the contrary, and except with respect to Excluded Liabilities and the covenants and agreements set forth herein, Seller and the Principals shall have no liability or obligation to the Buyer Indemnified Parties, and no claim shall be asserted against Seller or Principals, for an Indemnifiable Loss resulting from the breach of the representations and warranties of Seller, unless and until such Indemnifiable Losses, in the aggregate, exceed $5,000 (“Basket”) and then, only for such Indemnifiable Losses in excess of the Basket.

(b) Cap. In no event shall Seller or Principals be obligated to indemnify the Buyer Indemnified Parties for any Indemnifiable Loss for a breach of a representation or warranty by Seller or any Principal in an amount to exceed the sum of the Purchased Assets Purchase Price and the Intangible Assets Purchase Price paid, provided, however, that if the amount of Indemnifiable Losses would exceed such amount, Seller may offset the excess against any Intangible Assets Purchase Price thereafter otherwise payable.

(c) Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made by the parties in this Agreement or in any schedule or certificate furnished hereunder, shall survive the Closing and remain in effect for a period of two years after the Closing, provided that the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.2, 4.9 and 4.22 shall survive indefinitely and those set forth in Sections 4.12 and 4.17 shall remain in effect until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations.



ARTICLE 9.
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS AND COVENANTS

9.1 Conduct of Business. Prior to the Closing or earlier termination of this Agreement, and except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or consented to or approved by Buyer, Seller and the Principals covenant and agree that:

(a) In General. Seller shall operate the Business only in the ordinary and usual course consistent with past practice in compliance with all applicable Laws and use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve its business and relationships with key employees, customers and vendors and other Persons who have significant business

24

 
relationships with the Business and keep available the services of present employees, if the failure to do would reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Specific Matters. Without limiting the foregoing, Seller shall not in connection with the Business (i) acquire, license, sub-license, dispose of, lease, sub-lease, transfer or subject to a Lien any properties or assets, other than (1) in the ordinary course of business or (2) properties or assets which in the aggregate are not material to the Business; (ii) waive any claims or rights, except (1) claims or rights which in the aggregate are not material to the Business or (2) for cancellation and waivers of intercompany indebtedness or claims not assigned to or assumed by Buyer hereunder; (iii) (1) not grant any increase in the rate of compensation or benefits of its employees (including any such increase pursuant to any deferred compensation, severance, bonus, pension, profit-sharing or other plan or commitment), except in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, or (2) terminate, modify, amend, recognize, establish, enter into or adopt any Employee Plan with respect to employees; (iv) make any capital expenditure, other than in the ordinary course of business; (v) terminate, amend or modify the terms of or waive any rights under any Assigned Contract or enter into any material Contract to be used in and necessary for the Business, except in the ordinary course of business; (vi) fail to maintain insurance or self-insurance coverage with respect to the Business at levels consistent with presently existing levels; (vii) incur or assume any Liabilities or guarantee Liabilities, other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; (viii) make any Tax elections that have a continuing effect upon the Business after the Closing; (ix) enter into any Contract or agreement, or engage in any other type of transaction, with any of its Affiliates other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; (x) make any material change in inventory policies and procedures, credit policies, or advertising policies and procedures, in each case other than in the ordinary course of business; (xi) intentionally do any other act which would cause any representation or warranty of Seller in this Agreement to be or become untrue in any material respect; (xii) revalue any of the Purchased Assets except as required by GAAP; or (xiii) agree, whether in writing or otherwise, to do any of the foregoing.

9.2 Employee Matters. Buyer and its Affiliates shall have the right to offer employment to any or all of Seller’s employees.  The parties acknowledge and agree that Buyer and its Affiliates are under no obligation to offer employment to or enter into any employment relationship with any Employee. “Hired Employees” means those Employees who are hired by Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer as an Employee or otherwise engaged by Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer as a consultant, advisor, director, officer or pursuant to any other compensatory arrangement. Effective upon the Closing, all Hired Employees shall be and hereby are released from any non-competition or confidentiality obligations owed by such Hired Employees to Seller.
 
9.3 Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation.  

(a) Noncompetition and Nonsolicitation. After the Closing, and for a period of four (4) years thereafter, Seller and the Principals shall not directly or indirectly

25

 
anywhere in the United States or anywhere else in where Buyer or its Subsidiaries conducts business (the “Restricted Territory”):

(i) acquire an ownership interest in or engage in any business in the Restricted Territory that competes directly with the Restricted Business.
 
(ii) knowingly contact, solicit or entice, or attempt to contact, solicit or entice, any customers or suppliers of the Restricted Business as conducted by Buyer or its Affiliates so as to cause, or attempt to cause, any of such customers or suppliers not to do business, reduce their business or no longer do business at a competitive price with Buyer or its Affiliates; or
 
(iii) induce or attempt to persuade any employee or agent of Buyer or its Affiliates to terminate such employment, agency or business relationship with Buyer or its Affiliates.

(b) Restricted Business. “Restricted Business” means the business of the delivery of services and sale of products with respect to IP telephony and wireless systems. Restricted Business shall not be deemed to apply to the Principals' equity interest in Business Communications by Design, LLC so long a Business Communications by Design, LLC does not engage in the services offered by the Restricted Business as defined herein.

(c) Severability. If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction declares that any term or provision of this Section 9.3 is invalid or unenforceable, the parties agree that the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall have the power to reduce the scope, duration or area of the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision, and this Agreement shall be enforceable as so modified.

(d) Equitable Relief. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that the remedy at Law for any breach of the requirements of this Section 9.3 would be inadequate, and agrees and consents that without intending to limit any additional remedies that may be available, temporary and permanent injunctive and other equitable relief may be granted without proof of actual damage or inadequacy of legal remedy in any proceeding which may be brought to enforce any provision of this Section 9.3.

9.4 Change of LLC Name. If requested by Buyer after Closing, Seller and each of the Principals agree to take all action (at their expense) that is necessary to amend each Seller’s governing documents to change the limited liability company name of the Seller to a name which is not similar to “WireSpeed,” and to cause such amendment to be filed with the appropriate filing office in Ohio.
 
9.5 Notification of Certain Matters. Prior to Closing or earlier termination of this Agreement, Seller shall give prompt notice to Buyer, and Buyer shall give prompt notice to Seller, as the case may be, of (a) any knowledge of or discovery by the notifying party of the

26

 
inaccuracy of any representation or warranty by the non-notifying party contained in this Agreement or any material failure of the notifying party to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder (and each party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to remedy such failure), and (b) the receipt of any notice or other communication from any Governmental Authority or any third party that would be reasonably expected to cause the notifying party to fail to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by such party under this Agreement; provided that the delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section shall not limit or otherwise affect the remedies available hereunder to the party receiving such notice.

9.6 Release. From and after the Closing, Seller and the Principals hereby releases the Assets from any claims or demands that Seller or any Principal may have against such Assets to the extent arising from, out of or in connection with any circumstances, acts or omissions or contracts entered into prior to the Closing.
 

 
ARTICLE 10.
TERMINATION

10.1 Termination Prior to Closing. Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of this Agreement, the respective obligations of the parties hereto to consummate the Closing may be terminated and abandoned at any time at or before the Closing only as set forth below. Nothing contained in this Section shall be construed as a release or waiver by any party hereto of any of its rights against any other party arising out of any breach of this Agreement by the other party.

(a) Outside Date. By and at the option of Seller or Buyer if the Closing shall not have occurred by January 15, 2005 (the “Outside Date”); provided that the party giving such termination notice shall have not breached in any material respect its obligations under this Agreement in any manner that shall have been the proximate cause of, or resulted in, the failure to consummate the Closing.

(b) Mutual Consent. At any time, without liability of any party to the others, upon the mutual written consent of Seller and Buyer.

(c) Conditions. By Buyer or Seller, if any condition set forth in Article 7 applicable to such party shall become incapable of being satisfied by the Outside Date and is not waived; provided, that such termination right shall not be available to such party if it (or in the case of Seller, Seller or any of the Principals) has not used its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such condition to be satisfied.

10.2 Effect of Termination. In the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.1, all obligations of the parties hereunder (except under Sections 4.18 (Brokers’ Fees), and 10.2 (Effect of Termination) and Article 11 (Miscellaneous)) and all representations and warranties shall terminate without any Liability of any party to any other party, and all expenses incurred by any party hereto shall be for its own account, except that nothing herein shall relieve any party from any Liability with respect to breaches on or prior to such date of termination by any party of covenants or agreements contained herein. Except as

27

 
specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement the provisions of this Agreement shall survive the Closing.
 

 
ARTICLE 11.
GENERAL

11.1 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts and by different parties on different counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures thereto were on the same instrument. This Agreement shall be effective and binding upon all parties to this Agreement at such time as all parties have executed a counterpart of this Agreement.
 
11.2 Further Assurances. At any time after the Closing, Buyer, Seller and the Principals shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver any further deeds, assignments, conveyances and other assurances and documents and instruments of transfer reasonably requested by Buyer, on the one hand, and Seller and the Principals, on the other, and necessary for such party to comply with its representations, warranties, and covenants contained herein and will take any action consistent with the terms of this Agreement that may reasonably be requested by Buyer, on the one hand, and Seller and the Principals, on the other, for the purpose of assigning, transferring, granting, conveying, vesting and confirming ownership in or to Buyer, or reducing to Buyer’s possession, any or all of the Assets. Each of Seller and Buyer further agree to promptly satisfy when due each Liability that, pursuant to the terms hereof, it is obligated to satisfy. If requested by Buyer, Seller and the Principals further agree to prosecute or otherwise enforce in their own respective names for the benefit of Buyer, any claim, right or benefit transferred by this Agreement that may require prosecution or enforcement in such Seller’s or Principal’s name.

11.3 Notices. All notices hereunder shall be deemed given if in writing and delivered personally or sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) or reputable courier service to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses as shall be specified by like notice):
 

If to Buyer, to:

Analysts International Corporation
3601 West 76th Street
Edina, MN 55435-3050
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
and
Attn: General Counsel
 
with a separate copy addressed to:
 
Fredrikson & Byron, P.A.
200 South Sixth Street, Suite 4000
Minneapolis, MN 55402
Attn: Thomas King, Daniel Yarano or Simon Root 

 
28

 
If to Seller or any Principal:
 
WireSpeed Networks, LLC
161 Northland Boulevard, Suite C
Cincinnati, Ohio 45246

with a separate copy addressed to:

Jeffrey L. Stainton, Esq.
Graydon Head & Ritchey, LLP
511 Walnut Street, Suite 1900
Cincinnati, OH 45213

Any party may change the above specified recipient and/or mailing address by notice to all other parties given in the manner herein prescribed. All notices shall be deemed given on the day when actually delivered as provided above (if delivered personally, by telecopy or by reputable courier service) or on the date shown on the return receipt (if delivered by mail).

11.4 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their successors or assigns.

11.5 Expenses. Each party hereto shall each bear and pay for its own costs and expenses incurred by it or on its behalf in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, all fees and disbursements of lawyers, accountants, financial consultants, brokers or finders. All such expenses incurred by Seller or the Principals shall be solely the Seller’s and the Principal’s responsibility.

11.6 Headings and Construction. The descriptive headings of the several Articles and Sections of this Agreement and of the several Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. This Agreement shall not be construed against either party since each party has negotiated its provisions and contributed to its drafting.

11.7 Entire Agreement; Modification and Waiver. This Agreement, together with the Annexes, Schedules and Exhibits and the related written agreements specifically referred to herein, represents the only agreement among the parties concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, whether written or oral, relating thereto. No purported amendment, modification or waiver of any provision hereof shall be binding unless set forth in a written document signed by all Seller and Buyer (in the case of amendments or modifications) or by Seller, in the case of Seller or any Principal, or Buyer, if it or they are to be charged thereby (in the case of waivers). It is specifically acknowledged and agreed that the separate consent or waiver by any Principal is not required. Any waiver shall be limited to the provision hereof and the circumstance or event specifically made subject thereto and shall not be deemed a waiver of any other term hereof or of the same circumstance or event upon any recurrence thereof.

29

 
11.8 Benefit. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors or assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

11.9 Public Disclosure. Each of the parties to this Agreement hereby agrees with the other parties hereto that, except as may be required to comply with the requirements of applicable law and stock exchanges, no press release or similar public announcement or communication will be made or caused to be made concerning the execution or performance of this Agreement unless specifically approved in advance by all parties hereto (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). The foregoing shall not restrict a party’s communications with its employees or customers. If in the judgment of a party’s legal counsel such a news release or public announcement is required by law, the party intending to make such release or announcement shall provide prior notice to the other parties of the contents of such release or announcement and shall consult with the other parties with respect thereto.

11.10 Governing Law. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal substantive laws of the State of Minnesota (without regard to the laws of conflict that might otherwise apply) as to all matters, including without limitation, matters of validity, construction, effect, performance and remedies. Each party consents the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the courts located in Minnesota. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION TO ENFORCE, DEFEND, INTERPRET OR OTHERWISE CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT.

11.11 Successors and Assigns. The rights or obligations of Seller and Principals may not be assigned without the prior written consent of Buyer. Subject to the foregoing, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the permitted successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

11.12 Severability. In case any provision in this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

30


Each of the parties hereto has caused this Asset Purchase Agreement to be executed in the manner appropriate to each, all as of the day and year first above written.


ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORP.
   
   
By
 
Its
 


WIRESPEED NETWORKS LLC
   
   
By
 
Its
 
   
   
 
Mark Handermann
   
   
 
Greg Paulson


 
31

 
SCHEDULE A

Purchased Assets

The Purchased Asset include all of the Seller’s assets other than the Excluded Assets, without limitation:

1. Receivables. All accounts receivable, notes receivable and other rights to receive money (“Receivables”), including, without limitation, the Receivables identified on Schedule A-1, all security related thereto, deposits, prepaid charges, sums and fees, offset credit balances, refunds and causes of action, and any claim, remedy or other right related to any of the foregoing.

2. Assigned Contracts. All of Seller’s rights, powers and/or remedies under the Contracts identified on Schedule A-2.

3. Inventory. All of Seller’s inventory and supplies.

4. Equipment. All of Seller’s equipment, computers and other tangible personal property, including without limitation those items reflected on the Interim Balance Sheet.

5. Prepaids; Deposits. All prepaid assets and deposits.

6. Software. All software owned by Seller, all data and databases owned by Seller and associated with such software, and all related documentation owned by Seller and reasonably necessary for the use of such software, including without limitation the proprietary and custom-developed software (whether developed by Seller or any third party) owned by Seller and used by Seller on the date hereof to operate the Business.

7. Assigned Intellectual Property. All Intellectual Property owned by Seller and used by Seller in the operation of the Business and the goodwill associated therewith (the “Assigned Intellectual Property”), including without limitation the name “WireSpeed Networks” and the other Intellectual Property set forth on Schedule A-7. 

8. Domain Names. All of Seller’s rights in all domain names used by Seller in the operation of the Business, and the goodwill associated therewith (collectively, the “Domain Names”), including without limitation the Domain Names set forth on Schedule A-8.

9. Telephone Numbers. All of Seller’s rights in all telephone numbers used by Seller in the operation of the Business.

10. Governmental Authorizations. The Governmental Authorizations set forth on Schedule A-10. 

11. Business Records. All books and records pertaining to or used in the Business.




12. Claims. All rights, claims and causes of action arising out or relating to the Purchased Assets.

13. Insurance. All rights of every nature (including proceeds) of Seller under or arising out of insurance policies covering the Business.


 
SCHEDULE B
 
Excluded Assets
 
The Excluded Asset include only the following assets:
 
1. Cash. All of Seller’s cash and cash equivalents and investments, and all bank accounts and brokerage accounts.
 
2. Excluded Contracts. All Contracts other than the Assumed Contracts (the “Excluded Contracts”), including, without limitation, those set forth on Schedule B-2

 
3. Automobiles. All of Seller’s automobiles.
 
 
4. Minute Book. Seller’s limited liability company minute book.
 

 
SCHEDULE C

Assumed Liabilities

The Assumed Liabilities shall include only the following Liabilities:

1. Accounts Payable. All accounts payable of Seller reflected on the Interim Balance Sheet or incurred in the ordinary course of business since the date of the Interim Balance Sheet, less amounts paid with respect thereto since the date thereof.

2. Assumed Contracts. All executory Contract obligations of Seller under the Assigned Contracts arising from and after the Closing, excluding any Liabilities resulting from a breach by Seller thereunder or as a result of consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby to the extent that they constitute a breach thereof.
 

 
ANNEX A
 
Certain Defined Terms
 
Affiliate” of any entity means any other entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the first entity. Control means owning more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the entity.

Agreement” means this Asset Purchase Agreement, including all Annexes, Schedules and Exhibits hereto.

Average Market Price” as of the Closing Date means the average of the Closing Market Price of Buyer Common Stock for the five consecutive trading days preceding the Closing Date appropriately adjusted for any stock splits or stock dividends during such period. The “Closing Market Price” shall be equal to the closing sale price of Buyer Common Stock for each such trading day as reported by the NASDAQ National Market, as reported in the Wall Street Journal.

Buyer Indemnified Parties” means Buyer, its Affiliates and their officers, directors, employees, Principals and agents.

Contract” means any contract or binding arrangements, including, without limitation, any sales order, purchase order, purchase commitment, license, advertising or promotional agreement, lease, sublease, shipping agreement, employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement, license, sublicense, option (other than employee stock option), agreement, commitment and any other contract or binding arrangement.
 
ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Employee Plans” means each “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, including, without limitation, multiemployer plans within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA), and all health care, life insurance, death benefit, deferred compensation, pension, retirement, stock option, phantom stock, stock purchase, restricted stock, bonus, incentive, severance, change of control, early retirement, employment, executive compensation, vacation, fringe benefit, collective bargaining, employee loan and all other employee benefit plans, agreements, programs, policies or other arrangements, whether or not subject to ERISA (including any funding mechanism therefore now in effect or required in the future as a result of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise), whether formal or informal, oral or written.

Enforcement Exceptions” means applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles

Environmental Requirements” shall mean all Laws concerning pollution, human exposure to Hazardous Materials or protection of the environment or natural resources, including, without limitation, all those relating to the presence, use, production, generation,


 
handling, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, distribution, labeling, testing, processing, discharge, release, threatened release, control, or cleanup of any Hazardous Materials, substances or wastes, in each case as amended.

GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

Governmental Authority” means any foreign, federal, national, state or local judicial, legislative, executive or regulatory authority or organization, or any entity, authority or body exercising governmental, judicial, legislative, executive, regulatory or administrative functions of any such authority or organization.
 
Governmental Authorization means any consent, license, registration, authorization, franchise, approval, waiver, agreement, qualification, certificate, exemption, order, registration, declaration, filing, notice or permit made, issued, granted, given or otherwise made available to, by or under the authority of any Governmental Authority or pursuant to any Law.
 
Governmental Order” shall mean an order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, decision, determination, award, ruling or other official action of a Governmental Authority.

Hazardous Material” means any substance, material or waste that is regulated by or could form the basis of liability under any Environmental Requirements, including, without limitation, any material or substance that is (a) defined as a “solid waste,” “hazardous waste,” “hazardous material,” “hazardous substance,” “extremely hazardous waste,” “restricted hazardous waste,” “pollutant,” “contaminant,” “hazardous constituent,” “special waste,” “toxic substance” or other similar term or phrase under any Environmental Requirements, (b)  polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB’s) ,(c) asbestos, or (d) any radioactive substance.
 
Indemnifiable Losses” means any and all losses, damages, awards, assessments, judgments, fines, Liabilities, charges, deficiencies, interest, fines, settlements, penalties, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, costs of collection, attorneys’ fees and other costs of defense and expenses of investigation).

Intellectual Property” means any and all U.S. and foreign intellectual property rights, including without limitation, (a) all unexpired patents and patent applications and all rights therein, and any continuations, divisionals, extensions, reissues, reexaminations or substitutions thereof, any subsequent filings in any country claiming priority therefrom and any and all discoveries or inventions whether or not embodied within the foregoing, and any right (whether by license or otherwise) to use or exploit any of the foregoing; (b) (A) all registered and unregistered unexpired domestic and foreign trademarks, trademark registrations, trademark applications, trade names, domain names, certification marks and service marks; and (B) all state trademark registrations and applications therefore, including, without limitation, any renewal of any such registrations or applications and all common law rights in such trademarks, and any right (whether by license or otherwise) to use or exploit any of the foregoing, in each case

Annex A-2

 
including, without limitations, any goodwill associated therewith; all original works of authorship, including, but not limited to, all copyrights and registrations or applications for registration of copyrights in any jurisdiction, including without limitation, any renewals or extensions thereof, advertising materials, publications, technical papers and computer software, and any right (whether by license or otherwise) to use or exploit any of the foregoing; and (d) all data and information that is maintained in confidence, including know-how, customer and vendor lists, computer programs.

IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service of the United States.

Judgments” means any judgments or outstanding orders, injunctions, decrees, stipulations, determinations or awards (whether rendered by a Governmental Authority, court or administrative agency or by arbitration).

Laws” means any foreign, federal, national, state or local statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, order or other requirement or rule of law of any Governmental Authority.
 
Liability” or “Liabilities” means any and all debts, liabilities and obligations, whether accrued or fixed, known or unknown, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured or determined or determinable and whether or not required to be disclosed on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Liens” means claims, license, liens, mortgages, title defects, pledges, charges, easements, encumbrances, security interests, restrictions, options or other legal or equitable encumbrances.

Material Adverse Effect” means any change, circumstance, event or effect that, individually or in the aggregate with related changes, circumstances, events or effects, is, or is reasonably likely to be, materially adverse to (a) the business, assets, liabilities, results or financial condition of the Business taken as a whole, excluding effects to the extent related to or resulting from (a) events affecting the economy generally which do not disproportionately affect the Business, (b) general changes in conditions in the industries in which Seller or its customers or suppliers conduct business which do not disproportionately affect the Business, or (c) changes in general economic or political conditions or resulting from or arising out of developments in credit, financial, securities markets, including, without limitation, caused by acts of terrorism or war (whether or not declared), which do not disproportionately affect the Business.

Person” means any individual, partnership, firm, corporation, business trust, joint stock company, limited liability company, association, unincorporated association, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

Proceeding” means any, civil, criminal or administrative claim, action, suit, proceeding, litigation, investigation, audit or arbitration

Annex A-3

 
Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Subsidiary” or “Subsidiaries” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other legal entity of which Buyer, Seller or any other Person (either alone or through or together with any other subsidiary), owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the stock or other equity interests the holder of which is generally entitled to vote for the election of the board of directors or other governing body of such corporation or other legal entity.

Taxes” means all taxes, additions to tax, penalties, interest, fines, duties, withholdings, assessments, and charges assessed or imposed by any governmental authority, including but not limited to all federal, state, county, local and foreign income, profits, gross receipts, import, ad valorem, real and personal property, franchise, license, sales, use, value added, stamp, transfer, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, custom, duty, and any other taxes, obligations and assessments of any kind whatsoever; the foregoing shall include, but not be limited to, any liability arising as a result of being (or ceasing to be) or having been a member of any affiliated, consolidated, combined, or unitary group as well as any liability under any tax allocation, tax sharing, tax indemnity or similar agreement.

Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto.

Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Employment Agreements of the Principals and any other agreement, document or instrument delivered in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

Transfer Taxes” means all sales taxes, use taxes, stamp taxes, conveyance taxes, transfer taxes, filing fees, recording fees, reporting fees and other similar duties, taxes and fees, if any, imposed upon, or resulting from, the transfer of the Assets hereunder.

WARN” means Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988.
 
Annex A-4

EX-10.T 3 exhibit10-t.htm SIXTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement


Exhibit 10-t

CONSENT AND SIXTH AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
 
This Consent and Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement (this "Amendment") is dated as of January 6, 2005, and is by and among General Electric Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, individually as a Lender and as Agent and Security Trustee for the Lenders, and Analysts International Corporation, a Minnesota corporation ("Borrower).
 
W I T N E S S E T H:
 
WHEREAS, pursuant to a certain Credit Agreement dated as of April 11, 2002, by and among General Electric Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, individually as a Lender and as Agent and Security Trustee for the Lenders, the other Credit Parties signatory from time to time thereto, and Borrower (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Credit Agreement"; capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement), Agent and Lenders agreed, subject to the terms and provisions thereof, to provide certain loans and other financial accommodations to Borrower;
 
WHEREAS, Borrower has advised Agent and Lenders that Borrower desires to acquire substantially all of the assets of WireSpeed Networks LLC, an Ohio limited liability company (“WireSpeed”), pursuant to the terms of that certain Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the "Purchase Agreement"), among Borrower, WireSpeed, Mark Handermann and Greg Paulson (the "Asset Purchase");
 
WHEREAS, absent the prior written consent of Requisite Lenders, consummation of the Asset Purchase would constitute a breach of Sections 6.1 of the Credit Agreement and an Event of Default pursuant to Section 8.1(b) of the Credit Agreement; and
 
WHEREAS, Borrower has requested that Agent and Requisite Lenders consent to the Asset Purchase;
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
 
1. Consent. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 of this Amendment, and in reliance on the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4 of this Amendment, Agent and Lenders hereby consent to the Asset Purchase in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement; provided that the outstanding Accounts acquired in connection with the Purchase Agreement shall not be Eligible Accounts for the purposes of determining Borrowing Availability. By way of clarification, nothing herein shall prevent Accounts arising after the date hereof from being considered Eligible Accounts if they otherwise qualify as Eligible Accounts pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement. Except to the extent expressly set forth herein, the foregoing consent shall not constitute (a) a modification or alteration of the terms, conditions or covenants of the Credit Agreement or any document entered into in connection therewith or

 


 
(b) a waiver, release or limitation upon the exercise by Agent or Lender of any of its rights, legal or equitable, hereunder or under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document. Except as set forth above, each of the Agent and Lender reserves any and all rights and remedies which it has had, has or may have under the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document.

2. Amendments. Disclosure Schedules 3.2, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12, 3.13 and 3.21 to the Credit Agreement shall be amended as set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

3. Conditions Precedent. The effectiveness of the consents and amendments contemplated hereby is subject to the prior receipt by Agent of each of the following documents and agreements, each in form and substance acceptable to Agent in its sole discretion:
 
(a) Agent shall have received a fully executed copy of this Amendment;
 
(b) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

(c) All proceedings taken in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and all documents, instruments and other legal matters incident thereto shall be satisfactory to Agent and its legal counsel.

4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Agent to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Agent that:

(a) The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Amendment and each other agreement and document contemplated hereby are within its corporate power, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, have received all necessary governmental approval (if any shall be required), and do not and will not contravene or conflict with any provision of law applicable to Borrower, the articles of incorporation and by-laws of Borrower, any order, judgment or decree of any court or governmental agency, or any agreement, instrument or document binding upon Borrower or any of their respective properties;

(b) Each of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and each other agreement and document contemplated hereby is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally or by principles governing the availability of equitable remedies;

(c) The representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and accurate as of the date hereof with the same force and effect as if such had been made on and as of the date hereof;

 

2

 
(d) Borrower has performed all of its obligations under the Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents to be performed by it on or before the date hereof and as of the date hereof, Borrower is in compliance with all applicable terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and each of the Loan Documents to be observed and performed by it and, except to the extent otherwise waived by the provisions hereof, no Event of Default or other event which, upon notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, has occurred.

5. Amendment Fee. Borrower hereby agrees to pay to Agent, for distribution to the Lenders, a fee in respect of the transactions contemplated pursuant to this Amendment in the amount of $1,000, which amount shall be fully earned as of the date hereof.

6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties on separate counterparts, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Amendment.

7. Continued Effectiveness. Except as amended hereby, the Credit Agreement and each of the Loan Documents shall continue in full force and effect according to its terms.

8. Costs and Expenses. Borrower hereby agrees that all expenses incurred by Agent in connection with the preparation, negotiation and closing of the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, shall be part of the Obligations.

 
[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
 

 

3

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the day and year first written above.


ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
   
   
By
 
Its
 


GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION,
as Agent, Security Trustee and Lender
   
   
By
 
 
An Authorized Signatory


EX-10.U 4 exhibit10-u.htm NQO AGREEMENT FOR BOARD MEMBERS Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for Board Members


EXHIBIT 10-u

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
FOR BOARD MEMBERS

ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORP.
2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
 
THIS AGREEMENT, made effective as of this   day of ___________, 20__, by and between Analysts International Corp., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), and ______________ (“Participant”).

 
W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Participant on the date hereof is a director of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; and

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to grant a nonqualified stock option to Participant to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors has authorized the grant of a nonqualified stock option to Participant and has determined that, as of the effective date of this Agreement, the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock is $____ per share;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Grant of Option. The Company hereby grants to Participant on the date set forth above (the “Date of Grant”), the right and option (the “Option”) to purchase all or portions of an aggregate of ____________(__________) shares of Common Stock at a per share price of $_____ on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan. This Option is a nonqualified stock option and will not be treated as an incentive stock option, as defined under Section 422, or any successor provision, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations thereunder.

2. Duration and Exercisability.

a. General. The term during which this Option may be exercised shall terminate on the close of business on  ,  , except as otherwise provided in Paragraphs 2(b) through 2(e) below. This Option shall become exercisable according to the following schedule:


 
Vesting Date    Number/Percentage of Shares


[unless otherwise specified, grants shall vest 25% each year for four years
beginning one year after the date of grant]    

 
Once the Option becomes fully exercisable, Participant may continue to exercise this Option under the terms and conditions of this Agreement until the termination of the Option as provided herein. If Participant does not purchase upon an exercise of this Option the full number of shares which Participant is then entitled to purchase, Participant may purchase upon any subsequent exercise prior to this Option’s termination such previously unpurchased shares in addition to those Participant is otherwise entitled to purchase.

b. Termination of Relationship (other than Retirement, Disability or Death). If Participant ceases to be a director of the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason other than retirement, disability or death, this Option shall completely terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the three-month anniversary date of the termination of such relationship, and (ii) the expiration date of this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following such termination, this Option shall be exercisable only to the extent the Option was exercisable on the vesting date immediately preceding the date on which Participant’s relationship with the Company or Subsidiary has terminated, but had not previously been exercised. To the extent this Option was not exercisable upon the termination of such relationship, or if Participant does not exercise the Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(b), all rights of Participant under this Option shall be forfeited.

c. Retirement. If Participant ceases to be a director of the Company or any Subsidiary because of retirement, this Option shall completely terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the five-year anniversary of the date of the termination of such relationship, and (ii) the expiration date of this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. Upon such termination, this Option shall immediately become fully exercisable to the extent of 100% of the shares specified in Paragraph 1, less any shares previously purchased by Participant. If Participant does not exercise the Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(c), all rights of Participant under this Option shall be forfeited. For purposes of this Agreement, “retirement” shall mean termination of service at or after age 65 with ten (10) or more years of service as a director of the Company or any Subsidiary.

d. Disability. If Participant ceases to be a director of the Company or any Subsidiary because of disability (as defined in Code Section 22(e), or any successor provision), this Option shall completely terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the five-year anniversary of the date of the termination of such relationship, and (ii) the expiration date of this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. Upon such termination, this Option shall immediately become fully exercisable to the extent of 100% of the shares specified in Paragraph 1, less any

2

 
shares previously purchased by Participant. If Participant does not exercise the Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(d), all rights of Participant under this Option shall be forfeited.
 

e. Death. In the event of Participant’s death, this Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the five-year anniversary of the date of Participant’s death, and (ii) the expiration date of this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. Upon the date of Participant’s death, this Option shall immediately become fully exercisable to the extent of 100% of the shares specified in Paragraph 1, less any shares previously purchased by Participant. In such period following Participant’s death, this Option may be exercised by the person or persons to whom Participant’s rights under this Option shall have passed by Participant’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution. If such person or persons fail to exercise this Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(e), all rights under this Option shall be forfeited.
 
3.  Manner of Exercise.

a. General. The Option may be exercised only by Participant (or other proper party in the event of death or incapacity), subject to the conditions of the Plan and subject to such other administrative rules as the Board may deem advisable, by delivering within the option period written notice of exercise to the Company at its principal office. The notice shall state the number of shares as to which the Option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the option price for all shares designated in the notice. The exercise of the Option shall be deemed effective upon receipt of such notice by the Company and upon payment that complies with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. The Option may be exercised with respect to any number or all of the shares as to which it can then be exercised and, if partially exercised, may be exercised as to the unexercised shares any number of times during the option period as provided herein.

b. Form of Payment. Subject to the approval of the Administrator, payment of the option price by Participant shall be in the form of cash, personal check, certified check or previously acquired shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any combination thereof. Any stock so tendered as part of such payment shall be valued at its Fair Market Value as provided in the Plan. For purposes of this Agreement, “previously acquired shares of Common Stock” shall include shares of Common Stock that are already owned by Participant at the time of exercise.

c. Stock Transfer Records. As soon as practicable after the effective exercise of all or any part of the Option, Participant shall be recorded on the stock transfer books of the Company as the owner of the shares purchased, and the Company shall deliver to Participant one or more duly issued stock certificates evidencing such ownership. All requisite original issue or transfer documentary stamp taxes shall be paid by the Company.

4. Miscellaneous.

a. Rights as Shareholder. This Agreement shall not confer on Participant any right with respect to the continuance of any relationship with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate any such relationship. Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to shares subject to this

3

 
Option until such shares have been issued to Participant upon exercise of this Option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property), distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

b. Securities Law Compliance. The exercise of all or any parts of this Option shall only be effective at such time as counsel to the Company shall have determined that the issuance and delivery of Common Stock pursuant to such exercise will not violate any state or federal securities or other laws. Participant may be required by the Company, as a condition of the effectiveness of any exercise of this Option, to agree in writing that all Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to such exercise shall be held, until such time that such Common Stock is registered and freely tradable under applicable state and federal securities laws, for Participant’s own account without a view to any further distribution thereof and that such shares will be not transferred or disposed of except in compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws.

c. Mergers, Recapitalizations, Stock Splits, Etc. Pursuant and subject to Section 12 of the Plan, certain changes in the number or character of the Common Stock of the Company (through sale, merger, consolidation, exchange, reorganization, divestiture (including a spin-off), liquidation, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) shall result in an adjustment, reduction or enlargement, as appropriate, in Participant’s rights with respect to any unexercised portion of the Option (i.e., Participant shall have such “anti-dilution” rights under the Option with respect to such events, but shall not have “preemptive” rights).

d. Shares Reserved. The Company shall at all times during the option period reserve and keep available such number of shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement.

e. Withholding Taxes. In order to permit the Company to comply with all applicable federal or state income tax laws or regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to insure that, if necessary, all applicable federal or state payroll, income or other taxes are withheld from any amounts payable by the Company to Participant. If the Company is unable to withhold such federal and state taxes, for whatever reason, Participant hereby agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the amount the Company would otherwise be required to withhold under federal or state law. Participant may, subject to the approval and discretion of the Board or such administrative rules it may deem advisable, elect to have all or a portion of such tax withholding obligations satisfied by delivering shares of the Company’s Common Stock or by electing to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to Participant. Such shares shall have a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum required tax withholding, based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to the supplemental income resulting from the exercise of this Option. In no event may the Company withhold shares having a Fair Market Value in excess of such statutory minimum required tax withholding.  

f. Nontransferability. During the lifetime of Participant, the accrued Option shall be exercisable only by Participant or by the Participant’s guardian or other legal representative,

4

 
and shall not be assignable or transferable by Participant, in whole or in part, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

g. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. The Option evidenced by this Agreement is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Plan has been made available to Participant and is hereby incorporated into this Agreement. This Agreement is subject to and in all respects limited and conditioned as provided in the Plan. All defined terms of the Plan shall have the same meaning when used in this Agreement. The Plan governs this Option and, in the event of any questions as to the construction of this Agreement or in the event of a conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern, except as the Plan otherwise provides.

h. Lockup Period Limitation. Participant agrees that in the event the Company advises Participant that it plans an underwritten public offering of its Common Stock in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and that the underwriter(s) seek to impose restrictions under which certain shareholders may not sell or contract to sell or grant any option to buy or otherwise dispose of part or all of their stock purchase rights of the underlying Common Stock, Participant hereby agrees that for a period not to exceed 180 days from the prospectus, Participant will not sell or contract to sell or grant an option to buy or otherwise dispose of this option or any of the underlying shares of Common Stock without the prior written consent of the underwriter(s) or its representative(s).

i. Blue Sky Limitation. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event the Company makes any public offering of its securities and determines in its sole discretion that it is necessary to reduce the number of issued but unexercised stock purchase rights so as to comply with any state securities or Blue Sky law limitations with respect thereto, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the right (i) to accelerate the exercisability of this Option and the date on which this Option must be exercised, provided that the Company gives Participant 15 days’ prior written notice of such acceleration, and (ii) to cancel any portion of this Option or any other option granted to Participant pursuant to the Plan which is not exercised prior to or contemporaneously with such public offering. Notice shall be deemed given when delivered personally or when deposited in the United States mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed to Participant at the address of Participant on file with the Company.

j. Accounting Compliance. Participant agrees that, if a merger, reorganization, liquidation or other “transaction” as defined in Section 12 of the Plan occurs and Participant is an “affiliate” of the Company or any Subsidiary (as defined in applicable legal and accounting principles) at the time of such transaction, Participant will comply with all requirements of Rule 145 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the requirements of such other legal or accounting principles, and will execute any documents necessary to ensure such compliance.

k. Stock Legend. The Board may require that the certificates for any shares of Common Stock purchased by Participant (or, in the case of death, Participant’s successors) shall bear an appropriate legend to reflect the restrictions of Paragraph 4(b) and Paragraphs 4(h) through 4(j) of this Agreement.


5

 
l. Scope of Agreement. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and Participant and any successor or successors of Participant permitted by Paragraph 2 or Paragraph 4(f) above.

m. Arbitration. Any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the alleged breach of it, or the making of this Agreement, including claims of fraud in the inducement, shall be discussed between the disputing parties in a good faith effort to arrive at a mutual settlement of any such controversy. If, notwithstanding, such dispute cannot be resolved, such dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall be a retired state or federal judge or an attorney who has practiced securities or business litigation for at least 10 years. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator within 20 days, any party may request that the chief judge of the District Court for Hennepin County, Minnesota, select an arbitrator. Arbitration will be conducted pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, unless such rules are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Limited civil discovery shall be permitted for the production of documents and taking of depositions. Unresolved discovery disputes may be brought to the attention of the arbitrator who may dispose of such dispute. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of this state could order or grant; provided, however, that punitive or exemplary damages shall not be awarded. The arbitrator may award to the prevailing party, if any, as determined by the arbitrator, all of its costs and fees, including the arbitrator’s fees, administrative fees, travel expenses, out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the place of any arbitration proceedings shall be Hennepin County, Minnesota.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.

ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORP.
     
     
By:
 
 
Its:
 
     
     
 
Participant


6

EX-10.V 5 exhibit10-v.htm RSA AGREEMENT FOR BOARD MEMBERS Restricted Stock Agreement for Board Members


EXHIBIT 10-v 

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORP.
2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN


THIS AGREEMENT, made effective as of this         day of                 , 20__, by and between Analysts International Corp., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), and ___________________ (“Participant”).
 
W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Participant on the date hereof is a director of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to grant a restricted stock award to Participant for shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Administrator of the Plan has authorized the grant of a restricted stock award to the Participant;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Grant of Restricted Stock Award. The Company hereby grants to Participant on the date set forth above a restricted stock award (the “Award”) for _____________________ (         ) shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan. The Company shall cause to be issued a stock certificate representing such shares of Common Stock in the Participant’s name, and shall deliver such certificate to the Participant; provided, however, that the Company shall place a legend on such certificate describing the risks of forfeiture and other transfer restrictions set forth in this Agreement and providing for the cancellation and return of such certificate if such shares of Common Stock are forfeited as provided in Section 2 below. Until such risks of forfeiture have lapsed or the shares subject to this Award have been forfeited pursuant to Section 2 below, the Participant shall be entitled to vote the shares represented by such stock certificates and shall receive all dividends attributable to such shares, but the Participant shall not have any other rights as a shareholder with respect to such shares.

2. Vesting of Restricted Stock.

a.  The shares of Stock subject to this Award shall remain forfeitable until the risks of forfeiture lapse according to the following vesting schedule:



 
Vesting Date    Cumulative Percentage of Shares Vested


[unless otherwise specified, grants shall vest 25% each year for four years
beginning one year after the date of grant]    

 
If the Participant ceases to be a director of the Company (or a subsidiary of the Company) at any time prior to a Vesting Date for any reason, the Participant shall immediately forfeit all shares of Stock subject to this Award which have not yet vested and for which the risks of forfeiture have not lapsed.

3. Miscellaneous.

a. No Right to Continued Relationship. This Agreement shall not confer on Participant any right with respect to the continuance of any relationship with the Company or any of its Affiliates, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate any such relationship. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating a contract for any specified term between Participant and the Company or any Affiliate.

b. Securities Law Compliance. Participant shall not transfer or otherwise dispose of the shares of Stock received pursuant to this Agreement until such time as counsel to the Company shall have determined that such transfer or other disposition will not violate any state or federal securities laws. The Participant may be required by the Company, as a condition of the effectiveness of this restricted stock award, to agree in writing that all Stock subject to this Agreement shall be held, until such time that such Stock is registered and freely tradable under applicable state and federal securities laws, for Participant’s own account without a view to any further distribution thereof, that the certificates for such shares shall bear an appropriate legend to that effect and that such shares will be not transferred or disposed of except in compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws.

c. Mergers, Recapitalizations, Stock Splits, Etc. Pursuant and subject to Section 12 of the Plan, certain changes in the number or character of the Common Stock of the Company (through merger, consolidation, exchange, reorganization, divestiture (including a spin-off), liquidation, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) shall result in an adjustment, reduction or enlargement, as appropriate, in Participant’s rights with respect to any unvested portion of this Award (i.e., Participant shall have such “anti-dilution” rights under the Award with respect to such events, but shall not have “preemptive” rights).

d. Shares Reserved. The Company shall at all times during the term of this Agreement reserve and keep available such number of shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement.



 
e. Withholding Taxes. If applicable, in order to permit the Company to comply with all applicable federal or state income tax laws or regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to insure that all applicable federal or state payroll, income or other taxes are withheld from any amounts payable by the Company to the Participant. If the Company is unable to withhold such federal and state taxes, for whatever reason, the Participant hereby agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the amount the Company would otherwise be required to withhold under federal or state law.

f. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. The Award evidenced by this Agreement is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Plan has been made available to Participant and is hereby incorporated into this Agreement. This Agreement is subject to and in all respects limited and conditioned as provided in the Plan. The Plan governs this Agreement and, in the event of any questions as to the construction of this Agreement or in the event of a conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern, except as the Plan otherwise provides.

g. Lockup Period Limitation. Participant agrees that in the event the Company advises Participant that it plans an underwritten public offering of its Common Stock in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and that the underwriter(s) seek to impose restrictions under which certain shareholders may not sell or contract to sell or grant any option to buy or otherwise dispose of part or all of their stock purchase rights of the underlying Common Stock, Participant hereby agrees that for a period not to exceed 180 days from the prospectus, Participant will not sell or contract to sell or grant an option to buy or otherwise dispose of this Agreement or any of the underlying shares of Common Stock without the prior written consent of the underwriter(s) or its representative(s).

h. Blue Sky Limitation. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event the Company makes any public offering of its securities and determines, in its sole discretion, that it is necessary to reduce the number of issued but unexercised stock purchase rights so as to comply with any state securities or Blue Sky law limitations with respect thereto, the Board of Directors of the Company shall accelerate the vesting of this restricted stock award, provided that the Company gives Participant 15 days’ prior written notice of such acceleration. Notice shall be deemed given when delivered personally or when deposited in the United States mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed to Participant at the address of Participant on file with the Company.

i. Accounting Compliance. Participant agrees that, if a merger, reorganization, liquidation or other “transaction” as defined in Section 12 of the Plan occurs, and Participant is an “affiliate” of the Company or any Affiliate (as defined in applicable legal and accounting principles) at the time of such transaction, Participant will comply with all requirements of Rule 145 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the requirements of such other legal or accounting principles, and will execute any documents necessary to ensure such compliance.

j. Stock Legend. The Administrator may require that the certificates for any shares of Common Stock purchased by Participant (or, in the case of death, Participant’s


 
successors) shall bear an appropriate legend to reflect the restrictions of Paragraph 3(b) and Paragraphs 3(g) through 3(i) of this Agreement; provided, however, that failure to so endorse any of such certificates shall not render invalid or inapplicable Paragraph 3(j).

   k. Scope of Agreement. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company, its Affiliates and its successors and assigns and Participant and any successor or successors of Participant permitted by this Agreement.

l.  Arbitration. Any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the alleged breach of it, or the making of this Agreement, including claims of fraud in the inducement, shall be discussed between the disputing parties in a good faith effort to arrive at a mutual settlement of any such controversy. If, notwithstanding, such dispute cannot be resolved, such dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall be a retired state or federal judge or an attorney who has practiced securities or business litigation for at least 10 years. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator within 20 days, any party may request that the chief judge of the District Court of Hennepin County, Minnesota, select an arbitrator. Arbitration will be conducted pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, unless such rules are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Limited civil discovery shall be permitted for the production of documents and taking of depositions. Unresolved discovery disputes may be brought to the attention of the arbitrator who may dispose of such dispute. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of this state could order or grant; provided, however, that punitive or exemplary damages shall not be awarded. The arbitrator may award to the prevailing party, if any, as determined by the arbitrator, all of its costs and fees, including the arbitrator’s fees, administrative fees, travel expenses, out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the place of any arbitration proceedings shall be Hennepin County, Minnesota.
 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.

 
ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORP.
     
     
By:
 
 
Its:
 
     
     
 
Participant



EX-10.W 6 exhibit10-w.htm NQO AGREEMENT FOR CERTAIN EMPLOYEES Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for Certain Employees


EXHIBIT 10-w

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORP.
2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 
THIS AGREEMENT, made effective as of this        day of ___________, 20__, by and between Analysts International Corp., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), and ______________ (“Participant”).
 

 
W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Participant on the date hereof is a key employee, officer or director of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; and

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to grant a nonqualified stock option to Participant to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors has authorized the grant of a nonqualified stock option to Participant and has determined that, as of the effective date of this Agreement, the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock is $____ per share;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Grant of Option. The Company hereby grants to Participant on the date set forth above (the “Date of Grant”), the right and option (the “Option”) to purchase all or portions of an aggregate of ____________(__________) shares of Common Stock at a per share price of $_____ on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan. This Option is a nonqualified stock option and will not be treated as an incentive stock option, as defined under Section 422, or any successor provision, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations thereunder.

2. Duration and Exercisability.

a. General. The term during which this Option may be exercised shall terminate on the close of business on  ,  , except as otherwise provided in Paragraphs 2(b) through 2(d) below. This Option shall become exercisable according to the following schedule:

1

 
 
Vesting Date    Number/Percentage of Shares

[unless otherwise specified, grants shall vest 25% each year for four years
beginning one year after the date of grant]    


 
Once the Option becomes fully exercisable, Participant may continue to exercise this Option under the terms and conditions of this Agreement until the termination of the Option as provided herein. If Participant does not purchase upon an exercise of this Option the full number of shares which Participant is then entitled to purchase, Participant may purchase upon any subsequent exercise prior to this Option’s termination such previously unpurchased shares in addition to those Participant is otherwise entitled to purchase.

b. Termination of Relationship (other than Disability or Death). If Participant ceases to be an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason other than disability or death, this Option shall completely terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the three-month anniversary date of the termination of such relationship, and (ii) the expiration date of this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following such termination, this Option shall be exercisable only to the extent the Option was exercisable on the vesting date immediately preceding the date on which Participant’s relationship with the Company or Subsidiary has terminated, but had not previously been exercised. To the extent this Option was not exercisable upon the termination of such relationship, or if Participant does not exercise the Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(b), all rights of Participant under this Option shall be forfeited.

c. Disability. If Participant ceases to be an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary because of disability (as defined in Code Section 22(e), or any successor provision), this Option shall completely terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the twelve-month anniversary date of the termination of all such relationships, and (ii) the expiration date of this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following such termination, this Option shall be exercisable only to the extent the Option was exercisable on the vesting date immediately preceding the date on which all of Participant’s relationships with the Company or Subsidiary have terminated, but had not previously been exercised. To the extent this Option was not exercisable upon the termination of such relationship, or if Participant does not exercise the Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(c), all rights of Participant under this Option shall be forfeited.

d. Death. In the event of Participant’s death, this Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the twelve-month anniversary date of the date of Participant’s death, and (ii) the expiration date of this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following Participant’s death, this Option may be exercised by the person or persons to whom Participant’s rights under this Option shall have passed by Participant’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution only to the extent the Option was exercisable on the vesting date immediately preceding the date of Participant’s death. To the extent this Option was not exercisable

2

 
upon the date of Participant’s death, or if such person or persons fail to exercise this Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(d), all rights under this Option shall be forfeited.

3.  Manner of Exercise.

a. General. The Option may be exercised only by Participant (or other proper party in the event of death or incapacity), subject to the conditions of the Plan and subject to such other administrative rules as the Board may deem advisable, by delivering within the option period written notice of exercise to the Company at its principal office. The notice shall state the number of shares as to which the Option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the option price for all shares designated in the notice. The exercise of the Option shall be deemed effective upon receipt of such notice by the Company and upon payment that complies with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. The Option may be exercised with respect to any number or all of the shares as to which it can then be exercised and, if partially exercised, may be exercised as to the unexercised shares any number of times during the option period as provided herein.

b. Form of Payment. Subject to the approval of the Administrator, payment of the option price by Participant shall be in the form of cash, personal check, certified check or previously acquired shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any combination thereof. Any stock so tendered as part of such payment shall be valued at its Fair Market Value as provided in the Plan. For purposes of this Agreement, “previously acquired shares of Common Stock” shall include shares of Common Stock that are already owned by Participant at the time of exercise.

c. Stock Transfer Records. As soon as practicable after the effective exercise of all or any part of the Option, Participant shall be recorded on the stock transfer books of the Company as the owner of the shares purchased, and the Company shall deliver to Participant one or more duly issued stock certificates evidencing such ownership. All requisite original issue or transfer documentary stamp taxes shall be paid by the Company.

4. Miscellaneous.

a. Rights as Shareholder. This Agreement shall not confer on Participant any right with respect to the continuance of any relationship with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate any such relationship. Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to shares subject to this Option until such shares have been issued to Participant upon exercise of this Option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property), distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

b. Securities Law Compliance. The exercise of all or any parts of this Option shall only be effective at such time as counsel to the Company shall have determined that the issuance and delivery of Common Stock pursuant to such exercise will not violate any state or federal securities or other laws. Participant may be required by the Company, as a condition of the effectiveness of any exercise of this Option, to agree in writing that all Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to such exercise shall be held, until such time that such Common Stock is

3

 
registered and freely tradable under applicable state and federal securities laws, for Participant’s own account without a view to any further distribution thereof and that such shares will be not transferred or disposed of except in compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws.

c. Mergers, Recapitalizations, Stock Splits, Etc. Pursuant and subject to Section 12 of the Plan, certain changes in the number or character of the Common Stock of the Company (through sale, merger, consolidation, exchange, reorganization, divestiture (including a spin-off), liquidation, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) shall result in an adjustment, reduction or enlargement, as appropriate, in Participant’s rights with respect to any unexercised portion of the Option (i.e., Participant shall have such “anti-dilution” rights under the Option with respect to such events, but shall not have “preemptive” rights).

d. Shares Reserved. The Company shall at all times during the option period reserve and keep available such number of shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement.

e. Withholding Taxes. In order to permit the Company to comply with all applicable federal or state income tax laws or regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to insure that, if necessary, all applicable federal or state payroll, income or other taxes are withheld from any amounts payable by the Company to Participant. If the Company is unable to withhold such federal and state taxes, for whatever reason, Participant hereby agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the amount the Company would otherwise be required to withhold under federal or state law. Participant may, subject to the approval and discretion of the Board or such administrative rules it may deem advisable, elect to have all or a portion of such tax withholding obligations satisfied by delivering shares of the Company’s Common Stock or by electing to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to Participant. Such shares shall have a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum required tax withholding, based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to the supplemental income resulting from the exercise of this Option. In no event may the Company withhold shares having a Fair Market Value in excess of such statutory minimum required tax withholding.  

f. Nontransferability. During the lifetime of Participant, the accrued Option shall be exercisable only by Participant or by the Participant’s guardian or other legal representative, and shall not be assignable or transferable by Participant, in whole or in part, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

g. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. The Option evidenced by this Agreement is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Plan has been made available to Participant and is hereby incorporated into this Agreement. This Agreement is subject to and in all respects limited and conditioned as provided in the Plan. All defined terms of the Plan shall have the same meaning when used in this Agreement. The Plan governs this Option and, in the event of any questions as to the construction of this Agreement or in the event of a conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern, except as the Plan otherwise provides.


4

 
h. Lockup Period Limitation. Participant agrees that in the event the Company advises Participant that it plans an underwritten public offering of its Common Stock in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and that the underwriter(s) seek to impose restrictions under which certain shareholders may not sell or contract to sell or grant any option to buy or otherwise dispose of part or all of their stock purchase rights of the underlying Common Stock, Participant hereby agrees that for a period not to exceed 180 days from the prospectus, Participant will not sell or contract to sell or grant an option to buy or otherwise dispose of this option or any of the underlying shares of Common Stock without the prior written consent of the underwriter(s) or its representative(s).

i. Blue Sky Limitation. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event the Company makes any public offering of its securities and determines in its sole discretion that it is necessary to reduce the number of issued but unexercised stock purchase rights so as to comply with any state securities or Blue Sky law limitations with respect thereto, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the right (i) to accelerate the exercisability of this Option and the date on which this Option must be exercised, provided that the Company gives Participant 15 days’ prior written notice of such acceleration, and (ii) to cancel any portion of this Option or any other option granted to Participant pursuant to the Plan which is not exercised prior to or contemporaneously with such public offering. Notice shall be deemed given when delivered personally or when deposited in the United States mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed to Participant at the address of Participant on file with the Company.

j. Accounting Compliance. Participant agrees that, if a merger, reorganization, liquidation or other “transaction” as defined in Section 12 of the Plan occurs and Participant is an “affiliate” of the Company or any Subsidiary (as defined in applicable legal and accounting principles) at the time of such transaction, Participant will comply with all requirements of Rule 145 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the requirements of such other legal or accounting principles, and will execute any documents necessary to ensure such compliance.

k. Stock Legend. The Board may require that the certificates for any shares of Common Stock purchased by Participant (or, in the case of death, Participant’s successors) shall bear an appropriate legend to reflect the restrictions of Paragraph 4(b) and Paragraphs 4(h) through 4(j) of this Agreement.

l. Scope of Agreement. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and Participant and any successor or successors of Participant permitted by Paragraph 2 or Paragraph 4(f) above.

m. Arbitration. Any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the alleged breach of it, or the making of this Agreement, including claims of fraud in the inducement, shall be discussed between the disputing parties in a good faith effort to arrive at a mutual settlement of any such controversy. If, notwithstanding, such dispute cannot be resolved, such dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall be a retired state or federal judge or an attorney who has practiced securities or business litigation for at least 10 years. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator within 20 days, any party may request that the chief judge of the District

5

 
Court for Hennepin County, Minnesota, select an arbitrator. Arbitration will be conducted pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, unless such rules are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Limited civil discovery shall be permitted for the production of documents and taking of depositions. Unresolved discovery disputes may be brought to the attention of the arbitrator who may dispose of such dispute. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of this state could order or grant; provided, however, that punitive or exemplary damages shall not be awarded. The arbitrator may award to the prevailing party, if any, as determined by the arbitrator, all of its costs and fees, including the arbitrator’s fees, administrative fees, travel expenses, out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the place of any arbitration proceedings shall be Hennepin County, Minnesota.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.

ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORP.
     
     
By:
 
 
Its:
 
     
     
 
Participant
 
 
6

EX-10.X 7 exhibit10-x.htm RSA AGREEMENT FOR CERTAIN EMPLOYEES Restricted Stock Agreement for Certain Employees


EXHIBIT 10-x

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORP.
2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN


THIS AGREEMENT, made effective as of this        day of                         , 2005, by and between Analysts International Corp., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), and ___________________ (“Participant”).
 
W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Participant on the date hereof is a key employee or officer of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to grant a restricted stock award to Participant for shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Administrator of the Plan has authorized the grant of a restricted stock award to the Participant;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Grant of Restricted Stock Award. The Company hereby grants to Participant on the date set forth above a restricted stock award (the “Award”) for _____________________ (                        ) shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan. The Company shall cause to be issued a stock certificate representing such shares of Common Stock in the Participant’s name, and shall deliver such certificate to the Participant; provided, however, that the Company shall place a legend on such certificate describing the risks of forfeiture and other transfer restrictions set forth in this Agreement and providing for the cancellation and return of such certificate if such shares of Common Stock are forfeited as provided in Section 2 below. Until such risks of forfeiture have lapsed or the shares subject to this Award have been forfeited pursuant to Section 2 below, the Participant shall be entitled to vote the shares represented by such stock certificates and shall receive all dividends attributable to such shares, but the Participant shall not have any other rights as a shareholder with respect to such shares.

2. Vesting of Restricted Stock.

a.  The shares of Stock subject to this Award shall remain forfeitable until the risks of forfeiture lapse according to the following vesting schedule:



 
Vesting Date    Cumulative Percentage of Shares Vested


[unless otherwise specified, grants shall vest 25% each year for four years
beginning one year after the date of grant]    


 
If the Participant’s employment with the Company (or a subsidiary of the Company) ceases at any time prior to a Vesting Date for any reason, including the Participant’s voluntary resignation or retirement but excluding termination by the Company without “cause,” the Participant shall immediately forfeit all shares of Stock subject to this Award which have not yet vested and for which the risks of forfeiture have not lapsed. If the Participant’s employment or other relationship is terminated by the Company without “cause” prior to the vesting date for this Award, all risks of forfeiture on the shares of Stock subject to this Award shall immediately lapse.

b. Solely for purposes of this Paragraph 2(b), “cause” shall mean (i) Participant charged with a felony or convicted of any criminal misdemeanor or more serious act; (ii) any intentional and/or willful act of fraud or dishonesty by Participant related to or connected with Participant’s employment by the Company or any of its Affiliates; (iii) the willful and/or continued failure, neglect or refusal by Participant to perform his or her employment duties with the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iv) a material violation of the Participant’s or an Affiliate’s policies or codes of conduct; or (v) the willful and/or material breach by Participant of any agreement between Participant and the Company or any of its Affiliates, including but not limited to an employment agreement or a noncompetition agreement.

3. Miscellaneous.

a. Employment-at-Will. This Agreement shall not confer on Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment by the Company or any of its Affiliates, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate such employment. Participant’s employment relationship with the Company and its Affiliates shall be employment-at-will, and nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as creating an employment contract for any specified term between Participant and the Company or any Affiliate.

b. Securities Law Compliance. Participant shall not transfer or otherwise dispose of the shares of Stock received pursuant to this Agreement until such time as counsel to the Company shall have determined that such transfer or other disposition will not violate any state or federal securities laws. The Participant may be required by the Company, as a condition of the effectiveness of this restricted stock award, to agree in writing that all Stock subject to this Agreement shall be held, until such time that such Stock is registered and freely tradable under applicable state and federal securities laws, for Participant’s own account without a view to any


 
further distribution thereof, that the certificates for such shares shall bear an appropriate legend to that effect and that such shares will be not transferred or disposed of except in compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws.

c. Mergers, Recapitalizations, Stock Splits, Etc. Pursuant and subject to Section 12 of the Plan, certain changes in the number or character of the Common Stock of the Company (through merger, consolidation, exchange, reorganization, divestiture (including a spin-off), liquidation, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) shall result in an adjustment, reduction or enlargement, as appropriate, in Participant’s rights with respect to any unexercised portion of the Option (i.e., Participant shall have such “anti-dilution” rights under the Option with respect to such events, but shall not have “preemptive” rights).

d. Shares Reserved. The Company shall at all times during the term of this Agreement reserve and keep available such number of shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement.

e. Withholding Taxes. In order to permit the Company to comply with all applicable federal or state income tax laws or regulations, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to insure that, if necessary, all applicable federal or state payroll, income or other taxes are withheld from any amounts payable by the Company to the Participant. If the Company is unable to withhold such federal and state taxes, for whatever reason, the Participant hereby agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the amount the Company would otherwise be required to withhold under federal or state law.

f. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. The Award evidenced by this Agreement is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Plan has been made available to Participant and is hereby incorporated into this Agreement. This Agreement is subject to and in all respects limited and conditioned as provided in the Plan. The Plan governs this Agreement and, in the event of any questions as to the construction of this Agreement or in the event of a conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern, except as the Plan otherwise provides.

g. Lockup Period Limitation. Participant agrees that in the event the Company advises Participant that it plans an underwritten public offering of its Common Stock in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and that the underwriter(s) seek to impose restrictions under which certain shareholders may not sell or contract to sell or grant any option to buy or otherwise dispose of part or all of their stock purchase rights of the underlying Common Stock, Participant hereby agrees that for a period not to exceed 180 days from the prospectus, Participant will not sell or contract to sell or grant an option to buy or otherwise dispose of this Agreement or any of the underlying shares of Common Stock without the prior written consent of the underwriter(s) or its representative(s).

h. Blue Sky Limitation. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event the Company makes any public offering of its securities and determines, in its sole discretion, that it is necessary to reduce the number of issued but unexercised stock purchase rights so as to comply with any state securities or Blue Sky law limitations with respect thereto, the


 
Board of Directors of the Company shall accelerate the vesting of this restricted stock award, provided that the Company gives Participant 15 days’ prior written notice of such acceleration. Notice shall be deemed given when delivered personally or when deposited in the United States mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed to Participant at the address of Participant on file with the Company.

i. Accounting Compliance. Participant agrees that, if a merger, reorganization, liquidation or other “transaction” as defined in Section 12 of the Plan occurs, and Participant is an “affiliate” of the Company or any Affiliate (as defined in applicable legal and accounting principles) at the time of such transaction, Participant will comply with all requirements of Rule 145 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the requirements of such other legal or accounting principles, and will execute any documents necessary to ensure such compliance.

j. Stock Legend. The Administrator may require that the certificates for any shares of Common Stock purchased by Participant (or, in the case of death, Participant’s successors) shall bear an appropriate legend to reflect the restrictions of Paragraph 4(b) and Paragraphs 4(g) through 4(j) of this Agreement; provided, however, that failure to so endorse any of such certificates shall not render invalid or inapplicable Paragraph 4(j).

k. Scope of Agreement. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company, its Affiliates and its successors and assigns and Participant and any successor or successors of Participant permitted by this Agreement.

l.  Arbitration. Any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the alleged breach of it, or the making of this Agreement, including claims of fraud in the inducement, shall be discussed between the disputing parties in a good faith effort to arrive at a mutual settlement of any such controversy. If, notwithstanding, such dispute cannot be resolved, such dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall be a retired state or federal judge or an attorney who has practiced securities or business litigation for at least 10 years. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator within 20 days, any party may request that the chief judge of the District Court of Hennepin County, Minnesota, select an arbitrator. Arbitration will be conducted pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, unless such rules are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Limited civil discovery shall be permitted for the production of documents and taking of depositions. Unresolved discovery disputes may be brought to the attention of the arbitrator who may dispose of such dispute. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of this state could order or grant; provided, however, that punitive or exemplary damages shall not be awarded. The arbitrator may award to the prevailing party, if any, as determined by the arbitrator, all of its costs and fees, including the arbitrator’s fees, administrative fees, travel expenses, out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the place of any arbitration proceedings shall be Hennepin County, Minnesota.
 




IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.

ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORP.
     
     
By:
 
 
Its:
 
     
     
 
Participant

 

EX-10.Y 8 exhibit10-y.htm ISO AGREEMENT FOR CERTAIN EMPLOYEES Incentive Stock Option Agreement for Certain Employees


EXHIBIT 10-y

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORP.
2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN


THIS AGREEMENT, made effective as of this ____ day of _____________, 20____, by and between Analysts International Corp., a Minnesota corporation (the “Company”), and _______________________________ (“Participant”).
 
W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Participant on the date hereof is a key employee or officer of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries; and

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to grant an incentive stock option to Participant to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”); and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors has authorized the grant of an incentive stock option to Participant and has determined that, as of the effective date of this Agreement, the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock is $  per share;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Grant of Option. The Company hereby grants to Participant on the date set forth above (the “Date of Grant”), the right and option (the “Option”) to purchase all or portions of an aggregate of   ( ) shares of Common Stock at a per share price of $  on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan. This Option is intended to be an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422, or any successor provision, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations thereunder, to the extent permitted under Code Section 422(d).

2. Duration and Exercisability.

a. General. The term during which this Option may be exercised shall terminate on the close of business on [insert date 10 years from date of grant], except as otherwise provided in Paragraphs 2(b) through 2(d) below. This Option shall become exercisable according to the following schedule:

 
1

 
Vesting Date     Number of Shares

[unless otherwise specified, grants shall vest 25% each year for four years
beginning one year after the date of grant]    

 
Once the Option becomes exercisable to the extent of one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate number of shares specified in Paragraph 1, Participant may continue to exercise this Option under the terms and conditions of this Agreement until the termination of the Option as provided herein. If Participant does not purchase upon an exercise of this Option the full number of shares which Participant is then entitled to purchase, Participant may purchase upon any subsequent exercise prior to this Option’s termination such previously unpurchased shares in addition to those Participant is otherwise entitled to purchase.
 
b. Termination of Employment (other than Disability or Death). If Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated for any reason other than disability or death, this Option shall completely terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the three-month anniversary date of such termination of employment, and (ii) the expiration date of this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following the termination of Participant’s employment, this Option shall be exercisable only to the extent the Option was exercisable on the vesting date immediately preceding such termination of employment, but had not previously been exercised. To the extent this Option was not exercisable upon such termination of employment, or if Participant does not exercise the Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(b), all rights of Participant under this Option shall be forfeited.

c. Disability. If Participant’s employment terminates because of disability (as defined in Code Section 22(e), or any successor provision), this Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the twelve-month anniversary date of the such termination of employment, and (ii) the expiration date of this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following the termination of Participant’s employment, this Option shall be exercisable only to the extent the Option was exercisable on the vesting date immediately preceding such termination of employment, but had not previously been exercised. To the extent this Option was not exercisable upon such termination of employment, or if Participant does not exercise the Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(c), all rights of Participant under this Option shall be forfeited.

d. Death. In the event of Participant’s death, this Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the close of business on the twelve-month anniversary date of the date of Participant’s death, and (ii) the expiration date of this Option stated in Paragraph 2(a) above. In such period following Participant’s death, this Option shall be exercisable by the person or persons to whom Participant’s rights under this Option shall have passed by Participant’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution only to the extent the Option was exercisable on the vesting date immediately preceding the date of Participant’s death. To the extent this Option was not exercisable

 
2

 
upon the date of Participant’s death, or if such person or persons do not exercise this Option within the time specified in this Paragraph 2(d), all rights under this Option shall be forfeited.

3.  Manner of Exercise.

a. General. The Option may be exercised only by Participant (or other proper party in the event of death or incapacity), subject to the conditions of the Plan and subject to such other administrative rules as the Board may deem advisable, by delivering within the Option Period written notice of exercise to the Company at its principal office. The notice shall state the number of shares as to which the Option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Option price for all shares designated in the notice. The exercise of the Option shall be deemed effective upon receipt of such notice by the Company and upon payment that complies with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. The Option may be exercised with respect to any number or all of the shares as to which it can then be exercised and, if partially exercised, may be so exercised as to the unexercised shares any number of times during the Option period as provided herein.

b. Form of Payment. Subject to approval by the Administrator, payment of the option price by Participant shall be in the form of cash, personal check, certified check or previously acquired shares of Common Stock of the Company, or any combination thereof. Any stock so tendered as part of such payment shall be valued at its Fair Market Value as provided in the Plan. For purposes of this Agreement, “previously acquired shares of Common Stock” shall include shares of Common Stock that are already owned by Participant at the time of exercise.

c. Stock Transfer Records. As soon as practicable after the effective exercise of all or any part of the Option, Participant shall be recorded on the stock transfer books of the Company as the owner of the shares purchased, and the Company shall deliver to Participant one or more duly issued stock certificates evidencing such ownership. All requisite original issue or transfer documentary stamp taxes shall be paid by the Company.

4. Miscellaneous.

a. Employment; Rights as Shareholder. This Agreement shall not confer on Participant any right with respect to continuance of employment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate such employment. Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to shares subject to this Option until such shares have been issued to Participant upon exercise of this Option. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property), distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such shares are issued, except as provided in Section 12 of the Plan.

b. Securities Law Compliance. The exercise of all or any parts of this Option shall only be effective at such time as counsel to the Company shall have determined that the issuance and delivery of Common Stock pursuant to such exercise will not violate any state or federal securities or other laws. Participant may be required by the Company, as a condition of the effectiveness of any exercise of this Option, to agree in writing that all Common Stock to be acquired pursuant to such exercise shall be held, until such time that such Common Stock is

 
3

 
registered and freely tradable under applicable state and federal securities laws, for Participant’s own account without a view to any further distribution thereof, that the certificates for such shares shall bear an appropriate legend to that effect and that such shares will be not transferred or disposed of except in compliance with applicable state and federal securities laws.

c. Mergers, Recapitalizations, Stock Splits, Etc. Pursuant and subject to Section 12 of the Plan, certain changes in the number or character of the Common Stock of the Company (through sale, merger, consolidation, exchange, reorganization, divestiture (including a spin-off), liquidation, recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend or otherwise) shall result in an adjustment, reduction or enlargement, as appropriate, in Participant’s rights with respect to any unexercised portion of the Option (i.e., Participant shall have such “anti-dilution” rights under the Option with respect to such events, but shall not have “preemptive” rights).

d. Shares Reserved. The Company shall at all times during the option period reserve and keep available such number of shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of this Agreement.

e. Withholding Taxes on Disqualifying Disposition. In the event of a
disqualifying disposition of the shares acquired through the exercise of this Option, Participant hereby agrees to inform the Company of such disposition. Upon notice of a disqualifying disposition, the Company may take such action as it deems appropriate to insure that, if necessary to comply with all applicable federal or state income tax laws or regulations, all applicable federal and state payroll, income or other taxes are withheld from any amounts payable by the Company to Participant. If the Company is unable to withhold such federal and state taxes, for whatever reason, Participant hereby agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the amount the Company would otherwise be required to withhold under federal or state law. Participant may, subject to the approval and discretion of the Board or such administrative rules it may deem advisable, elect to have all or a portion of such tax withholding obligations satisfied by delivering shares of the Company’s Common Stock or by electing to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to Participant. Such shares shall have a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum required tax withholding, based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to the supplemental income resulting from the disqualifying disposition of the shares acquired through the exercise of this Option. In no event may the Company withhold shares having a Fair Market Value in excess of such statutory minimum required tax withholding.

f. Nontransferability. During the lifetime of Participant, the accrued Option shall be exercisable only by Participant or by the Participant’s guardian or other legal representative, and shall not be assignable or transferable by Participant, in whole or in part, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

g. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. The Option evidenced by this Agreement is granted pursuant to the Plan, a copy of which Plan has been made available to Participant and is hereby incorporated into this Agreement. This Agreement is subject to and in all respects limited and conditioned as provided in the Plan. The Plan governs this Option and, in the event of any

 
4

 
questions as to the construction of this Agreement or in the event of a conflict between the Plan and this Agreement, the Plan shall govern, except as the Plan otherwise provides.

h. Lockup Period Limitation. Participant agrees that in the event the Company advises Participant that it plans an underwritten public offering of its Common Stock in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and that the underwriter(s) seek to impose restrictions under which certain shareholders may not sell or contract to sell or grant any option to buy or otherwise dispose of part or all of their stock purchase rights of the underlying Common Stock, Participant hereby agrees that for a period not to exceed 180 days from the prospectus, Participant will not sell or contract to sell or grant an option to buy or otherwise dispose of this option or any of the underlying shares of Common Stock without the prior written consent of the underwriter(s) or its representative(s).

i. Blue Sky Limitation. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event the Company makes any public offering of its securities and determines in its sole discretion that it is necessary to reduce the number of issued but unexercised stock purchase rights so as to comply with any state securities or Blue Sky law limitations with respect thereto, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the right (i) to accelerate the exercisability of this Option and the date on which this Option must be exercised, provided that the Company gives Participant 15 days’ prior written notice of such acceleration, and (ii) to cancel any portion of this Option or any other option granted to Participant pursuant to the Plan which is not exercised prior to or contemporaneously with such public offering. Notice shall be deemed given when delivered personally or when deposited in the United States mail, first class postage prepaid and addressed to Participant at the address of Participant on file with the Company.

j. Accounting Compliance. Participant agrees that, if a merger, reorganization, liquidation or other “transaction” as defined in Section 12 of the Plan occurs and Participant is an “affiliate” of the Company or any Subsidiary (as defined in applicable legal and accounting principles) at the time of such transaction, Participant will comply with all requirements of Rule 145 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the requirements of such other legal or accounting principles, and will execute any documents necessary to ensure such compliance.

k. Stock Legend. The Board may require that the certificates for any shares of Common Stock purchased by Participant (or, in the case of death, Participant’s successors) shall bear an appropriate legend to reflect the restrictions of Paragraph 4(b) and Paragraphs 4(h) through 4(j) of this Agreement.
 
l. Scope of Agreement. This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns and Participant and any successor or successors of Participant permitted by Paragraph 2 or Paragraph 4(f) above.

m. Arbitration. Any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the alleged breach of it, or the making of this Agreement, including claims of fraud in the inducement, shall be discussed between the disputing parties in a good faith effort to arrive at a mutual settlement of any such controversy. If, notwithstanding, such dispute cannot be resolved, such dispute shall be settled by binding arbitration. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered

 
5


in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrator shall be a retired state or federal judge or an attorney who has practiced securities or business litigation for at least 10 years. If the parties cannot agree on an arbitrator within 20 days, any party may request that the chief judge of the District Court for Hennepin County, Minnesota, select an arbitrator. Arbitration will be conducted pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, unless such rules are inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. Limited civil discovery shall be permitted for the production of documents and taking of depositions. Unresolved discovery disputes may be brought to the attention of the arbitrator who may dispose of such dispute. The arbitrator shall have the authority to award any remedy or relief that a court of this state could order or grant; provided, however, that punitive or exemplary damages shall not be awarded. The arbitrator may award to the prevailing party, if any, as determined by the arbitrator, all of its costs and fees, including the arbitrator’s fees, administrative fees, travel expenses, out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties, the place of any arbitration proceedings shall be Hennepin County, Minnesota.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.

ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORP.
     
     
By:
 
 
Its:
 
     
     
 
Participant


6


EX-10.Z 9 exhibit10-z.htm JEFFREY BAKER CIC AGREEMENT Jeffrey Baker CIC Agreement


EXHIBIT 10-z

EXHIBIT A
 
AGREEMENT
 
This Agreement (“Agreement”), effective as of June 18, 2004, is between Analysts International Corporation, a Minnesota corporation located at 3601 West 76th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-0898 (the “Company”) and Jeffrey P. Baker (the “Executive”).
 
A. The Executive is currently employed as the Company’s President.
 
B. The Board considers maintenance of a sound and vital management to be essential to protecting and enhancing the best interests of the Company and its shareholders, and in this connection recognizes that the possibility of a Change in Control may raise uncertainty and questions among management which may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders.
 
C. The Company has in place various arrangements with certain categories of executives that provide certain economic benefits to those executives in the event of a Change in Control.
 
D. The Board has put these arrangements in place to minimize the risk that Company executive management will depart prior to a Change in Control, thereby leaving the Company without adequate executive management personnel during such a critical period, and to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company’s executive management to their assigned duties without distraction in circumstances arising from the possibility of a Change in Control.
 
E. The Board has recognized that continuance of an executive’s position with the Company involves a substantial commitment to the Company in terms of the executive’s personal life and professional career and the possibility of foregoing present and future career opportunities, for which the Company receives substantial benefits.
 
F. To induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company, this Agreement, which has been approved by the Board, sets forth the benefits that the Company agrees will be provided to the Executive in the event the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated in connection with a Change in Control under the circumstances described below.
 
G. Certain capitalized terms that are used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit 1, which is an integral part of this Agreement.
 
Accordingly, the Company and Employee each intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
 
1. Term of Agreement. This Agreement is effective immediately and will have an initial term ending on December 31, 2004. After this initial term, this Agreement will automatically continue for consecutive one-year terms (“Renewal Periods”) unless and until the Company or the Executive has given notice to the other at least 90 calendar days prior to the

 

 
commencement of the next Renewal Period that this Agreement will not be extended past such next Renewal Period. For example, if the Company notifies the Executive on September 1, 2004 of its intent not to renew this Agreement, the term of this Agreement will end at the end of the next Renewal Period, which will be on December 31, 2005. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, if a Change in Control has occurred during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement will continue in effect beyond the termination date then in effect for a period of 36 months following the month during which the Change in Control occurs or, if later, until the date on which the Company’s obligations to the Executive arising under or in connection with this Agreement have been satisfied in full.

2. Benefits upon a Change in Control Termination. The Executive will become entitled to the benefits described in this Section 2 if and only if (i) the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason within the period beginning on the first day of the 11th month that begins after the month during which the Change in Control occurs and ending on the last day of such month or (ii) (x) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for any reason other than the Executive’s death or Cause, or the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for Good Reason, and (y) the termination occurs either within the period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and ending on the last day of the 36th month that begins after the month during which the Change in Control occurs or prior to a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of a Person related to the Change in Control.

(a) Cash Payment. Not more than 10 days following the Date of Termination, or, if later, not more than 10 days following the date of the Change in Control, the Company will make a lump-sum cash payment to the Executive in an amount equal to (i) 2.99 times the Executive’s Eligible Earnings, less (ii) any incentive compensation payments made to the Executive for the year ending after the Executive’s Date of Termination.

(b) Special Executive Retirement Plan. The termination of the Executive’s employment will be deemed a “separation from service” pursuant to Section 5 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan and the Company will pay the applicable monthly benefit to the Executive pursuant to Section 4 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan. The Company will provide for payment of the benefit pursuant to this Section 2(b) and Section 4 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan through a trust. The trust must (1) be a grantor trust with respect to which the Company is treated as the grantor, (2) not cause benefits under this Section 2(b) to be funded for federal income tax purposes or for purposes of ERISA, and (3) provide that trust assets will, upon the Company’s insolvency, be used to satisfy the claims of the Company’s general creditors. Neither the Executive nor the Executive’s surviving spouse will have any interest in the assets of the trust.

(c) Group Health and Dental Plans. During the continuation period (as defined below), the Company will maintain a group health and dental plan(s) which by its terms covers the Executive (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the

 
2

 
date of the Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control) under the same terms and at the same cost to the Executive and the Executive’s family members and dependents as similarly situated individuals who continue to be employed by the Company (without regard to any reduction in such benefits that constitutes Good Reason). The “continuation period” is the period beginning on the Executive’s Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the 18th month that begins after the Executive’s Date of Termination or (ii) the date after the Executive’s Date of Termination on which the Executive first becomes eligible to participate as an employee in a plan of another employer providing group health and dental benefits to the Executive and the Executive’s eligible family members and dependents which plan does not contain any exclusion or limitation with respect to any pre-existing condition of the Executive or any eligible family member or dependent who would otherwise be covered under the Company’s plan but for this clause (ii). To the extent the Executive incurs a tax liability (including federal, state and local taxes and any interest and penalties with respect thereto) in connection with a benefit provided pursuant to this Section 2(c) which the Executive would not have incurred had the Executive been an active employee of the Company participating in the Company’s group health and dental plan, the Company will make a payment to the Executive in an amount equal to such tax liability plus an additional amount sufficient to permit the Executive to retain a net amount after all taxes (including penalties and interest) equal to the initial tax liability in connection with the benefit. For purposes of applying the foregoing, the Executive’s tax rate will be deemed to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal tax rate (on a combined basis) then in effect. The payment pursuant to this Section 2(c) will be made within 10 days after the Executive’s remittal of a written request for payment accompanied by a statement indicating the basis for and amount of the liability.

(d) Other Welfare Benefits. During the period beginning on the Executive’s Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the eighteenth (18th) month that begins after the Executive’s Date of Termination, or (ii) the date after the Executive’s Date of Termination on which the Executive first becomes eligible to participate as an employee in a plan of another employer providing substantially similar welfare benefits to the Executive in the aggregate (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control), the Company will provide, or arrange to provide, to the extent such policies or coverages can be obtained on commercial reasonable terms, the same or equivalent accidental death and dismemberment, short and long-term disability, life insurance coverages, and all other insurance policies and health and welfare benefits (other than benefits pursuant to any cafeteria plan maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 125 of the Code) to the Executive (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be

 
3

 
covered under the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control) under the same terms and at the same cost to the Executive and the Executive’s family members and dependents as similarly situated individuals who continue to be employed by the Company (without regard to any reduction in such benefits that constitutes Good Reason). To the extent the Executive incurs a tax liability (including federal, state and local taxes and any interest and penalties with respect thereto) in connection with a benefit provided pursuant to this Section 2(d) which the Executive would not have incurred had the Executive been an active employee of the Company participating in the Company’s welfare benefit plans, the Company will make a payment to the Executive in an amount equal to such tax liability plus an additional amount sufficient to permit the Executive to retain a net amount after all taxes (including penalties and interest) equal to the initial tax liability in connection with the benefit. For purposes of applying the foregoing, the Executive’s tax rate will be deemed to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal tax rate (on a combined basis) then in effect. The payment pursuant to this Section 2(d) will be made within 10 days after the Executive’s remittal of a written request for payment accompanied by a statement indicating the basis for and amount of the liability.

(e) Termination of Non-Competition Agreements. All non-competition agreements (or non-competition provisions within other agreements) restricting the activities of the Executive after the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company will be null and void and of no further force and effect.

 
If, on or after the date of a Change in Control, an Affiliate is sold, merged, transferred or in any other manner or for any other reason ceases to be an Affiliate or all or any portion of the business or assets of an Affiliate are sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of and the acquiror is not the Parent Corporation or an Affiliate (a “Disposition”), and the Executive remains or becomes employed by the acquiror or an “affiliate” of the acquiror (as defined in this Agreement but substituting “acquiror” for “Parent Corporation”) in connection with the Disposition, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated employment on the effective date of the Disposition for purposes of this Section 2 and will be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 2 unless (x) the acquiror and its affiliates jointly and severally expressly assume and agree, in a manner that is enforceable by the Executive, to perform the obligations of this Agreement to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if the Disposition had not occurred and (y) the Successor guarantees, in a manner that is enforceable by the Executive, payment and performance by the acquiror.

 
 
4

 
3. Gross-Up Payments.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it will be determined that any payments or distributions by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any payments required under this Section 3) (collectively, the “Payments”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then the Executive will be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that, after payment by the Executive of all taxes (and any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including any income taxes and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 3(d), all determinations required to be made under this Section 3, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be used in arriving at such determination, must be made by the Company’s external auditors (the “Accounting Firm”), which must provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, the Executive must appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm will then be referred to as the “Accounting Firm” hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm must be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 3, must be paid by the Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm will be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(c) As a result of uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which should have been made by the Company will not have been made (“Underpayment”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 3(d) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any additional Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm must determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment must be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

(d) The Executive must notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of any Gross-Up Payment. Such notification must be given as soon as practicable but no later than 10 business days after the Executive knows of

 
5

 
such claim and must apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive must not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive must:

(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim;

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company will reasonably request in writing from time to time, including accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company;

(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim; and

(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company will bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(d), the Company will control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company will determine; provided further, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company will advance the amount of such payment to the Executive on an interest-free basis and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and provided further that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest will be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive will be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.


 
6

 
(e) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 3(d), the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive must (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of Section 3(d)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 3(d), a determination is made that the Executive will not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of thirty days after such determination, then such advance will be forgiven and will not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance will offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

4. Indemnification. Following a Change in Control, the Company will indemnify and advance expenses to the Executive for damages, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, judgments, fines, penalties, settlements and reasonable fees and expenses of the Executive’s counsel) incurred in connection with all matters, events and transactions relating to the Executive’s service to or status with the Company or any other corporation, employee benefit plan or other Person for which the Executive served at the request of the Company to the extent that the Company would have been required to do so under applicable law, corporate articles, bylaws or agreements or instruments of any nature with or covering the Executive, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control and to any further extent as may be determined or agreed upon following the Change in Control.

5. Miscellaneous.

(a) Successors. The Parent Corporation must seek to have any Successor, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, assent to the fulfillment by the Company of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. Failure of the Parent Corporation to obtain such assent at least three business days prior to the time a Person becomes a Successor (or where the Parent Corporation does not have at least three business days’ advance notice that a Person may become a Successor, within one business day after having notice that such Person may become or has become a Successor) will constitute Good Reason for termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment. The date on which any such succession becomes effective will be deemed the Date of Termination, and Notice of Termination will be deemed to have been given on that date. A Successor has no rights, authority or power with respect to this Agreement prior to a Change in Control.

(b) Binding Agreement. This Agreement inures to the benefit of, and is enforceable by, the Executive, the Executive’s personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive dies while any amount would still be payable to the Executive under this Agreement if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, will be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

 
7

 
(c) No Mitigation. The Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any benefits the Company becomes obligated to provide to the Executive in connection with this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. The benefits to be provided to the Executive in connection with this Agreement may not be reduced, offset or subject to recovery by the Company by any benefits the Executive may receive from other employment or otherwise.

(d) No Setoff. The Company has no right to setoff benefits owed to the Executive under this Agreement against amounts owed or claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise.

(e) Taxes. All benefits to be provided to the Executive in connection with this Agreement will be subject to required withholding of federal, state and local income, excise and employment-related taxes. The Company’s good faith determination with respect to its obligation to withhold such taxes relieves it of any obligation that such amounts should have been paid to the Executive.

(f) Notices. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in, or required under, this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed to each party’s respective address set forth on the first page of this Agreement (provided that all notices to the Company must be directed to the attention of the chair of the Board), or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with these provisions, except that notice of change of address will be effective only upon receipt.

(g) Disputes. If the Executive so elects, any dispute, controversy or claim arising under or in connection with this Agreement will be settled exclusively by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in Minneapolis, Minnesota in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect; provided that the Executive may seek specific performance of the Executive’s right to receive benefits until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction. If any dispute, controversy or claim for damages arising under or in connection with this Agreement is settled by arbitration, the Company will pay, or if elected by the Executive, reimburse, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Executive related to such arbitration unless the arbitrators decide that the Executive’s claim was frivolous or advanced by the Executive in bad faith. If the Executive does not elect arbitration, the Executive may pursue all available legal remedies. The Company will pay, or if elected by the Executive, reimburse the Executive for, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with any actual, threatened or contemplated litigation relating to this Agreement to which the Executive is or reasonably expects to become a party, whether or not initiated by the Executive, if the Executive is successful in recovering any benefit under this Agreement as a result of such action. The parties agree that any litigation arising under or in connection with this Agreement must

 
8

 
be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Minnesota, and hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of said courts for this purpose and agree not to assert that such courts are an inconvenient forum. The Company will not assert in any dispute or controversy with the Executive arising under or in connection with this Agreement the Executive’s failure to exhaust administrative remedies.

(h) Effect of Plan Benefits on Other Severance Plans. In the event the Executive receives any payment under the terms of this Agreement, the Executive will not be eligible to receive benefits under any other severance pay plan sponsored or maintained by the Company, including without limitation the Analysts International, Inc. Executive Change in Control Severance Pay Plan and the Analysts International, Inc. Change in Control Severance Pay Plan.

(i) Other Arrangements. This Agreement, including Exhibit 1 attached hereto and incorporated as an integral part of this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and no agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter to this Agreement have been made by any party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. To the extent that any provision of any Other Arrangement limits, qualifies or is inconsistent with any provision of this Agreement, then for purposes of this Agreement, while such Other Arrangement remains in force, the provision of this Agreement will control and such provision of such Other Arrangement will be deemed to have been superseded, and to be of no force or effect, as if such Other Arrangement had been formally amended to the extent necessary to accomplish such purpose. Nothing in this Agreement prevents or limits the Executive’s continuing or future participation in any Other Arrangement for which the Executive may qualify, and nothing in this Agreement limits or otherwise affects the rights the Executive may have under any Other Arrangement. Amounts that are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any Other Arrangement at or subsequent to the Date of Termination will be payable in accordance with such Other Arrangement.

(j) No Employment or Service Contract. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to provide the Executive with any right to continue in the employ of the Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the Executive’s rights or the rights of the Company.

(k) Payment; Assignment. Benefits payable under this Agreement will be paid only from the general assets of the Company. No person has any right to or interest in any specific assets of the Company by reason of this Agreement. To the extent benefits under this Agreement are not paid when due to any individual, he or she is a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to any amounts due. Benefits payable pursuant to this Agreement and the right to receive future benefits may not be anticipated, alienated, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered or subject to any charge.

 
9

 
(l) Late Payments. Benefits not paid under this Agreement when due will accrue interest at the rate of 18% per year or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law.

(m) Survival. The respective obligations of, and benefits afforded to, the Company and the Executive which by their express terms or clear intent survive termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or termination of this Agreement, as the case may be, will survive termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or termination of this Agreement, as the case may be, and will remain in full force and effect according to their terms.

(n) Amendments; Waivers. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in a writing signed by the Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Parent Corporation. No waiver by any party to this Agreement at any time of any breach by another party to this Agreement of, or of compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such party will be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

(o) Governing Law. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties as to all matters, including, without limitation, matters of validity, interpretation, construction, performance and remedies, will be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Minnesota (without regard to the conflict of laws principles of any jurisdiction).

(p) Further Assurances. The parties to this Agreement agree to perform, or cause to be performed, such further acts and deeds and to execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional or supplemental documents or instruments as may be reasonably required by the other party to carry into effect the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

(q) Interpretation. The invalidity or unenforceability of all or any part of any provision of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of such provision or of any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

(r) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
 

 
10

 
The Company and the Executive have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
 

ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
   
By:
 Jeffrey P. Baker
   
 /s/ Jeffrey P. Baker
Jeffrey P. Baker

 
11


Exhibit 1
DEFINITIONS
 
For purposes of the Agreement, the following terms will have the meaning set forth below in this Exhibit 1 unless the context clearly requires otherwise. Terms defined elsewhere in the Agreement will have the same meaning throughout the Agreement.
 
1. Affiliate” means (i) any corporation at least a majority of whose outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors is owned directly or indirectly by the Parent Corporation or (ii) any other form of business entity in which the Parent Corporation, by virtue of a direct or indirect ownership interest, has the right to elect a majority of the members of such entity’s governing body.

2. Base Pay” means the Executive’s annual base salary from the Company at the rate in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control or at the time Notice of Termination is given, whichever is greater. Base Pay includes only regular cash salary (plus the amount of any automobile allowance paid to the Executive or any automobile lease payments made by the Company on behalf of the Executive) and is determined before any reduction for deferrals pursuant to any nonqualified deferred compensation plan or arrangement, qualified cash or deferred arrangement or cafeteria plan.

3. Benefit Plan” means any

(a) employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA;

(b) cafeteria plan described in Code Section 125;

(c) plan, policy or practice providing for paid vacation, other paid time off or short-or long-term profit sharing, bonus or incentive payments or perquisites; or

(d) stock option, stock purchase, restricted stock, phantom stock, stock appreciation right or other equity-based compensation plan with respect to the securities of any Affiliate
 
that is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Company for the benefit of employees (and/or their families and dependents) generally or the Executive in particular (and/or the Executive’s family and dependents).
 
4. Board” means the board of directors of the Parent Corporation duly qualified and acting at the time in question. On and after the date of a Change in Control, any duty of the Board in connection with this Agreement is nondelegable and any attempt by the Board to delegate any such duty is ineffective.

5. Cause” means:

(a) the Executive’s gross misconduct that is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company;

 

 
(b) the Executive’s willful and continued failure to perform substantially the Executive’s duties with the Company (other than any such failure (1) resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to bodily injury or physical or mental illness or (2) relating to changes in the Executive’s duties after a Change in Control that constitute Good Reason) after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the chair of the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which the Executive have not substantially performed the Executive’s duties and provides for a reasonable period of time within which the Executive may take corrective actions; or

(c) the Executive’s conviction (including a plea of nolo contendere) of willfully engaging in illegal conduct constituting a felony or gross misdemeanor under federal or state law which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or which impairs the Executive’s ability to perform substantially the Executive’s duties for the Company.
 
An act or failure to act will be considered “gross or willful” for this purpose only if done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that it was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board (or a committee thereof) or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company will be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. It is also expressly understood that the Executive’s attention to matters not directly related to the business of the Company will not provide a basis for termination for Cause so long as the Board did not expressly disapprove in writing of the Executive’s engagement in such activities either before or within a reasonable period of time after the Board knew or could reasonably have known that the Executive engaged in those activities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may not be terminated for Cause unless and until there has been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with the Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive were guilty of the conduct set forth above in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this definition and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
 
6. Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following on or after December 18, 2000:

(a) the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer, directly or indirectly, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Corporation, in one transaction or in a series of related transactions, to any Person;

(b) the approval by the shareholders of the Parent Corporation of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Parent Corporation;

(c) any Person, other than a “bona fide underwriter,” becomes, after the date of this Agreement, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of (i) 20 percent or more, but not more than 50 percent, of the

 
2

 
combined voting power of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors, unless the transaction resulting in such ownership has been approved in advance by the “continuity directors” or (ii) more than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors (regardless of any approval by the continuity directors);

(d) a merger or consolidation to which the Parent Corporation is a party if the shareholders of the Parent Corporation immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation have, solely on account of ownership of securities of the Parent Corporation at such time, “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) immediately following the effective date of such merger or consolidation of securities of the surviving corporation representing (i) 50 percent or more, but not more than 80 percent, of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation’s then outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors, unless such merger or consolidation has been approved in advance by the continuity directors, or (ii) less than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation’s then outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors (regardless of any approval by the continuity directors); or

(e) the continuity directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board.
 
For purposes of the definition of a Change in Control, a “continuity director” means any individual who is a member of the Board on the date of the Agreement, while he or she is a member of the Board, and any individual who subsequently becomes a member of the Board whose election or nomination for election by the Parent Corporation’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors who are continuity directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Parent Corporation in which such individual is named as a nominee for director without objection to such nomination). For example, if a majority of the seven individuals constituting the Board on December 18, 2000, approved a proxy statement in which two different individuals were nominated to replace two of the individuals who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000, the two newly elected directors would join the five remaining directors who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000 as continuity directors. Similarly, if a majority of those seven directors approved a proxy statement in which three different individuals were nominated to replace three other directors who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000, the three newly elected directors would also become, along with the other four directors, continuity directors. Individuals subsequently joining the Board could become continuity directors under the principles reflected in this example. For purposes of the definition of a Change in Control, a “bona fide underwriter” means a Person engaged in business as an underwriter of securities that acquires securities of the Parent Corporation through such Person’s participation in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of 40 days after the date of such acquisition.
 
7. Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Code includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

 
3

 
8. Company” means the Parent Corporation, any Successor and any Affiliate.

9. Date of Termination” following a Change in Control (or prior to a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control) means:

(a) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Executive, the date specified in the Notice of Termination which in no event may be a date more than 15 days after the date on which Notice of Termination is given unless the Company agrees in writing to a later date;

(b) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Company for Cause, the date specified in the Notice of Termination;

(c) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death, the date of the Executive’s death; or

(d) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Company for any reason other than Cause or the Executive’s death, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, which in no event may be a date earlier than 15 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, unless the Executive expressly agrees in writing to an earlier date.
 
In the case of termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment for Cause, if the Executive has not previously expressly agreed in writing to the termination, then within the 30-day period after the Executive’s receipt of the Notice of Termination, the Executive may notify the Company that a dispute exists concerning the termination, in which event the Date of Termination will be the date set either by mutual written agreement of the parties or by the judge or arbitrators in a proceeding as provided in Section 5(g) of the Agreement. During the pendency of any such dispute, the Executive will continue to make the Executive available to provide services to the Company and the Company will continue to pay the Executive the Executive’s full compensation and benefits in effect immediately prior to the date on which the Notice of Termination is given (without regard to any changes to such compensation or benefits that constitute Good Reason) and until the dispute is resolved in accordance with Section 5(g) of the Agreement. The Executive will be entitled to retain the full amount of any such compensation and benefits without regard to the resolution of the dispute unless the judge or arbitrators decide(s) that the Executive’s claim of a dispute was frivolous or advanced by the Executive in bad faith.
 
10. Eligible Earnings” means the sum of (i) the average of the Executive’s Base Pay for the last five years of the Company ending on or before the Date of Termination, or if the Executive was employed by the Company for fewer than five years, for the number of years for which the Executive was employed plus (ii) the average of any incentive compensation paid by the Company to the Executive for the last five years of the Company ending on or before the Date of Termination, or if the Executive was eligible to receive such incentive compensation for fewer than five years, for the number of years for which the Executive was eligible. If the Executive’s Base Pay or incentive compensation for a year relates to a period of less than 12

 
4

 
months, the amount of the Base Pay or incentive compensation will be annualized in determining the Executive’s Eligible Earnings.
 
11. ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of ERISA includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

12. Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Exchange Act or to any rule or regulation thereunder includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

13. Good Reason” means:

(a) a change in the Executive’s title(s), status, position(s), authority, duties or responsibilities as an executive of the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control which, in the Executive’s reasonable judgment, is material and adverse (other than, if applicable, any such change directly attributable to the fact that the Parent Corporation is no longer publicly owned); provided, however, that Good Reason does not include such a change that is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice of such change is given by the Executive;

(b) a reduction by the Company in the Executive’s Base Pay, or an adverse change in the form or timing of the payment thereof, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or as thereafter increased;

(c) the failure by the Company to cover the Executive under Benefit Plans that, in the aggregate, provide substantially similar benefits to the Executive and/or the Executive’s family and dependents at a substantially similar total cost to the Executive (e.g., premiums, deductibles, co-pays, out of pocket maximums, required contributions and the like) relative to the benefits and total costs under the Benefit Plans in which the Executive (and/or the Executive’s family or dependents) were participating at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control;

(d) the Company’s requiring the Executive to be based more than 30 miles from where the Executive’s office is located immediately prior to the Change in Control, except for required travel on the Company’s business, and then only to the extent substantially consistent with the business travel obligations which the Executive undertook on behalf of the Company during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control (without regard to travel related to or in anticipation of the Change in Control);

(e) the failure by the Company to obtain from any Successor the assent to this Agreement contemplated by Section 5(a) of the Agreement;

(f) any purported termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment that is not properly effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination and

 
5

 
pursuant to any other requirements of this Agreement, and, for purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination will be effective; or

(g) any refusal by the Company to continue to allow the Executive to attend to matters or engage in activities not directly related to the business of the Company which, at any time prior to the Change in Control, the Executive were not expressly prohibited in writing by the Board from attending to or engaging in.
 
The Executive’s continued employment does not constitute consent to, or waiver of any rights arising in connection with, any circumstances constituting Good Reason. The Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason as defined above will constitute Good Reason for all purposes of the Agreement notwithstanding that the Executive may also thereby be deemed to have retired under any applicable benefit plan, policy or practice of the Company.
 
14. Notice of Termination” means a written notice given on or after the date of a Change in Control (unless the Executive’s termination before the date of the Change in Control was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control in which case the written notice may be given before the date of the Change in Control) which indicates the specific termination provision in the Agreement pursuant to which the notice is given. Any purported termination by the Company or by the Executive on or after the date of a Change in Control (or before the date of a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control) must be communicated by written Notice of Termination to be effective; provided, that the Executive’s failure to provide Notice of Termination will not limit any of the Executive’s rights under the Agreement except to the extent the Company demonstrates that it suffered material actual damages by reason of such failure.

15. Other Arrangement” is any Benefit Plan or other plan, policy or practice of the Company or any other agreement between the Executive and the Company, other than this Agreement.

16. Parent Corporation” means Analysts International Corporation and any Successor.

17. Person” means any individual, corporation partnership, group, association or other person,” as such term is used in Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than the Parent Corporation, any Affiliate or any benefit plan(s) sponsored by the Parent Corporation or an Affiliate.

18. Successor” means any Person that succeeds to, or has the practical ability to control (either immediately or solely with the passage of time), the Parent Corporation’s business directly, by merger, consolidation or other form of business combination, or indirectly, by purchase of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at the election of directors or all or substantially all of its assets or otherwise.
 
 
6

 

AMENDMENT

This Amendment (hereinafter “Amendment”), effective as of March 15, 2005, to that certain agreement dated June 18, 2004, (hereinafter “Agreement”) is made between Analysts International Corporation, a Minnesota corporation located at 3601 West 76th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55435-0898 (the “Company”) and  Jeffrey P. Baker  (the “Executive”).
 
1.  
Paragraph 10 of Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced as follows:
 
10. Eligible Earnings” means the sum of (i) the Executive’s Base Pay plus (ii) the Executive’s Targeted Incentive.
 
2.  
Paragraph 19 is hereby added to Exhibit A of the Agreement:

19. Targeted Incentive” means, for purposes of this Agreement, the applicable percentage of the Executive’s Base Pay targeted as incentive compensation, if any, for the fiscal year in which a Change in Control Termination occurs.
 

 
The Company and the Executive have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
 

ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
   
By:
Jeffrey P. Baker
Its:
President
   
 
Agreed to as of this 17th day of March, 2005
   
/s/ Jeffrey P. Baker
   
 

EX-10.AA 10 exhibit10-aa.htm MICHAEL LAVELLE CIC AGREEMENT Michael LaVelle CIC Agreement


EXHIBIT 10-aa

AGREEMENT
 
This Agreement (this “Agreement”), effective as of December 18, 2000, is between Analysts International Corporation, a Minnesota corporation located at 3601 West 76th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-0898 (the “Company”) and Michael J. LaVelle (the “Executive”).
 
A. The Executive is currently employed as the Company’s President and Chief Operating Officer.
 
B. The Board considers the establishment and maintenance of a sound and vital management to be essential to protecting and enhancing the best interests of the Company and its shareholders, and in this connection recognizes that the possibility of a Change in Control may raise uncertainty and questions among management which may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders.
 
C. The Company currently has in place various arrangements with certain categories of executives that provide certain economic benefits to those executives in the event of a Change in Control.
 
D. The Board has put these arrangements in place to minimize the risk that Company executive management will depart prior to a Change in Control, thereby leaving the Company without adequate executive management personnel during such a critical period, and to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company’s executive management to their assigned duties without distraction in circumstances arising from the possibility of a Change in Control.
 
E. The Board has recognized that continuance of an executive’s position with the Company involves a substantial commitment to the Company in terms of the executive’s personal life and professional career and the possibility of foregoing present and future career opportunities, for which the Company receives substantial benefits.
 
F. The Board believes that it is necessary and appropriate to harmonize the various currently outstanding arrangements that provide economic benefits to executives in the event of a Change in Control, update and revise these arrangements to include additional provisions consistent with arrangements of this type and to enter into such arrangements with executives who currently are not party to such arrangements but who are at a level of responsibility or position similar to the Company executives who are party to such arrangements.
 
G. To induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company, this Agreement, which has been approved by the Board, sets forth the benefits that the Company agrees will be provided to the Executive in the event the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated in connection with a Change in Control under the circumstances described below.
 
H. Certain capitalized terms that are used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit A, which is an integral part of this Agreement.
 

 

 
Accordingly, the Company and Employee each intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
 
1. Term of Agreement. This Agreement is effective immediately and will have an initial term ending on December 31, 2003. After this initial term, this Agreement will automatically continue for consecutive one-year terms (“Renewal Periods”) unless and until the Company or the Executive has given notice to the other at least 90 calendar days prior to the commencement of the next Renewal Period that this Agreement will not be extended past such next Renewal Period. For example, if the Company notifies the Executive on September 1, 2003 of its intent not to renew this Agreement, the term of this Agreement will end at the end of the next Renewal Period, which will be on December 31, 2004. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, if a Change in Control has occurred during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement will continue in effect beyond the termination date then in effect for a period of 36 months following the month during which the Change in Control occurs or, if later, until the date on which the Company’s obligations to the Executive arising under or in connection with this Agreement have been satisfied in full.

2. Benefits upon a Change in Control Termination. The Executive will become entitled to the benefits described in this Section 2 if and only if (i) the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason within the period beginning on the first day of the 11th month that begins after the month during which the Change in Control occurs and ending on the last day of such month or (ii) (x) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for any reason other than the Executive’s death or Cause, or the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for Good Reason, and (y) the termination occurs either within the period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and ending on the last day of the 36th month that begins after the month during which the Change in Control occurs or prior to a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of a Person related to the Change in Control.

(a) Cash Payment. Not more than 10 days following the Date of Termination, or, if later, not more than 10 days following the date of the Change in Control, the Company will make a lump-sum cash payment to the Executive in an amount equal to (i) 2.99 times the Executive’s Eligible Earnings, less (ii) any incentive compensation payments made to the Executive for the year ending after the Executive’s Date of Termination.

(b) Special Executive Retirement Plan. The termination of the Executive’s employment will be deemed a “separation from service” pursuant to Section 5 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan and the Company will pay the applicable monthly benefit to the Executive pursuant to Section 4 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan. The Company will provide for payment of the benefit pursuant to this Section 2(b) and Section 4 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan through a trust. The trust must (1) be a grantor trust with respect to which the Company is treated as the grantor, (2) not cause benefits under this Section 2(b) to be funded for federal income tax purposes or for purposes of ERISA, and (3) provide that trust assets will, upon the Company’s insolvency, be used to satisfy the

 
2

 
claims of the Company’s general creditors. Neither the Executive nor the Executive’s surviving spouse will have any interest in the assets of the trust.

(c) Group Health and Dental Plans. During the continuation period (as defined below), the Company will maintain a group health and dental plan(s) which by its terms covers the Executive (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control) under the same terms and at the same cost to the Executive and the Executive’s family members and dependents as similarly situated individuals who continue to be employed by the Company (without regard to any reduction in such benefits that constitutes Good Reason). The “continuation period” is the period beginning on the Executive’s Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the 18th month that begins after the Executive’s Date of Termination or (ii) the date after the Executive’s Date of Termination on which the Executive first becomes eligible to participate as an employee in a plan of another employer providing group health and dental benefits to the Executive and the Executive’s eligible family members and dependents which plan does not contain any exclusion or limitation with respect to any pre-existing condition of the Executive or any eligible family member or dependent who would otherwise be covered under the Company’s plan but for this clause (ii). To the extent the Executive incurs a tax liability (including federal, state and local taxes and any interest and penalties with respect thereto) in connection with a benefit provided pursuant to this Section 2(c) which the Executive would not have incurred had the Executive been an active employee of the Company participating in the Company’s group health and dental plan, the Company will make a payment to the Executive in an amount equal to such tax liability plus an additional amount sufficient to permit the Executive to retain a net amount after all taxes (including penalties and interest) equal to the initial tax liability in connection with the benefit. For purposes of applying the foregoing, the Executive’s tax rate will be deemed to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal tax rate (on a combined basis) then in effect. The payment pursuant to this Section 2(c) will be made within 10 days after the Executive’s remittal of a written request for payment accompanied by a statement indicating the basis for and amount of the liability.

(d) Other Welfare Benefits. During the period beginning on the Executive’s Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the eighteenth (18th) month that begins after the Executive’s Date of Termination, or (ii) the date after the Executive’s Date of Termination on which the Executive first becomes eligible to participate as an employee in a plan of another employer providing substantially similar welfare benefits to the Executive in the aggregate (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control), the Company will provide, or arrange to provide, to the extent such policies or coverages can be obtained on commercial reasonable terms, the same or

 
3

 
equivalent accidental death and dismemberment, short and long-term disability, life insurance coverages, and all other insurance policies and health and welfare benefits (other than benefits pursuant to any cafeteria plan maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 125 of the Code) to the Executive (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control) under the same terms and at the same cost to the Executive and the Executive’s family members and dependents as similarly situated individuals who continue to be employed by the Company (without regard to any reduction in such benefits that constitutes Good Reason). To the extent the Executive incurs a tax liability (including federal, state and local taxes and any interest and penalties with respect thereto) in connection with a benefit provided pursuant to this Section 2(d) which the Executive would not have incurred had the Executive been an active employee of the Company participating in the Company’s welfare benefit plans, the Company will make a payment to the Executive in an amount equal to such tax liability plus an additional amount sufficient to permit the Executive to retain a net amount after all taxes (including penalties and interest) equal to the initial tax liability in connection with the benefit. For purposes of applying the foregoing, the Executive’s tax rate will be deemed to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal tax rate (on a combined basis) then in effect. The payment pursuant to this Section 2(d) will be made within 10 days after the Executive’s remittal of a written request for payment accompanied by a statement indicating the basis for and amount of the liability.

(e) Termination of Non-Competition Agreements. All non-competition agreements (or non-competition provisions within other agreements) restricting the activities of the Executive after the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company will be null and void and of no further force and effect.
 
If, on or after the date of a Change in Control, an Affiliate is sold, merged, transferred or in any other manner or for any other reason ceases to be an Affiliate or all or any portion of the business or assets of an Affiliate are sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of and the acquiror is not the Parent Corporation or an Affiliate (a “Disposition”), and the Executive remains or becomes employed by the acquiror or an “affiliate” of the acquiror (as defined in this Agreement but substituting “acquiror” for “Parent Corporation”) in connection with the Disposition, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated employment on the effective date of the Disposition for purposes of this Section 2 and will be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 2 unless (x) the acquiror and its affiliates jointly and severally expressly assume and agree, in a manner that is enforceable by the Executive, to perform the obligations of this Agreement to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if the Disposition had not occurred and (y) the Successor guarantees, in a manner that is enforceable by the Executive, payment and performance by the acquiror.
 

 
4

 
3. Gross-Up Payments.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it will be determined that any payments or distributions by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any payments required under this Section 3) (collectively, the “Payments”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then the Executive will be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that, after payment by the Executive of all taxes (and any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including any income taxes and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 3(d), all determinations required to be made under this Section 3, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be used in arriving at such determination, must be made by the Company’s external auditors (the “Accounting Firm”), which must provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, the Executive must appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm will then be referred to as the “Accounting Firm” hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm must be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 3, must be paid by the Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm will be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(c) As a result of uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which should have been made by the Company will not have been made (“Underpayment”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 3(d) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any additional Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm must determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment must be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

(d) The Executive must notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of any Gross-Up Payment. Such notification must be given as soon as practicable but no later than 10 business days after the Executive knows of

 
5

 
such claim and must apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive must not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive must:

(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim;

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company will reasonably request in writing from time to time, including accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company;

(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim; and

(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company will bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(d), the Company will control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company will determine; provided further, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company will advance the amount of such payment to the Executive on an interest-free basis and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and provided further that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest will be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive will be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.


 
6

 
(e) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 3(d), the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive must (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of Section 3(d)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 3(d), a determination is made that the Executive will not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of thirty days after such determination, then such advance will be forgiven and will not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance will offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

4. Indemnification. Following a Change in Control, the Company will indemnify and advance expenses to the Executive for damages, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, judgments, fines, penalties, settlements and reasonable fees and expenses of the Executive’s counsel) incurred in connection with all matters, events and transactions relating to the Executive’s service to or status with the Company or any other corporation, employee benefit plan or other Person for which the Executive served at the request of the Company to the extent that the Company would have been required to do so under applicable law, corporate articles, bylaws or agreements or instruments of any nature with or covering the Executive, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control and to any further extent as may be determined or agreed upon following the Change in Control.

5. Miscellaneous.

(a) Successors. The Parent Corporation must seek to have any Successor, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, assent to the fulfillment by the Company of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. Failure of the Parent Corporation to obtain such assent at least three business days prior to the time a Person becomes a Successor (or where the Parent Corporation does not have at least three business days’ advance notice that a Person may become a Successor, within one business day after having notice that such Person may become or has become a Successor) will constitute Good Reason for termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment. The date on which any such succession becomes effective will be deemed the Date of Termination, and Notice of Termination will be deemed to have been given on that date. A Successor has no rights, authority or power with respect to this Agreement prior to a Change in Control.

(b) Binding Agreement. This Agreement inures to the benefit of, and is enforceable by, the Executive, the Executive’s personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive dies while any amount would still be payable to the Executive under this Agreement if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, will be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

 
7

 
(c) No Mitigation. The Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any benefits the Company becomes obligated to provide to the Executive in connection with this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. The benefits to be provided to the Executive in connection with this Agreement may not be reduced, offset or subject to recovery by the Company by any benefits the Executive may receive from other employment or otherwise.

(d) No Setoff. The Company has no right to setoff benefits owed to the Executive under this Agreement against amounts owed or claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise.

(e) Taxes. All benefits to be provided to the Executive in connection with this Agreement will be subject to required withholding of federal, state and local income, excise and employment-related taxes. The Company’s good faith determination with respect to its obligation to withhold such taxes relieves it of any obligation that such amounts should have been paid to the Executive.

(f) Notices. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in, or required under, this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed to each party’s respective address set forth on the first page of this Agreement (provided that all notices to the Company must be directed to the attention of the chair of the Board), or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with these provisions, except that notice of change of address will be effective only upon receipt.

(g) Disputes. If the Executive so elects, any dispute, controversy or claim arising under or in connection with this Agreement will be settled exclusively by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in Minneapolis, Minnesota in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect; provided that the Executive may seek specific performance of the Executive’s right to receive benefits until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction. If any dispute, controversy or claim for damages arising under or in connection with this Agreement is settled by arbitration, the Company will pay, or if elected by the Executive, reimburse, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Executive related to such arbitration unless the arbitrators decide that the Executive’s claim was frivolous or advanced by the Executive in bad faith. If the Executive does not elect arbitration, the Executive may pursue all available legal remedies. The Company will pay, or if elected by the Executive, reimburse the Executive for, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with any actual, threatened or contemplated litigation relating to this Agreement to which the Executive is or reasonably expects to become a party, whether or not initiated by the Executive, if the Executive is successful in recovering any benefit under this Agreement as a result of such action. The parties agree that any litigation arising under or in connection with this Agreement must

 
8

 
be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Minnesota, and hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of said courts for this purpose and agree not to assert that such courts are an inconvenient forum. The Company will not assert in any dispute or controversy with the Executive arising under or in connection with this Agreement the Executive’s failure to exhaust administrative remedies.

(h) Effect of Plan Benefits on Other Severance Plans. In the event the Executive receives any payment under the terms of this Agreement, the Executive will not be eligible to receive benefits under any other severance pay plan sponsored or maintained by the Company, including without limitation the Analysts International, Inc. Executive Change in Control Severance Pay Plan and the Analysts International, Inc. Change in Control Severance Pay Plan.

(i) Other Arrangements. This Agreement, including Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated as an integral part of this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and no agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter to this Agreement have been made by any party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. To the extent that any provision of any Other Arrangement limits, qualifies or is inconsistent with any provision of this Agreement, then for purposes of this Agreement, while such Other Arrangement remains in force, the provision of this Agreement will control and such provision of such Other Arrangement will be deemed to have been superseded, and to be of no force or effect, as if such Other Arrangement had been formally amended to the extent necessary to accomplish such purpose. Nothing in this Agreement prevents or limits the Executive’s continuing or future participation in any Other Arrangement for which the Executive may qualify, and nothing in this Agreement limits or otherwise affects the rights the Executive may have under any Other Arrangement. Amounts that are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any Other Arrangement at or subsequent to the Date of Termination will be payable in accordance with such Other Arrangement.

(j) No Employment or Service Contract. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to provide the Executive with any right to continue in the employ of the Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the Executive’s rights or the rights of the Company.

(k) Payment; Assignment. Benefits payable under this Agreement will be paid only from the general assets of the Company. No person has any right to or interest in any specific assets of the Company by reason of this Agreement. To the extent benefits under this Agreement are not paid when due to any individual, he or she is a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to any amounts due. Benefits payable pursuant to this Agreement and the right to receive future benefits may not be anticipated, alienated, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered or subject to any charge.

 
9

 
(l) Late Payments. Benefits not paid under this Agreement when due will accrue interest at the rate of 18% per year or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law.

(m) Survival. The respective obligations of, and benefits afforded to, the Company and the Executive which by their express terms or clear intent survive termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or termination of this Agreement, as the case may be, will survive termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or termination of this Agreement, as the case may be, and will remain in full force and effect according to their terms.

(n) Amendments; Waivers. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in a writing signed by the Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Parent Corporation. No waiver by any party to this Agreement at any time of any breach by another party to this Agreement of, or of compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such party will be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

(o) Governing Law. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties as to all matters, including, without limitation, matters of validity, interpretation, construction, performance and remedies, will be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Minnesota (without regard to the conflict of laws principles of any jurisdiction).

(p) Further Assurances. The parties to this Agreement agree to perform, or cause to be performed, such further acts and deeds and to execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional or supplemental documents or instruments as may be reasonably required by the other party to carry into effect the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

(q) Interpretation. The invalidity or unenforceability of all or any part of any provision of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of such provision or of any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

(r) Counterparts. This agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
 

 
10

 
The Company and the Executive have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 
ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
   
By:
 Michael J. LaVelle
   
   
Agreed to as of this 12th day of January, 2001
   
 /s/ Michael J. LaVelle
 Michael J. LaVelle

11


Exhibit A
DEFINITIONS
 
For purposes of the Agreement, the following terms will have the meaning set forth below in this Exhibit A unless the context clearly requires otherwise. Terms defined elsewhere in the Agreement will have the same meaning throughout the Agreement.
 
1. Affiliate” means (i) any corporation at least a majority of whose outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors is owned directly or indirectly by the Parent Corporation or (ii) any other form of business entity in which the Parent Corporation, by virtue of a direct or indirect ownership interest, has the right to elect a majority of the members of such entity’s governing body.

2. Base Pay” means the Executive’s annual base salary from the Company at the rate in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control or at the time Notice of Termination is given, whichever is greater. Base Pay includes only regular cash salary (plus the amount of any automobile allowance paid to the Executive or any automobile lease payments made by the Company on behalf of the Executive) and is determined before any reduction for deferrals pursuant to any nonqualified deferred compensation plan or arrangement, qualified cash or deferred arrangement or cafeteria plan.

3. Benefit Plan” means any

(a) employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA;

(b) cafeteria plan described in Code Section 125;

(c) plan, policy or practice providing for paid vacation, other paid time off or short-or long-term profit sharing, bonus or incentive payments or perquisites; or

(d) stock option, stock purchase, restricted stock, phantom stock, stock appreciation right or other equity-based compensation plan with respect to the securities of any Affiliate

 
that is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Company for the benefit of employees (and/or their families and dependents) generally or the Executive in particular (and/or the Executive’s family and dependents).
 
4. Board” means the board of directors of the Parent Corporation duly qualified and acting at the time in question. On and after the date of a Change in Control, any duty of the Board in connection with this Agreement is nondelegable and any attempt by the Board to delegate any such duty is ineffective.

5. Cause” means:

(a) the Executive’s gross misconduct that is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company;

 

 
(b) the Executive’s willful and continued failure to perform substantially the Executive’s duties with the Company (other than any such failure (1) resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to bodily injury or physical or mental illness or (2) relating to changes in the Executive’s duties after a Change in Control that constitute Good Reason) after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the chair of the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which the Executive have not substantially performed the Executive’s duties and provides for a reasonable period of time within which the Executive may take corrective actions; or

(c) the Executive’s conviction (including a plea of nolo contendere) of willfully engaging in illegal conduct constituting a felony or gross misdemeanor under federal or state law which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or which impairs the Executive’s ability to perform substantially the Executive’s duties for the Company.
 
An act or failure to act will be considered “gross or willful” for this purpose only if done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that it was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board (or a committee thereof) or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company will be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. It is also expressly understood that the Executive’s attention to matters not directly related to the business of the Company will not provide a basis for termination for Cause so long as the Board did not expressly disapprove in writing of the Executive’s engagement in such activities either before or within a reasonable period of time after the Board knew or could reasonably have known that the Executive engaged in those activities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may not be terminated for Cause unless and until there has been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with the Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive were guilty of the conduct set forth above in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this definition and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
 
6. Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following on or after December 18, 2000:

(a) the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer, directly or indirectly, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Corporation, in one transaction or in a series of related transactions, to any Person;

(b) the approval by the shareholders of the Parent Corporation of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Parent Corporation;

(c) any Person, other than a “bona fide underwriter,” becomes, after the date of this Agreement, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of (i) 20 percent or more, but not more than 50 percent, of the

 
2

 
combined voting power of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors, unless the transaction resulting in such ownership has been approved in advance by the “continuity directors” or (ii) more than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors (regardless of any approval by the continuity directors);

(d) a merger or consolidation to which the Parent Corporation is a party if the shareholders of the Parent Corporation immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation have, solely on account of ownership of securities of the Parent Corporation at such time, “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) immediately following the effective date of such merger or consolidation of securities of the surviving corporation representing (i) 50 percent or more, but not more than 80 percent, of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation’s then outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors, unless such merger or consolidation has been approved in advance by the continuity directors, or (ii) less than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation’s then outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors (regardless of any approval by the continuity directors); or

(e) the continuity directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board.
 
For purposes of the definition of a Change in Control, a “continuity director” means any individual who is a member of the Board on the date of the Agreement, while he or she is a member of the Board, and any individual who subsequently becomes a member of the Board whose election or nomination for election by the Parent Corporation’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors who are continuity directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Parent Corporation in which such individual is named as a nominee for director without objection to such nomination). For example, if a majority of the seven individuals constituting the Board on December 18, 2000, approved a proxy statement in which two different individuals were nominated to replace two of the individuals who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000, the two newly elected directors would join the five remaining directors who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000 as continuity directors. Similarly, if a majority of those seven directors approved a proxy statement in which three different individuals were nominated to replace three other directors who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000, the three newly elected directors would also become, along with the other four directors, continuity directors. Individuals subsequently joining the Board could become continuity directors under the principles reflected in this example. For purposes of the definition of a Change in Control, a “bona fide underwriter” means a Person engaged in business as an underwriter of securities that acquires securities of the Parent Corporation through such Person’s participation in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of 40 days after the date of such acquisition.
 
7. Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Code includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.


 
3

 
8. Company” means the Parent Corporation, any Successor and any Affiliate.

9. Date of Termination” following a Change in Control (or prior to a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control) means:

(a) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Executive, the date specified in the Notice of Termination which in no event may be a date more than 15 days after the date on which Notice of Termination is given unless the Company agrees in writing to a later date;

(b) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Company for Cause, the date specified in the Notice of Termination;

(c) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death, the date of the Executive’s death; or

(d) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Company for any reason other than Cause or the Executive’s death, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, which in no event may be a date earlier than 15 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, unless the Executive expressly agrees in writing to an earlier date.
 
In the case of termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment for Cause, if the Executive has not previously expressly agreed in writing to the termination, then within the 30-day period after the Executive’s receipt of the Notice of Termination, the Executive may notify the Company that a dispute exists concerning the termination, in which event the Date of Termination will be the date set either by mutual written agreement of the parties or by the judge or arbitrators in a proceeding as provided in Section 5(g) of the Agreement. During the pendency of any such dispute, the Executive will continue to make the Executive available to provide services to the Company and the Company will continue to pay the Executive the Executive’s full compensation and benefits in effect immediately prior to the date on which the Notice of Termination is given (without regard to any changes to such compensation or benefits that constitute Good Reason) and until the dispute is resolved in accordance with Section 5(g) of the Agreement. The Executive will be entitled to retain the full amount of any such compensation and benefits without regard to the resolution of the dispute unless the judge or arbitrators decide(s) that the Executive’s claim of a dispute was frivolous or advanced by the Executive in bad faith.
 
10. Eligible Earnings” means the sum of (i) the average of the Executive’s Base Pay for the last five years of the Company ending on or before the Date of Termination, or if the Executive was employed by the Company for fewer than five years, for the number of years for which the Executive was employed plus (ii) the average of any incentive compensation paid by the Company to the Executive for the last five years of the Company ending on or before the Date of Termination, or if the Executive was eligible to receive such incentive compensation for fewer than five years, for the number of years for which the Executive was eligible. If the Executive’s Base Pay or incentive compensation for a year relates to a period of less than 12

 
4

 
months, the amount of the Base Pay or incentive compensation will be annualized in determining the Executive’s Eligible Earnings.

11. ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of ERISA includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

12. Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Exchange Act or to any rule or regulation thereunder includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

13. Good Reason” means:

(a) a change in the Executive’s title(s), status, position(s), authority, duties or responsibilities as an executive of the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control which, in the Executive’s reasonable judgment, is material and adverse (other than, if applicable, any such change directly attributable to the fact that the Parent Corporation is no longer publicly owned); provided, however, that Good Reason does not include such a change that is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice of such change is given by the Executive;

(b) a reduction by the Company in the Executive’s Base Pay, or an adverse change in the form or timing of the payment thereof, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or as thereafter increased;

(c) the failure by the Company to cover the Executive under Benefit Plans that, in the aggregate, provide substantially similar benefits to the Executive and/or the Executive’s family and dependents at a substantially similar total cost to the Executive (e.g., premiums, deductibles, co-pays, out of pocket maximums, required contributions and the like) relative to the benefits and total costs under the Benefit Plans in which the Executive (and/or the Executive’s family or dependents) were participating at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control;

(d) the Company’s requiring the Executive to be based more than 30 miles from where the Executive’s office is located immediately prior to the Change in Control, except for required travel on the Company’s business, and then only to the extent substantially consistent with the business travel obligations which the Executive undertook on behalf of the Company during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control (without regard to travel related to or in anticipation of the Change in Control);

(e) the failure by the Company to obtain from any Successor the assent to this Agreement contemplated by Section 5(a) of the Agreement;

(f) any purported termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment that is not properly effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination and

 
5

 
pursuant to any other requirements of this Agreement, and, for purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination will be effective; or

(g) any refusal by the Company to continue to allow the Executive to attend to matters or engage in activities not directly related to the business of the Company which, at any time prior to the Change in Control, the Executive were not expressly prohibited in writing by the Board from attending to or engaging in.
 
The Executive’s continued employment does not constitute consent to, or waiver of any rights arising in connection with, any circumstances constituting Good Reason. The Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason as defined above will constitute Good Reason for all purposes of the Agreement notwithstanding that the Executive may also thereby be deemed to have retired under any applicable benefit plan, policy or practice of the Company.
 
14. Notice of Termination” means a written notice given on or after the date of a Change in Control (unless the Executive’s termination before the date of the Change in Control was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control in which case the written notice may be given before the date of the Change in Control) which indicates the specific termination provision in the Agreement pursuant to which the notice is given. Any purported termination by the Company or by the Executive on or after the date of a Change in Control (or before the date of a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control) must be communicated by written Notice of Termination to be effective; provided, that the Executive’s failure to provide Notice of Termination will not limit any of the Executive’s rights under the Agreement except to the extent the Company demonstrates that it suffered material actual damages by reason of such failure.

15. Other Arrangement” is any Benefit Plan or other plan, policy or practice of the Company or any other agreement between the Executive and the Company, other than this Agreement.

16. Parent Corporation” means Analysts International Corporation and any Successor.

17. Person” means any individual, corporation partnership, group, association or other person,” as such term is used in Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than the Parent Corporation, any Affiliate or any benefit plan(s) sponsored by the Parent Corporation or an Affiliate.
 
18. “Successor” means any Person that succeeds to, or has the practical ability to control (either immediately or solely with the passage of time), the Parent Corporation’s business directly, by merger, consolidation or other form of business combination, or indirectly, by purchase of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at the election of directors or all or substantially all of its assets or otherwise.


 
AMENDMENT

This Amendment (hereinafter “Amendment”), effective as of March 15, 2005, to that certain agreement dated December 18, 2000, (hereinafter “Agreement”) is made between Analysts International Corporation, a Minnesota corporation located at 3601 West 76th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55435-0898 (the “Company”) and  Michael J. LaVelle   (the “Executive”).
 
1.  
Paragraph 10 of Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced as follows:
 
10. Eligible Earnings” means the sum of (i) the Executive’s Base Pay plus (ii) the Executive’s Targeted Incentive.
 
2.  
Paragraph 19 is hereby added to Exhibit A of the Agreement:

19. Targeted Incentive” means, for purposes of this Agreement, the applicable percentage of the Executive’s Base Pay targeted as incentive compensation, if any, for the fiscal year in which a Change in Control Termination occurs.
 

 
The Company and the Executive have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
 

ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
   
By:
Michael J. LaVelle
Its:
Chief Executive Officer
   
 
Agreed to as of this 16th day of March, 2005
   
/s/ Michael J. LaVelle
   
 

EX-10.BB 11 exhibit10-bb.htm JOHN BAMBERGER CIC AGREEMENT John Bamberger CIC Agreement


EXHIBIT 10-bb
AGREEMENT
 
This Agreement (this “Agreement”), effective as of December 18, 2000, is between Analysts International Corporation, a Minnesota corporation located at 3601 West 76th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-0898 (the “Company”) and  John D. Bamberger  (the “Executive”).
 
A. The Executive is currently employed as the Company’s  Senior Vice President.
 
B. The Board considers the establishment and maintenance of a sound and vital management to be essential to protecting and enhancing the best interests of the Company and its shareholders, and in this connection recognizes that the possibility of a Change in Control may raise uncertainty and questions among management which may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders.
 
C. The Company currently has in place various arrangements with certain categories of executives that provide certain economic benefits to those executives in the event of a Change in Control.
 
D. The Board has put these arrangements in place to minimize the risk that Company executive management will depart prior to a Change in Control, thereby leaving the Company without adequate executive management personnel during such a critical period, and to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company’s executive management to their assigned duties without distraction in circumstances arising from the possibility of a Change in Control.
 
E. The Board has recognized that continuance of an executive’s position with the Company involves a substantial commitment to the Company in terms of the executive’s personal life and professional career and the possibility of foregoing present and future career opportunities, for which the Company receives substantial benefits.
 
F. The Board believes that it is necessary and appropriate to harmonize the various currently outstanding arrangements that provide economic benefits to executives in the event of a Change in Control, update and revise these arrangements to include additional provisions consistent with arrangements of this type and to enter into such arrangements with executives who currently are not party to such arrangements but who are at a level of responsibility or position similar to the Company executives who are party to such arrangements.
 
G. To induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company, this Agreement, which has been approved by the Board, sets forth the benefits that the Company agrees will be provided to the Executive in the event the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated in connection with a Change in Control under the circumstances described below.
 
H. Certain capitalized terms that are used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit A, which is an integral part of this Agreement.
 

 

 
Accordingly, the Company and Employee each intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
 
1. Term of Agreement. This Agreement is effective immediately and will have an initial term ending on December 31, 2003. After this initial term, this Agreement will automatically continue for consecutive one-year terms (“Renewal Periods”) unless and until the Company or the Executive has given notice to the other at least 90 calendar days prior to the commencement of the next Renewal Period that this Agreement will not be extended past such next Renewal Period. For example, if the Company notifies the Executive on September 1, 2003 of its intent not to renew this Agreement, the term of this Agreement will end at the end of the next Renewal Period, which will be on December 31, 2004. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, if a Change in Control has occurred during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement will continue in effect beyond the termination date then in effect for a period of 36 months following the month during which the Change in Control occurs or, if later, until the date on which the Company’s obligations to the Executive arising under or in connection with this Agreement have been satisfied in full.

2. Benefits upon a Change in Control Termination. The Executive will become entitled to the benefits described in this Section 2 if and only if (i) the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason within the period beginning on the first day of the 11th month that begins after the month during which the Change in Control occurs and ending on the last day of such month or (ii) (x) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for any reason other than the Executive’s death or Cause, or the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for Good Reason, and (y) the termination occurs either within the period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and ending on the last day of the 36th month that begins after the month during which the Change in Control occurs or prior to a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of a Person related to the Change in Control.

(a) Cash Payment. Not more than 10 days following the Date of Termination, or, if later, not more than 10 days following the date of the Change in Control, the Company will make a lump-sum cash payment to the Executive in an amount equal to (i) 2.99 times the Executive’s Eligible Earnings, less (ii) any incentive compensation payments made to the Executive for the year ending after the Executive’s Date of Termination.

(b) Special Executive Retirement Plan. The termination of the Executive’s employment will be deemed a “separation from service” pursuant to Section 5 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan and the Company will pay the applicable monthly benefit to the Executive pursuant to Section 4 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan. The Company will provide for payment of the benefit pursuant to this Section 2(b) and Section 4 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan through a trust. The trust must (1) be a grantor trust with respect to which the Company is treated as the grantor, (2) not cause benefits under this Section 2(b) to be funded for federal income tax purposes or for purposes of ERISA, and (3) provide that trust assets will, upon the Company’s insolvency, be used to satisfy the

 
2

 
claims of the Company’s general creditors. Neither the Executive nor the Executive’s surviving spouse will have any interest in the assets of the trust.

(c) Group Health and Dental Plans. During the continuation period (as defined below), the Company will maintain a group health and dental plan(s) which by its terms covers the Executive (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control) under the same terms and at the same cost to the Executive and the Executive’s family members and dependents as similarly situated individuals who continue to be employed by the Company (without regard to any reduction in such benefits that constitutes Good Reason). The “continuation period” is the period beginning on the Executive’s Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the 18th month that begins after the Executive’s Date of Termination or (ii) the date after the Executive’s Date of Termination on which the Executive first becomes eligible to participate as an employee in a plan of another employer providing group health and dental benefits to the Executive and the Executive’s eligible family members and dependents which plan does not contain any exclusion or limitation with respect to any pre-existing condition of the Executive or any eligible family member or dependent who would otherwise be covered under the Company’s plan but for this clause (ii). To the extent the Executive incurs a tax liability (including federal, state and local taxes and any interest and penalties with respect thereto) in connection with a benefit provided pursuant to this Section 2(c) which the Executive would not have incurred had the Executive been an active employee of the Company participating in the Company’s group health and dental plan, the Company will make a payment to the Executive in an amount equal to such tax liability plus an additional amount sufficient to permit the Executive to retain a net amount after all taxes (including penalties and interest) equal to the initial tax liability in connection with the benefit. For purposes of applying the foregoing, the Executive’s tax rate will be deemed to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal tax rate (on a combined basis) then in effect. The payment pursuant to this Section 2(c) will be made within 10 days after the Executive’s remittal of a written request for payment accompanied by a statement indicating the basis for and amount of the liability.

(d) Other Welfare Benefits. During the period beginning on the Executive’s Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the eighteenth (18th) month that begins after the Executive’s Date of Termination, or (ii) the date after the Executive’s Date of Termination on which the Executive first becomes eligible to participate as an employee in a plan of another employer providing substantially similar welfare benefits to the Executive in the aggregate (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control), the Company will provide, or arrange to provide, to the extent such policies or coverages can be obtained on commercial reasonable terms, the same or

 
3

 
equivalent accidental death and dismemberment, short and long-term disability, life insurance coverages, and all other insurance policies and health and welfare benefits (other than benefits pursuant to any cafeteria plan maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 125 of the Code) to the Executive (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control) under the same terms and at the same cost to the Executive and the Executive’s family members and dependents as similarly situated individuals who continue to be employed by the Company (without regard to any reduction in such benefits that constitutes Good Reason). To the extent the Executive incurs a tax liability (including federal, state and local taxes and any interest and penalties with respect thereto) in connection with a benefit provided pursuant to this Section 2(d) which the Executive would not have incurred had the Executive been an active employee of the Company participating in the Company’s welfare benefit plans, the Company will make a payment to the Executive in an amount equal to such tax liability plus an additional amount sufficient to permit the Executive to retain a net amount after all taxes (including penalties and interest) equal to the initial tax liability in connection with the benefit. For purposes of applying the foregoing, the Executive’s tax rate will be deemed to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal tax rate (on a combined basis) then in effect. The payment pursuant to this Section 2(d) will be made within 10 days after the Executive’s remittal of a written request for payment accompanied by a statement indicating the basis for and amount of the liability.

(e) Termination of Non-Competition Agreements. All non-competition agreements (or non-competition provisions within other agreements) restricting the activities of the Executive after the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company will be null and void and of no further force and effect.
 
If, on or after the date of a Change in Control, an Affiliate is sold, merged, transferred or in any other manner or for any other reason ceases to be an Affiliate or all or any portion of the business or assets of an Affiliate are sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of and the acquiror is not the Parent Corporation or an Affiliate (a “Disposition”), and the Executive remains or becomes employed by the acquiror or an “affiliate” of the acquiror (as defined in this Agreement but substituting “acquiror” for “Parent Corporation”) in connection with the Disposition, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated employment on the effective date of the Disposition for purposes of this Section 2 and will be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 2 unless (x) the acquiror and its affiliates jointly and severally expressly assume and agree, in a manner that is enforceable by the Executive, to perform the obligations of this Agreement to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if the Disposition had not occurred and (y) the Successor guarantees, in a manner that is enforceable by the Executive, payment and performance by the acquiror.
 

 
4

 
3. Gross-Up Payments.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it will be determined that any payments or distributions by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any payments required under this Section 3) (collectively, the “Payments”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then the Executive will be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that, after payment by the Executive of all taxes (and any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including any income taxes and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 3(d), all determinations required to be made under this Section 3, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be used in arriving at such determination, must be made by the Company’s external auditors (the “Accounting Firm”), which must provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, the Executive must appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm will then be referred to as the “Accounting Firm” hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm must be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 3, must be paid by the Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm will be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(c) As a result of uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which should have been made by the Company will not have been made (“Underpayment”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 3(d) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any additional Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm must determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment must be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

(d) The Executive must notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of any Gross-Up Payment. Such notification must be given as soon as practicable but no later than 10 business days after the Executive knows of

 
5

 
such claim and must apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive must not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive must:

(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim;

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company will reasonably request in writing from time to time, including accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company;

(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim; and

(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company will bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(d), the Company will control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company will determine; provided further, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company will advance the amount of such payment to the Executive on an interest-free basis and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and provided further that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest will be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive will be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.


 
6

 
(e) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 3(d), the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive must (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of Section 3(d)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 3(d), a determination is made that the Executive will not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of thirty days after such determination, then such advance will be forgiven and will not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance will offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

4. Indemnification. Following a Change in Control, the Company will indemnify and advance expenses to the Executive for damages, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, judgments, fines, penalties, settlements and reasonable fees and expenses of the Executive’s counsel) incurred in connection with all matters, events and transactions relating to the Executive’s service to or status with the Company or any other corporation, employee benefit plan or other Person for which the Executive served at the request of the Company to the extent that the Company would have been required to do so under applicable law, corporate articles, bylaws or agreements or instruments of any nature with or covering the Executive, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control and to any further extent as may be determined or agreed upon following the Change in Control.

5. Miscellaneous.

(a) Successors. The Parent Corporation must seek to have any Successor, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, assent to the fulfillment by the Company of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. Failure of the Parent Corporation to obtain such assent at least three business days prior to the time a Person becomes a Successor (or where the Parent Corporation does not have at least three business days’ advance notice that a Person may become a Successor, within one business day after having notice that such Person may become or has become a Successor) will constitute Good Reason for termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment. The date on which any such succession becomes effective will be deemed the Date of Termination, and Notice of Termination will be deemed to have been given on that date. A Successor has no rights, authority or power with respect to this Agreement prior to a Change in Control.

(b) Binding Agreement. This Agreement inures to the benefit of, and is enforceable by, the Executive, the Executive’s personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive dies while any amount would still be payable to the Executive under this Agreement if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, will be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

 
7

 
(c) No Mitigation. The Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any benefits the Company becomes obligated to provide to the Executive in connection with this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. The benefits to be provided to the Executive in connection with this Agreement may not be reduced, offset or subject to recovery by the Company by any benefits the Executive may receive from other employment or otherwise.

(d) No Setoff. The Company has no right to setoff benefits owed to the Executive under this Agreement against amounts owed or claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise.

(e) Taxes. All benefits to be provided to the Executive in connection with this Agreement will be subject to required withholding of federal, state and local income, excise and employment-related taxes. The Company’s good faith determination with respect to its obligation to withhold such taxes relieves it of any obligation that such amounts should have been paid to the Executive.

(f) Notices. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in, or required under, this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed to each party’s respective address set forth on the first page of this Agreement (provided that all notices to the Company must be directed to the attention of the chair of the Board), or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with these provisions, except that notice of change of address will be effective only upon receipt.

(g) Disputes. If the Executive so elects, any dispute, controversy or claim arising under or in connection with this Agreement will be settled exclusively by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in Minneapolis, Minnesota in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect; provided that the Executive may seek specific performance of the Executive’s right to receive benefits until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction. If any dispute, controversy or claim for damages arising under or in connection with this Agreement is settled by arbitration, the Company will pay, or if elected by the Executive, reimburse, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Executive related to such arbitration unless the arbitrators decide that the Executive’s claim was frivolous or advanced by the Executive in bad faith. If the Executive does not elect arbitration, the Executive may pursue all available legal remedies. The Company will pay, or if elected by the Executive, reimburse the Executive for, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with any actual, threatened or contemplated litigation relating to this Agreement to which the Executive is or reasonably expects to become a party, whether or not initiated by the Executive, if the Executive is successful in recovering any benefit under this Agreement as a result of such action. The parties agree that any litigation arising under or in connection with this Agreement must

 
8

 
be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Minnesota, and hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of said courts for this purpose and agree not to assert that such courts are an inconvenient forum. The Company will not assert in any dispute or controversy with the Executive arising under or in connection with this Agreement the Executive’s failure to exhaust administrative remedies.

(h) Effect of Plan Benefits on Other Severance Plans. In the event the Executive receives any payment under the terms of this Agreement, the Executive will not be eligible to receive benefits under any other severance pay plan sponsored or maintained by the Company, including without limitation the Analysts International, Inc. Executive Change in Control Severance Pay Plan and the Analysts International, Inc. Change in Control Severance Pay Plan.

(i) Other Arrangements. This Agreement, including Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated as an integral part of this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and no agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter to this Agreement have been made by any party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. To the extent that any provision of any Other Arrangement limits, qualifies or is inconsistent with any provision of this Agreement, then for purposes of this Agreement, while such Other Arrangement remains in force, the provision of this Agreement will control and such provision of such Other Arrangement will be deemed to have been superseded, and to be of no force or effect, as if such Other Arrangement had been formally amended to the extent necessary to accomplish such purpose. Nothing in this Agreement prevents or limits the Executive’s continuing or future participation in any Other Arrangement for which the Executive may qualify, and nothing in this Agreement limits or otherwise affects the rights the Executive may have under any Other Arrangement. Amounts that are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any Other Arrangement at or subsequent to the Date of Termination will be payable in accordance with such Other Arrangement.

(j) No Employment or Service Contract. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to provide the Executive with any right to continue in the employ of the Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the Executive’s rights or the rights of the Company.

(k) Payment; Assignment. Benefits payable under this Agreement will be paid only from the general assets of the Company. No person has any right to or interest in any specific assets of the Company by reason of this Agreement. To the extent benefits under this Agreement are not paid when due to any individual, he or she is a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to any amounts due. Benefits payable pursuant to this Agreement and the right to receive future benefits may not be anticipated, alienated, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered or subject to any charge.

 
9

 
(l) Late Payments. Benefits not paid under this Agreement when due will accrue interest at the rate of 18% per year or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law.

(m) Survival. The respective obligations of, and benefits afforded to, the Company and the Executive which by their express terms or clear intent survive termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or termination of this Agreement, as the case may be, will survive termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or termination of this Agreement, as the case may be, and will remain in full force and effect according to their terms.

(n) Amendments; Waivers. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in a writing signed by the Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Parent Corporation. No waiver by any party to this Agreement at any time of any breach by another party to this Agreement of, or of compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such party will be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

(o) Governing Law. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties as to all matters, including, without limitation, matters of validity, interpretation, construction, performance and remedies, will be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Minnesota (without regard to the conflict of laws principles of any jurisdiction).

(p) Further Assurances. The parties to this Agreement agree to perform, or cause to be performed, such further acts and deeds and to execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional or supplemental documents or instruments as may be reasonably required by the other party to carry into effect the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

(q) Interpretation. The invalidity or unenforceability of all or any part of any provision of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of such provision or of any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

(r) Counterparts. This agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
 

 
10

 
The Company and the Executive have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 
ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
   
By:
 John D. Bamberger
   
   
Agreed to as of this 12th day of January, 2001
   
 /s/ John D. Bamberger
 John D. Bamberger

11


Exhibit A
DEFINITIONS
 
For purposes of the Agreement, the following terms will have the meaning set forth below in this Exhibit A unless the context clearly requires otherwise. Terms defined elsewhere in the Agreement will have the same meaning throughout the Agreement.
 
1. Affiliate” means (i) any corporation at least a majority of whose outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors is owned directly or indirectly by the Parent Corporation or (ii) any other form of business entity in which the Parent Corporation, by virtue of a direct or indirect ownership interest, has the right to elect a majority of the members of such entity’s governing body.

2. Base Pay” means the Executive’s annual base salary from the Company at the rate in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control or at the time Notice of Termination is given, whichever is greater. Base Pay includes only regular cash salary (plus the amount of any automobile allowance paid to the Executive or any automobile lease payments made by the Company on behalf of the Executive) and is determined before any reduction for deferrals pursuant to any nonqualified deferred compensation plan or arrangement, qualified cash or deferred arrangement or cafeteria plan.

3. Benefit Plan” means any

(a) employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA;

(b) cafeteria plan described in Code Section 125;

(c) plan, policy or practice providing for paid vacation, other paid time off or short-or long-term profit sharing, bonus or incentive payments or perquisites; or

(d) stock option, stock purchase, restricted stock, phantom stock, stock appreciation right or other equity-based compensation plan with respect to the securities of any Affiliate

 
that is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Company for the benefit of employees (and/or their families and dependents) generally or the Executive in particular (and/or the Executive’s family and dependents).
 
4. Board” means the board of directors of the Parent Corporation duly qualified and acting at the time in question. On and after the date of a Change in Control, any duty of the Board in connection with this Agreement is nondelegable and any attempt by the Board to delegate any such duty is ineffective.

5. Cause” means:

(a) the Executive’s gross misconduct that is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company;

 

 
(b) the Executive’s willful and continued failure to perform substantially the Executive’s duties with the Company (other than any such failure (1) resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to bodily injury or physical or mental illness or (2) relating to changes in the Executive’s duties after a Change in Control that constitute Good Reason) after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the chair of the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which the Executive have not substantially performed the Executive’s duties and provides for a reasonable period of time within which the Executive may take corrective actions; or

(c) the Executive’s conviction (including a plea of nolo contendere) of willfully engaging in illegal conduct constituting a felony or gross misdemeanor under federal or state law which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or which impairs the Executive’s ability to perform substantially the Executive’s duties for the Company.
 
An act or failure to act will be considered “gross or willful” for this purpose only if done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that it was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board (or a committee thereof) or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company will be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. It is also expressly understood that the Executive’s attention to matters not directly related to the business of the Company will not provide a basis for termination for Cause so long as the Board did not expressly disapprove in writing of the Executive’s engagement in such activities either before or within a reasonable period of time after the Board knew or could reasonably have known that the Executive engaged in those activities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may not be terminated for Cause unless and until there has been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with the Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive were guilty of the conduct set forth above in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this definition and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
 
6. Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following on or after December 18, 2000:

(a) the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer, directly or indirectly, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Corporation, in one transaction or in a series of related transactions, to any Person;

(b) the approval by the shareholders of the Parent Corporation of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Parent Corporation;

(c) any Person, other than a “bona fide underwriter,” becomes, after the date of this Agreement, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of (i) 20 percent or more, but not more than 50 percent, of the

 
2

 
combined voting power of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors, unless the transaction resulting in such ownership has been approved in advance by the “continuity directors” or (ii) more than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors (regardless of any approval by the continuity directors);

(d) a merger or consolidation to which the Parent Corporation is a party if the shareholders of the Parent Corporation immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation have, solely on account of ownership of securities of the Parent Corporation at such time, “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) immediately following the effective date of such merger or consolidation of securities of the surviving corporation representing (i) 50 percent or more, but not more than 80 percent, of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation’s then outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors, unless such merger or consolidation has been approved in advance by the continuity directors, or (ii) less than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation’s then outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors (regardless of any approval by the continuity directors); or

(e) the continuity directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board.
 
For purposes of the definition of a Change in Control, a “continuity director” means any individual who is a member of the Board on the date of the Agreement, while he or she is a member of the Board, and any individual who subsequently becomes a member of the Board whose election or nomination for election by the Parent Corporation’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors who are continuity directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Parent Corporation in which such individual is named as a nominee for director without objection to such nomination). For example, if a majority of the seven individuals constituting the Board on December 18, 2000, approved a proxy statement in which two different individuals were nominated to replace two of the individuals who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000, the two newly elected directors would join the five remaining directors who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000 as continuity directors. Similarly, if a majority of those seven directors approved a proxy statement in which three different individuals were nominated to replace three other directors who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000, the three newly elected directors would also become, along with the other four directors, continuity directors. Individuals subsequently joining the Board could become continuity directors under the principles reflected in this example. For purposes of the definition of a Change in Control, a “bona fide underwriter” means a Person engaged in business as an underwriter of securities that acquires securities of the Parent Corporation through such Person’s participation in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of 40 days after the date of such acquisition.
 
7. Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Code includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.


 
3

 
8. Company” means the Parent Corporation, any Successor and any Affiliate.

9. Date of Termination” following a Change in Control (or prior to a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control) means:

(a) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Executive, the date specified in the Notice of Termination which in no event may be a date more than 15 days after the date on which Notice of Termination is given unless the Company agrees in writing to a later date;

(b) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Company for Cause, the date specified in the Notice of Termination;

(c) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death, the date of the Executive’s death; or

(d) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Company for any reason other than Cause or the Executive’s death, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, which in no event may be a date earlier than 15 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, unless the Executive expressly agrees in writing to an earlier date.
 
In the case of termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment for Cause, if the Executive has not previously expressly agreed in writing to the termination, then within the 30-day period after the Executive’s receipt of the Notice of Termination, the Executive may notify the Company that a dispute exists concerning the termination, in which event the Date of Termination will be the date set either by mutual written agreement of the parties or by the judge or arbitrators in a proceeding as provided in Section 5(g) of the Agreement. During the pendency of any such dispute, the Executive will continue to make the Executive available to provide services to the Company and the Company will continue to pay the Executive the Executive’s full compensation and benefits in effect immediately prior to the date on which the Notice of Termination is given (without regard to any changes to such compensation or benefits that constitute Good Reason) and until the dispute is resolved in accordance with Section 5(g) of the Agreement. The Executive will be entitled to retain the full amount of any such compensation and benefits without regard to the resolution of the dispute unless the judge or arbitrators decide(s) that the Executive’s claim of a dispute was frivolous or advanced by the Executive in bad faith.
 
10. Eligible Earnings” means the sum of (i) the average of the Executive’s Base Pay for the last five years of the Company ending on or before the Date of Termination, or if the Executive was employed by the Company for fewer than five years, for the number of years for which the Executive was employed plus (ii) the average of any incentive compensation paid by the Company to the Executive for the last five years of the Company ending on or before the Date of Termination, or if the Executive was eligible to receive such incentive compensation for fewer than five years, for the number of years for which the Executive was eligible. If the Executive’s Base Pay or incentive compensation for a year relates to a period of less than 12

 
4

 
months, the amount of the Base Pay or incentive compensation will be annualized in determining the Executive’s Eligible Earnings.

11. ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of ERISA includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

12. Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Exchange Act or to any rule or regulation thereunder includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

13. Good Reason” means:

(a) a change in the Executive’s title(s), status, position(s), authority, duties or responsibilities as an executive of the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control which, in the Executive’s reasonable judgment, is material and adverse (other than, if applicable, any such change directly attributable to the fact that the Parent Corporation is no longer publicly owned); provided, however, that Good Reason does not include such a change that is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice of such change is given by the Executive;

(b) a reduction by the Company in the Executive’s Base Pay, or an adverse change in the form or timing of the payment thereof, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or as thereafter increased;

(c) the failure by the Company to cover the Executive under Benefit Plans that, in the aggregate, provide substantially similar benefits to the Executive and/or the Executive’s family and dependents at a substantially similar total cost to the Executive (e.g., premiums, deductibles, co-pays, out of pocket maximums, required contributions and the like) relative to the benefits and total costs under the Benefit Plans in which the Executive (and/or the Executive’s family or dependents) were participating at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control;

(d) the Company’s requiring the Executive to be based more than 30 miles from where the Executive’s office is located immediately prior to the Change in Control, except for required travel on the Company’s business, and then only to the extent substantially consistent with the business travel obligations which the Executive undertook on behalf of the Company during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control (without regard to travel related to or in anticipation of the Change in Control);

(e) the failure by the Company to obtain from any Successor the assent to this Agreement contemplated by Section 5(a) of the Agreement;

(f) any purported termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment that is not properly effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination and

 
5

 
pursuant to any other requirements of this Agreement, and, for purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination will be effective; or

(g) any refusal by the Company to continue to allow the Executive to attend to matters or engage in activities not directly related to the business of the Company which, at any time prior to the Change in Control, the Executive were not expressly prohibited in writing by the Board from attending to or engaging in.
 
The Executive’s continued employment does not constitute consent to, or waiver of any rights arising in connection with, any circumstances constituting Good Reason. The Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason as defined above will constitute Good Reason for all purposes of the Agreement notwithstanding that the Executive may also thereby be deemed to have retired under any applicable benefit plan, policy or practice of the Company.
 
14. Notice of Termination” means a written notice given on or after the date of a Change in Control (unless the Executive’s termination before the date of the Change in Control was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control in which case the written notice may be given before the date of the Change in Control) which indicates the specific termination provision in the Agreement pursuant to which the notice is given. Any purported termination by the Company or by the Executive on or after the date of a Change in Control (or before the date of a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control) must be communicated by written Notice of Termination to be effective; provided, that the Executive’s failure to provide Notice of Termination will not limit any of the Executive’s rights under the Agreement except to the extent the Company demonstrates that it suffered material actual damages by reason of such failure.

15. Other Arrangement” is any Benefit Plan or other plan, policy or practice of the Company or any other agreement between the Executive and the Company, other than this Agreement.

16. Parent Corporation” means Analysts International Corporation and any Successor.

17. Person” means any individual, corporation partnership, group, association or other person,” as such term is used in Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than the Parent Corporation, any Affiliate or any benefit plan(s) sponsored by the Parent Corporation or an Affiliate.
 
18. “Successor” means any Person that succeeds to, or has the practical ability to control (either immediately or solely with the passage of time), the Parent Corporation’s business directly, by merger, consolidation or other form of business combination, or indirectly, by purchase of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at the election of directors or all or substantially all of its assets or otherwise.

6

 
AMENDMENT

This Amendment (hereinafter “Amendment”), effective as of March 15, 2005, to that certain agreement dated December 18, 2000, (hereinafter “Agreement”) is made between Analysts International Corporation, a Minnesota corporation located at 3601 West 76th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55435-0898 (the “Company”) and  John D. Bamberger  (the “Executive”).
 
1.  
Paragraph 10 of Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced as follows:
 
10. Eligible Earnings” means the sum of (i) the Executive’s Base Pay plus (ii) the Executive’s Targeted Incentive.
 
2.  
Paragraph 19 is hereby added to Exhibit A of the Agreement:

19. Targeted Incentive” means, for purposes of this Agreement, the applicable percentage of the Executive’s Base Pay targeted as incentive compensation, if any, for the fiscal year in which a Change in Control Termination occurs.
 

 
The Company and the Executive have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
 

ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
   
By:
John D. Bamberger
Its:
Chief Operating Officer
   
 
Agreed to as of this 17th day of March, 2005
   
/s/ John D. Bamberger
   
 

EX-10.CC 12 exhibit10-cc.htm DAVID STEICHEN CIC AGREEMENT David Steichen CIC Agreement


EXHIBIT 10-cc
AGREEMENT
 
This Agreement (this “Agreement”), effective as of December 18, 2000, is between Analysts International Corporation, a Minnesota corporation located at 3601 West 76th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-0898 (the “Company”) and  David Steichen  (the “Executive”).
 
A. The Executive is currently employed as the Company’s  Controller and Assistant Treasurer.
 
B. The Board considers the establishment and maintenance of a sound and vital management to be essential to protecting and enhancing the best interests of the Company and its shareholders, and in this connection recognizes that the possibility of a Change in Control may raise uncertainty and questions among management which may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders.
 
C. The Company currently has in place various arrangements with certain categories of executives that provide certain economic benefits to those executives in the event of a Change in Control.
 
D. The Board has put these arrangements in place to minimize the risk that Company executive management will depart prior to a Change in Control, thereby leaving the Company without adequate executive management personnel during such a critical period, and to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company’s executive management to their assigned duties without distraction in circumstances arising from the possibility of a Change in Control.
 
E. The Board has recognized that continuance of an executive’s position with the Company involves a substantial commitment to the Company in terms of the executive’s personal life and professional career and the possibility of foregoing present and future career opportunities, for which the Company receives substantial benefits.
 
F. The Board believes that it is necessary and appropriate to harmonize the various currently outstanding arrangements that provide economic benefits to executives in the event of a Change in Control, update and revise these arrangements to include additional provisions consistent with arrangements of this type and to enter into such arrangements with executives who currently are not party to such arrangements but who are at a level of responsibility or position similar to the Company executives who are party to such arrangements.
 
G. To induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company, this Agreement, which has been approved by the Board, sets forth the benefits that the Company agrees will be provided to the Executive in the event the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated in connection with a Change in Control under the circumstances described below.
 
H. Certain capitalized terms that are used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit A, which is an integral part of this Agreement.
 

 

 
Accordingly, the Company and Employee each intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
 
1. Term of Agreement. This Agreement is effective immediately and will have an initial term ending on December 31, 2003. After this initial term, this Agreement will automatically continue for consecutive one-year terms (“Renewal Periods”) unless and until the Company or the Executive has given notice to the other at least 90 calendar days prior to the commencement of the next Renewal Period that this Agreement will not be extended past such next Renewal Period. For example, if the Company notifies the Executive on September 1, 2003 of its intent not to renew this Agreement, the term of this Agreement will end at the end of the next Renewal Period, which will be on December 31, 2004. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, if a Change in Control has occurred during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement will continue in effect beyond the termination date then in effect for a period of 36 months following the month during which the Change in Control occurs or, if later, until the date on which the Company’s obligations to the Executive arising under or in connection with this Agreement have been satisfied in full.

2. Benefits upon a Change in Control Termination. The Executive will become entitled to the benefits described in this Section 2 if and only if (i) the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason within the period beginning on the first day of the 11th month that begins after the month during which the Change in Control occurs and ending on the last day of such month or (ii) (x) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for any reason other than the Executive’s death or Cause, or the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for Good Reason, and (y) the termination occurs either within the period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and ending on the last day of the 36th month that begins after the month during which the Change in Control occurs or prior to a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of a Person related to the Change in Control.

(a) Cash Payment. Not more than 10 days following the Date of Termination, or, if later, not more than 10 days following the date of the Change in Control, the Company will make a lump-sum cash payment to the Executive in an amount equal to (i) 2.99 times the Executive’s Eligible Earnings, less (ii) any incentive compensation payments made to the Executive for the year ending after the Executive’s Date of Termination.

(b) Special Executive Retirement Plan. The termination of the Executive’s employment will be deemed a “separation from service” pursuant to Section 5 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan and the Company will pay the applicable monthly benefit to the Executive pursuant to Section 4 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan. The Company will provide for payment of the benefit pursuant to this Section 2(b) and Section 4 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan through a trust. The trust must (1) be a grantor trust with respect to which the Company is treated as the grantor, (2) not cause benefits under this Section 2(b) to be funded for federal income tax purposes or for purposes of ERISA, and (3) provide that trust assets will, upon the Company’s insolvency, be used to satisfy the

 
2

 
claims of the Company’s general creditors. Neither the Executive nor the Executive’s surviving spouse will have any interest in the assets of the trust.

(c) Group Health and Dental Plans. During the continuation period (as defined below), the Company will maintain a group health and dental plan(s) which by its terms covers the Executive (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control) under the same terms and at the same cost to the Executive and the Executive’s family members and dependents as similarly situated individuals who continue to be employed by the Company (without regard to any reduction in such benefits that constitutes Good Reason). The “continuation period” is the period beginning on the Executive’s Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the 18th month that begins after the Executive’s Date of Termination or (ii) the date after the Executive’s Date of Termination on which the Executive first becomes eligible to participate as an employee in a plan of another employer providing group health and dental benefits to the Executive and the Executive’s eligible family members and dependents which plan does not contain any exclusion or limitation with respect to any pre-existing condition of the Executive or any eligible family member or dependent who would otherwise be covered under the Company’s plan but for this clause (ii). To the extent the Executive incurs a tax liability (including federal, state and local taxes and any interest and penalties with respect thereto) in connection with a benefit provided pursuant to this Section 2(c) which the Executive would not have incurred had the Executive been an active employee of the Company participating in the Company’s group health and dental plan, the Company will make a payment to the Executive in an amount equal to such tax liability plus an additional amount sufficient to permit the Executive to retain a net amount after all taxes (including penalties and interest) equal to the initial tax liability in connection with the benefit. For purposes of applying the foregoing, the Executive’s tax rate will be deemed to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal tax rate (on a combined basis) then in effect. The payment pursuant to this Section 2(c) will be made within 10 days after the Executive’s remittal of a written request for payment accompanied by a statement indicating the basis for and amount of the liability.

(d) Other Welfare Benefits. During the period beginning on the Executive’s Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the eighteenth (18th) month that begins after the Executive’s Date of Termination, or (ii) the date after the Executive’s Date of Termination on which the Executive first becomes eligible to participate as an employee in a plan of another employer providing substantially similar welfare benefits to the Executive in the aggregate (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control), the Company will provide, or arrange to provide, to the extent such policies or coverages can be obtained on commercial reasonable terms, the same or

 
3

 
equivalent accidental death and dismemberment, short and long-term disability, life insurance coverages, and all other insurance policies and health and welfare benefits (other than benefits pursuant to any cafeteria plan maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 125 of the Code) to the Executive (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control) under the same terms and at the same cost to the Executive and the Executive’s family members and dependents as similarly situated individuals who continue to be employed by the Company (without regard to any reduction in such benefits that constitutes Good Reason). To the extent the Executive incurs a tax liability (including federal, state and local taxes and any interest and penalties with respect thereto) in connection with a benefit provided pursuant to this Section 2(d) which the Executive would not have incurred had the Executive been an active employee of the Company participating in the Company’s welfare benefit plans, the Company will make a payment to the Executive in an amount equal to such tax liability plus an additional amount sufficient to permit the Executive to retain a net amount after all taxes (including penalties and interest) equal to the initial tax liability in connection with the benefit. For purposes of applying the foregoing, the Executive’s tax rate will be deemed to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal tax rate (on a combined basis) then in effect. The payment pursuant to this Section 2(d) will be made within 10 days after the Executive’s remittal of a written request for payment accompanied by a statement indicating the basis for and amount of the liability.

(e) Termination of Non-Competition Agreements. All non-competition agreements (or non-competition provisions within other agreements) restricting the activities of the Executive after the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company will be null and void and of no further force and effect.
 
If, on or after the date of a Change in Control, an Affiliate is sold, merged, transferred or in any other manner or for any other reason ceases to be an Affiliate or all or any portion of the business or assets of an Affiliate are sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of and the acquiror is not the Parent Corporation or an Affiliate (a “Disposition”), and the Executive remains or becomes employed by the acquiror or an “affiliate” of the acquiror (as defined in this Agreement but substituting “acquiror” for “Parent Corporation”) in connection with the Disposition, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated employment on the effective date of the Disposition for purposes of this Section 2 and will be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 2 unless (x) the acquiror and its affiliates jointly and severally expressly assume and agree, in a manner that is enforceable by the Executive, to perform the obligations of this Agreement to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if the Disposition had not occurred and (y) the Successor guarantees, in a manner that is enforceable by the Executive, payment and performance by the acquiror.
 

 
4

 
3. Gross-Up Payments.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it will be determined that any payments or distributions by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any payments required under this Section 3) (collectively, the “Payments”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then the Executive will be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that, after payment by the Executive of all taxes (and any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including any income taxes and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 3(d), all determinations required to be made under this Section 3, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be used in arriving at such determination, must be made by the Company’s external auditors (the “Accounting Firm”), which must provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, the Executive must appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm will then be referred to as the “Accounting Firm” hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm must be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 3, must be paid by the Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm will be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(c) As a result of uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which should have been made by the Company will not have been made (“Underpayment”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 3(d) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any additional Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm must determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment must be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

(d) The Executive must notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of any Gross-Up Payment. Such notification must be given as soon as practicable but no later than 10 business days after the Executive knows of

 
5

 
such claim and must apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive must not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive must:

(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim;

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company will reasonably request in writing from time to time, including accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company;

(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim; and

(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company will bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(d), the Company will control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company will determine; provided further, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company will advance the amount of such payment to the Executive on an interest-free basis and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and provided further that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest will be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive will be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.


 
6

 
(e) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 3(d), the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive must (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of Section 3(d)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 3(d), a determination is made that the Executive will not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of thirty days after such determination, then such advance will be forgiven and will not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance will offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

4. Indemnification. Following a Change in Control, the Company will indemnify and advance expenses to the Executive for damages, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, judgments, fines, penalties, settlements and reasonable fees and expenses of the Executive’s counsel) incurred in connection with all matters, events and transactions relating to the Executive’s service to or status with the Company or any other corporation, employee benefit plan or other Person for which the Executive served at the request of the Company to the extent that the Company would have been required to do so under applicable law, corporate articles, bylaws or agreements or instruments of any nature with or covering the Executive, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control and to any further extent as may be determined or agreed upon following the Change in Control.

5. Miscellaneous.

(a) Successors. The Parent Corporation must seek to have any Successor, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, assent to the fulfillment by the Company of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. Failure of the Parent Corporation to obtain such assent at least three business days prior to the time a Person becomes a Successor (or where the Parent Corporation does not have at least three business days’ advance notice that a Person may become a Successor, within one business day after having notice that such Person may become or has become a Successor) will constitute Good Reason for termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment. The date on which any such succession becomes effective will be deemed the Date of Termination, and Notice of Termination will be deemed to have been given on that date. A Successor has no rights, authority or power with respect to this Agreement prior to a Change in Control.

(b) Binding Agreement. This Agreement inures to the benefit of, and is enforceable by, the Executive, the Executive’s personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive dies while any amount would still be payable to the Executive under this Agreement if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, will be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

 
7

 
(c) No Mitigation. The Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any benefits the Company becomes obligated to provide to the Executive in connection with this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. The benefits to be provided to the Executive in connection with this Agreement may not be reduced, offset or subject to recovery by the Company by any benefits the Executive may receive from other employment or otherwise.

(d) No Setoff. The Company has no right to setoff benefits owed to the Executive under this Agreement against amounts owed or claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise.

(e) Taxes. All benefits to be provided to the Executive in connection with this Agreement will be subject to required withholding of federal, state and local income, excise and employment-related taxes. The Company’s good faith determination with respect to its obligation to withhold such taxes relieves it of any obligation that such amounts should have been paid to the Executive.

(f) Notices. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in, or required under, this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed to each party’s respective address set forth on the first page of this Agreement (provided that all notices to the Company must be directed to the attention of the chair of the Board), or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with these provisions, except that notice of change of address will be effective only upon receipt.

(g) Disputes. If the Executive so elects, any dispute, controversy or claim arising under or in connection with this Agreement will be settled exclusively by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in Minneapolis, Minnesota in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect; provided that the Executive may seek specific performance of the Executive’s right to receive benefits until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction. If any dispute, controversy or claim for damages arising under or in connection with this Agreement is settled by arbitration, the Company will pay, or if elected by the Executive, reimburse, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Executive related to such arbitration unless the arbitrators decide that the Executive’s claim was frivolous or advanced by the Executive in bad faith. If the Executive does not elect arbitration, the Executive may pursue all available legal remedies. The Company will pay, or if elected by the Executive, reimburse the Executive for, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with any actual, threatened or contemplated litigation relating to this Agreement to which the Executive is or reasonably expects to become a party, whether or not initiated by the Executive, if the Executive is successful in recovering any benefit under this Agreement as a result of such action. The parties agree that any litigation arising under or in connection with this Agreement must

 
8

 
be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Minnesota, and hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of said courts for this purpose and agree not to assert that such courts are an inconvenient forum. The Company will not assert in any dispute or controversy with the Executive arising under or in connection with this Agreement the Executive’s failure to exhaust administrative remedies.

(h) Effect of Plan Benefits on Other Severance Plans. In the event the Executive receives any payment under the terms of this Agreement, the Executive will not be eligible to receive benefits under any other severance pay plan sponsored or maintained by the Company, including without limitation the Analysts International, Inc. Executive Change in Control Severance Pay Plan and the Analysts International, Inc. Change in Control Severance Pay Plan.

(i) Other Arrangements. This Agreement, including Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated as an integral part of this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and no agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter to this Agreement have been made by any party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. To the extent that any provision of any Other Arrangement limits, qualifies or is inconsistent with any provision of this Agreement, then for purposes of this Agreement, while such Other Arrangement remains in force, the provision of this Agreement will control and such provision of such Other Arrangement will be deemed to have been superseded, and to be of no force or effect, as if such Other Arrangement had been formally amended to the extent necessary to accomplish such purpose. Nothing in this Agreement prevents or limits the Executive’s continuing or future participation in any Other Arrangement for which the Executive may qualify, and nothing in this Agreement limits or otherwise affects the rights the Executive may have under any Other Arrangement. Amounts that are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any Other Arrangement at or subsequent to the Date of Termination will be payable in accordance with such Other Arrangement.

(j) No Employment or Service Contract. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to provide the Executive with any right to continue in the employ of the Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the Executive’s rights or the rights of the Company.

(k) Payment; Assignment. Benefits payable under this Agreement will be paid only from the general assets of the Company. No person has any right to or interest in any specific assets of the Company by reason of this Agreement. To the extent benefits under this Agreement are not paid when due to any individual, he or she is a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to any amounts due. Benefits payable pursuant to this Agreement and the right to receive future benefits may not be anticipated, alienated, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered or subject to any charge.

 
9

 
(l) Late Payments. Benefits not paid under this Agreement when due will accrue interest at the rate of 18% per year or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law.

(m) Survival. The respective obligations of, and benefits afforded to, the Company and the Executive which by their express terms or clear intent survive termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or termination of this Agreement, as the case may be, will survive termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or termination of this Agreement, as the case may be, and will remain in full force and effect according to their terms.

(n) Amendments; Waivers. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in a writing signed by the Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Parent Corporation. No waiver by any party to this Agreement at any time of any breach by another party to this Agreement of, or of compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such party will be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

(o) Governing Law. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties as to all matters, including, without limitation, matters of validity, interpretation, construction, performance and remedies, will be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Minnesota (without regard to the conflict of laws principles of any jurisdiction).

(p) Further Assurances. The parties to this Agreement agree to perform, or cause to be performed, such further acts and deeds and to execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional or supplemental documents or instruments as may be reasonably required by the other party to carry into effect the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

(q) Interpretation. The invalidity or unenforceability of all or any part of any provision of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of such provision or of any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

(r) Counterparts. This agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
 

 
10

 
The Company and the Executive have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 
ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
   
By:
 David Steichen
   
   
Agreed to as of this 12th day of January, 2001
   
 /s/ David Steichen
 David Steichen

11


Exhibit A
DEFINITIONS
 
For purposes of the Agreement, the following terms will have the meaning set forth below in this Exhibit A unless the context clearly requires otherwise. Terms defined elsewhere in the Agreement will have the same meaning throughout the Agreement.
 
1. Affiliate” means (i) any corporation at least a majority of whose outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors is owned directly or indirectly by the Parent Corporation or (ii) any other form of business entity in which the Parent Corporation, by virtue of a direct or indirect ownership interest, has the right to elect a majority of the members of such entity’s governing body.

2. Base Pay” means the Executive’s annual base salary from the Company at the rate in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control or at the time Notice of Termination is given, whichever is greater. Base Pay includes only regular cash salary (plus the amount of any automobile allowance paid to the Executive or any automobile lease payments made by the Company on behalf of the Executive) and is determined before any reduction for deferrals pursuant to any nonqualified deferred compensation plan or arrangement, qualified cash or deferred arrangement or cafeteria plan.

3. Benefit Plan” means any

(a) employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA;

(b) cafeteria plan described in Code Section 125;

(c) plan, policy or practice providing for paid vacation, other paid time off or short-or long-term profit sharing, bonus or incentive payments or perquisites; or

(d) stock option, stock purchase, restricted stock, phantom stock, stock appreciation right or other equity-based compensation plan with respect to the securities of any Affiliate

 
that is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Company for the benefit of employees (and/or their families and dependents) generally or the Executive in particular (and/or the Executive’s family and dependents).
 
4. Board” means the board of directors of the Parent Corporation duly qualified and acting at the time in question. On and after the date of a Change in Control, any duty of the Board in connection with this Agreement is nondelegable and any attempt by the Board to delegate any such duty is ineffective.

5. Cause” means:

(a) the Executive’s gross misconduct that is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company;

 

 
(b) the Executive’s willful and continued failure to perform substantially the Executive’s duties with the Company (other than any such failure (1) resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to bodily injury or physical or mental illness or (2) relating to changes in the Executive’s duties after a Change in Control that constitute Good Reason) after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the chair of the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which the Executive have not substantially performed the Executive’s duties and provides for a reasonable period of time within which the Executive may take corrective actions; or

(c) the Executive’s conviction (including a plea of nolo contendere) of willfully engaging in illegal conduct constituting a felony or gross misdemeanor under federal or state law which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or which impairs the Executive’s ability to perform substantially the Executive’s duties for the Company.
 
An act or failure to act will be considered “gross or willful” for this purpose only if done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that it was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board (or a committee thereof) or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company will be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. It is also expressly understood that the Executive’s attention to matters not directly related to the business of the Company will not provide a basis for termination for Cause so long as the Board did not expressly disapprove in writing of the Executive’s engagement in such activities either before or within a reasonable period of time after the Board knew or could reasonably have known that the Executive engaged in those activities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may not be terminated for Cause unless and until there has been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with the Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive were guilty of the conduct set forth above in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this definition and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
 
6. Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following on or after December 18, 2000:

(a) the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer, directly or indirectly, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Corporation, in one transaction or in a series of related transactions, to any Person;

(b) the approval by the shareholders of the Parent Corporation of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Parent Corporation;

(c) any Person, other than a “bona fide underwriter,” becomes, after the date of this Agreement, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of (i) 20 percent or more, but not more than 50 percent, of the

 
2

 
combined voting power of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors, unless the transaction resulting in such ownership has been approved in advance by the “continuity directors” or (ii) more than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors (regardless of any approval by the continuity directors);

(d) a merger or consolidation to which the Parent Corporation is a party if the shareholders of the Parent Corporation immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation have, solely on account of ownership of securities of the Parent Corporation at such time, “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) immediately following the effective date of such merger or consolidation of securities of the surviving corporation representing (i) 50 percent or more, but not more than 80 percent, of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation’s then outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors, unless such merger or consolidation has been approved in advance by the continuity directors, or (ii) less than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation’s then outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors (regardless of any approval by the continuity directors); or

(e) the continuity directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board.
 
For purposes of the definition of a Change in Control, a “continuity director” means any individual who is a member of the Board on the date of the Agreement, while he or she is a member of the Board, and any individual who subsequently becomes a member of the Board whose election or nomination for election by the Parent Corporation’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors who are continuity directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Parent Corporation in which such individual is named as a nominee for director without objection to such nomination). For example, if a majority of the seven individuals constituting the Board on December 18, 2000, approved a proxy statement in which two different individuals were nominated to replace two of the individuals who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000, the two newly elected directors would join the five remaining directors who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000 as continuity directors. Similarly, if a majority of those seven directors approved a proxy statement in which three different individuals were nominated to replace three other directors who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000, the three newly elected directors would also become, along with the other four directors, continuity directors. Individuals subsequently joining the Board could become continuity directors under the principles reflected in this example. For purposes of the definition of a Change in Control, a “bona fide underwriter” means a Person engaged in business as an underwriter of securities that acquires securities of the Parent Corporation through such Person’s participation in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of 40 days after the date of such acquisition.
 
7. Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Code includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.


 
3

 
8. Company” means the Parent Corporation, any Successor and any Affiliate.

9. Date of Termination” following a Change in Control (or prior to a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control) means:

(a) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Executive, the date specified in the Notice of Termination which in no event may be a date more than 15 days after the date on which Notice of Termination is given unless the Company agrees in writing to a later date;

(b) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Company for Cause, the date specified in the Notice of Termination;

(c) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death, the date of the Executive’s death; or

(d) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Company for any reason other than Cause or the Executive’s death, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, which in no event may be a date earlier than 15 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, unless the Executive expressly agrees in writing to an earlier date.
 
In the case of termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment for Cause, if the Executive has not previously expressly agreed in writing to the termination, then within the 30-day period after the Executive’s receipt of the Notice of Termination, the Executive may notify the Company that a dispute exists concerning the termination, in which event the Date of Termination will be the date set either by mutual written agreement of the parties or by the judge or arbitrators in a proceeding as provided in Section 5(g) of the Agreement. During the pendency of any such dispute, the Executive will continue to make the Executive available to provide services to the Company and the Company will continue to pay the Executive the Executive’s full compensation and benefits in effect immediately prior to the date on which the Notice of Termination is given (without regard to any changes to such compensation or benefits that constitute Good Reason) and until the dispute is resolved in accordance with Section 5(g) of the Agreement. The Executive will be entitled to retain the full amount of any such compensation and benefits without regard to the resolution of the dispute unless the judge or arbitrators decide(s) that the Executive’s claim of a dispute was frivolous or advanced by the Executive in bad faith.
 
10. Eligible Earnings” means the sum of (i) the average of the Executive’s Base Pay for the last five years of the Company ending on or before the Date of Termination, or if the Executive was employed by the Company for fewer than five years, for the number of years for which the Executive was employed plus (ii) the average of any incentive compensation paid by the Company to the Executive for the last five years of the Company ending on or before the Date of Termination, or if the Executive was eligible to receive such incentive compensation for fewer than five years, for the number of years for which the Executive was eligible. If the Executive’s Base Pay or incentive compensation for a year relates to a period of less than 12

 
4

 
months, the amount of the Base Pay or incentive compensation will be annualized in determining the Executive’s Eligible Earnings.

11. ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of ERISA includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

12. Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Exchange Act or to any rule or regulation thereunder includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

13. Good Reason” means:

(a) a change in the Executive’s title(s), status, position(s), authority, duties or responsibilities as an executive of the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control which, in the Executive’s reasonable judgment, is material and adverse (other than, if applicable, any such change directly attributable to the fact that the Parent Corporation is no longer publicly owned); provided, however, that Good Reason does not include such a change that is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice of such change is given by the Executive;

(b) a reduction by the Company in the Executive’s Base Pay, or an adverse change in the form or timing of the payment thereof, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or as thereafter increased;

(c) the failure by the Company to cover the Executive under Benefit Plans that, in the aggregate, provide substantially similar benefits to the Executive and/or the Executive’s family and dependents at a substantially similar total cost to the Executive (e.g., premiums, deductibles, co-pays, out of pocket maximums, required contributions and the like) relative to the benefits and total costs under the Benefit Plans in which the Executive (and/or the Executive’s family or dependents) were participating at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control;

(d) the Company’s requiring the Executive to be based more than 30 miles from where the Executive’s office is located immediately prior to the Change in Control, except for required travel on the Company’s business, and then only to the extent substantially consistent with the business travel obligations which the Executive undertook on behalf of the Company during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control (without regard to travel related to or in anticipation of the Change in Control);

(e) the failure by the Company to obtain from any Successor the assent to this Agreement contemplated by Section 5(a) of the Agreement;

(f) any purported termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment that is not properly effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination and

 
5

 
pursuant to any other requirements of this Agreement, and, for purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination will be effective; or

(g) any refusal by the Company to continue to allow the Executive to attend to matters or engage in activities not directly related to the business of the Company which, at any time prior to the Change in Control, the Executive were not expressly prohibited in writing by the Board from attending to or engaging in.
 
The Executive’s continued employment does not constitute consent to, or waiver of any rights arising in connection with, any circumstances constituting Good Reason. The Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason as defined above will constitute Good Reason for all purposes of the Agreement notwithstanding that the Executive may also thereby be deemed to have retired under any applicable benefit plan, policy or practice of the Company.
 
14. Notice of Termination” means a written notice given on or after the date of a Change in Control (unless the Executive’s termination before the date of the Change in Control was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control in which case the written notice may be given before the date of the Change in Control) which indicates the specific termination provision in the Agreement pursuant to which the notice is given. Any purported termination by the Company or by the Executive on or after the date of a Change in Control (or before the date of a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control) must be communicated by written Notice of Termination to be effective; provided, that the Executive’s failure to provide Notice of Termination will not limit any of the Executive’s rights under the Agreement except to the extent the Company demonstrates that it suffered material actual damages by reason of such failure.

15. Other Arrangement” is any Benefit Plan or other plan, policy or practice of the Company or any other agreement between the Executive and the Company, other than this Agreement.

16. Parent Corporation” means Analysts International Corporation and any Successor.

17. Person” means any individual, corporation partnership, group, association or other person,” as such term is used in Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than the Parent Corporation, any Affiliate or any benefit plan(s) sponsored by the Parent Corporation or an Affiliate.
 
18. “Successor” means any Person that succeeds to, or has the practical ability to control (either immediately or solely with the passage of time), the Parent Corporation’s business directly, by merger, consolidation or other form of business combination, or indirectly, by purchase of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at the election of directors or all or substantially all of its assets or otherwise.

6

 
AMENDMENT

This Amendment (hereinafter “Amendment”), effective as of March 15, 2005, to that certain agreement dated December 18, 2000, (hereinafter “Agreement”) is made between Analysts International Corporation, a Minnesota corporation located at 3601 West 76th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55435-0898 (the “Company”) and  David J. Steichen  (the “Executive”).
 
1.  
Paragraph 10 of Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced as follows:
 
10. Eligible Earnings” means the sum of (i) the Executive’s Base Pay plus (ii) the Executive’s Targeted Incentive.
 
2.  
Paragraph 19 is hereby added to Exhibit A of the Agreement:

19. Targeted Incentive” means, for purposes of this Agreement, the applicable percentage of the Executive’s Base Pay targeted as incentive compensation, if any, for the fiscal year in which a Change in Control Termination occurs.
 

 
The Company and the Executive have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
 

ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
   
By:
David J. Steichen
Its:
Chief Financial Officer
   
 
Agreed to as of this 16th day of March, 2005
   
/s/ David J. Steichen
   
 

EX-10.DD 13 exhibit10-dd.htm COLLEEN DAVENPORT CIC AGREEMENT Colleen Davenport CIC Agreement

 
EXHIBIT 10-dd

AGREEMENT
 
This Agreement (this “Agreement”), effective as of December 18, 2000, is between Analysts International Corporation, a Minnesota corporation located at 3601 West 76th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-0898 (the “Company”) and  Colleen M. Davenport  (the “Executive”).
 
A. The Executive is currently employed as the Company’s  Secretary and General Counsel.
 
B. The Board considers the establishment and maintenance of a sound and vital management to be essential to protecting and enhancing the best interests of the Company and its shareholders, and in this connection recognizes that the possibility of a Change in Control may raise uncertainty and questions among management which may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders.
 
C. The Company currently has in place various arrangements with certain categories of executives that provide certain economic benefits to those executives in the event of a Change in Control.
 
D. The Board has put these arrangements in place to minimize the risk that Company executive management will depart prior to a Change in Control, thereby leaving the Company without adequate executive management personnel during such a critical period, and to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company’s executive management to their assigned duties without distraction in circumstances arising from the possibility of a Change in Control.
 
E. The Board has recognized that continuance of an executive’s position with the Company involves a substantial commitment to the Company in terms of the executive’s personal life and professional career and the possibility of foregoing present and future career opportunities, for which the Company receives substantial benefits.
 
F. The Board believes that it is necessary and appropriate to harmonize the various currently outstanding arrangements that provide economic benefits to executives in the event of a Change in Control, update and revise these arrangements to include additional provisions consistent with arrangements of this type and to enter into such arrangements with executives who currently are not party to such arrangements but who are at a level of responsibility or position similar to the Company executives who are party to such arrangements.
 
G. To induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company, this Agreement, which has been approved by the Board, sets forth the benefits that the Company agrees will be provided to the Executive in the event the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated in connection with a Change in Control under the circumstances described below.
 
H. Certain capitalized terms that are used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit A, which is an integral part of this Agreement.
 

 

 
Accordingly, the Company and Employee each intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
 
1. Term of Agreement. This Agreement is effective immediately and will have an initial term ending on December 31, 2003. After this initial term, this Agreement will automatically continue for consecutive one-year terms (“Renewal Periods”) unless and until the Company or the Executive has given notice to the other at least 90 calendar days prior to the commencement of the next Renewal Period that this Agreement will not be extended past such next Renewal Period. For example, if the Company notifies the Executive on September 1, 2003 of its intent not to renew this Agreement, the term of this Agreement will end at the end of the next Renewal Period, which will be on December 31, 2004. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, if a Change in Control has occurred during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement will continue in effect beyond the termination date then in effect for a period of 36 months following the month during which the Change in Control occurs or, if later, until the date on which the Company’s obligations to the Executive arising under or in connection with this Agreement have been satisfied in full.

2. Benefits upon a Change in Control Termination. The Executive will become entitled to the benefits described in this Section 2 if and only if (i) the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason within the period beginning on the first day of the 11th month that begins after the month during which the Change in Control occurs and ending on the last day of such month or (ii) (x) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for any reason other than the Executive’s death or Cause, or the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for Good Reason, and (y) the termination occurs either within the period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and ending on the last day of the 36th month that begins after the month during which the Change in Control occurs or prior to a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of a Person related to the Change in Control.

(a) Cash Payment. Not more than 10 days following the Date of Termination, or, if later, not more than 10 days following the date of the Change in Control, the Company will make a lump-sum cash payment to the Executive in an amount equal to (i) 2.99 times the Executive’s Eligible Earnings, less (ii) any incentive compensation payments made to the Executive for the year ending after the Executive’s Date of Termination.

(b) Special Executive Retirement Plan. The termination of the Executive’s employment will be deemed a “separation from service” pursuant to Section 5 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan and the Company will pay the applicable monthly benefit to the Executive pursuant to Section 4 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan. The Company will provide for payment of the benefit pursuant to this Section 2(b) and Section 4 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan through a trust. The trust must (1) be a grantor trust with respect to which the Company is treated as the grantor, (2) not cause benefits under this Section 2(b) to be funded for federal income tax purposes or for purposes of ERISA, and (3) provide that trust assets will, upon the Company’s insolvency, be used to satisfy the

 
2

 
claims of the Company’s general creditors. Neither the Executive nor the Executive’s surviving spouse will have any interest in the assets of the trust.

(c) Group Health and Dental Plans. During the continuation period (as defined below), the Company will maintain a group health and dental plan(s) which by its terms covers the Executive (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control) under the same terms and at the same cost to the Executive and the Executive’s family members and dependents as similarly situated individuals who continue to be employed by the Company (without regard to any reduction in such benefits that constitutes Good Reason). The “continuation period” is the period beginning on the Executive’s Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the 18th month that begins after the Executive’s Date of Termination or (ii) the date after the Executive’s Date of Termination on which the Executive first becomes eligible to participate as an employee in a plan of another employer providing group health and dental benefits to the Executive and the Executive’s eligible family members and dependents which plan does not contain any exclusion or limitation with respect to any pre-existing condition of the Executive or any eligible family member or dependent who would otherwise be covered under the Company’s plan but for this clause (ii). To the extent the Executive incurs a tax liability (including federal, state and local taxes and any interest and penalties with respect thereto) in connection with a benefit provided pursuant to this Section 2(c) which the Executive would not have incurred had the Executive been an active employee of the Company participating in the Company’s group health and dental plan, the Company will make a payment to the Executive in an amount equal to such tax liability plus an additional amount sufficient to permit the Executive to retain a net amount after all taxes (including penalties and interest) equal to the initial tax liability in connection with the benefit. For purposes of applying the foregoing, the Executive’s tax rate will be deemed to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal tax rate (on a combined basis) then in effect. The payment pursuant to this Section 2(c) will be made within 10 days after the Executive’s remittal of a written request for payment accompanied by a statement indicating the basis for and amount of the liability.

(d) Other Welfare Benefits. During the period beginning on the Executive’s Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the eighteenth (18th) month that begins after the Executive’s Date of Termination, or (ii) the date after the Executive’s Date of Termination on which the Executive first becomes eligible to participate as an employee in a plan of another employer providing substantially similar welfare benefits to the Executive in the aggregate (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control), the Company will provide, or arrange to provide, to the extent such policies or coverages can be obtained on commercial reasonable terms, the same or

 
3

 
equivalent accidental death and dismemberment, short and long-term disability, life insurance coverages, and all other insurance policies and health and welfare benefits (other than benefits pursuant to any cafeteria plan maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 125 of the Code) to the Executive (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control) under the same terms and at the same cost to the Executive and the Executive’s family members and dependents as similarly situated individuals who continue to be employed by the Company (without regard to any reduction in such benefits that constitutes Good Reason). To the extent the Executive incurs a tax liability (including federal, state and local taxes and any interest and penalties with respect thereto) in connection with a benefit provided pursuant to this Section 2(d) which the Executive would not have incurred had the Executive been an active employee of the Company participating in the Company’s welfare benefit plans, the Company will make a payment to the Executive in an amount equal to such tax liability plus an additional amount sufficient to permit the Executive to retain a net amount after all taxes (including penalties and interest) equal to the initial tax liability in connection with the benefit. For purposes of applying the foregoing, the Executive’s tax rate will be deemed to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal tax rate (on a combined basis) then in effect. The payment pursuant to this Section 2(d) will be made within 10 days after the Executive’s remittal of a written request for payment accompanied by a statement indicating the basis for and amount of the liability.

(e) Termination of Non-Competition Agreements. All non-competition agreements (or non-competition provisions within other agreements) restricting the activities of the Executive after the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company will be null and void and of no further force and effect.
 
If, on or after the date of a Change in Control, an Affiliate is sold, merged, transferred or in any other manner or for any other reason ceases to be an Affiliate or all or any portion of the business or assets of an Affiliate are sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of and the acquiror is not the Parent Corporation or an Affiliate (a “Disposition”), and the Executive remains or becomes employed by the acquiror or an “affiliate” of the acquiror (as defined in this Agreement but substituting “acquiror” for “Parent Corporation”) in connection with the Disposition, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated employment on the effective date of the Disposition for purposes of this Section 2 and will be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 2 unless (x) the acquiror and its affiliates jointly and severally expressly assume and agree, in a manner that is enforceable by the Executive, to perform the obligations of this Agreement to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if the Disposition had not occurred and (y) the Successor guarantees, in a manner that is enforceable by the Executive, payment and performance by the acquiror.
 

 
4

 
3. Gross-Up Payments.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it will be determined that any payments or distributions by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any payments required under this Section 3) (collectively, the “Payments”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then the Executive will be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that, after payment by the Executive of all taxes (and any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including any income taxes and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 3(d), all determinations required to be made under this Section 3, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be used in arriving at such determination, must be made by the Company’s external auditors (the “Accounting Firm”), which must provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, the Executive must appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm will then be referred to as the “Accounting Firm” hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm must be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 3, must be paid by the Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm will be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(c) As a result of uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which should have been made by the Company will not have been made (“Underpayment”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 3(d) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any additional Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm must determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment must be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

(d) The Executive must notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of any Gross-Up Payment. Such notification must be given as soon as practicable but no later than 10 business days after the Executive knows of

 
5

 
such claim and must apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive must not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive must:

(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim;

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company will reasonably request in writing from time to time, including accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company;

(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim; and

(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company will bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(d), the Company will control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company will determine; provided further, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company will advance the amount of such payment to the Executive on an interest-free basis and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and provided further that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest will be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive will be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.


 
6

 
(e) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 3(d), the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive must (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of Section 3(d)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 3(d), a determination is made that the Executive will not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of thirty days after such determination, then such advance will be forgiven and will not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance will offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

4. Indemnification. Following a Change in Control, the Company will indemnify and advance expenses to the Executive for damages, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, judgments, fines, penalties, settlements and reasonable fees and expenses of the Executive’s counsel) incurred in connection with all matters, events and transactions relating to the Executive’s service to or status with the Company or any other corporation, employee benefit plan or other Person for which the Executive served at the request of the Company to the extent that the Company would have been required to do so under applicable law, corporate articles, bylaws or agreements or instruments of any nature with or covering the Executive, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control and to any further extent as may be determined or agreed upon following the Change in Control.

5. Miscellaneous.

(a) Successors. The Parent Corporation must seek to have any Successor, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, assent to the fulfillment by the Company of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. Failure of the Parent Corporation to obtain such assent at least three business days prior to the time a Person becomes a Successor (or where the Parent Corporation does not have at least three business days’ advance notice that a Person may become a Successor, within one business day after having notice that such Person may become or has become a Successor) will constitute Good Reason for termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment. The date on which any such succession becomes effective will be deemed the Date of Termination, and Notice of Termination will be deemed to have been given on that date. A Successor has no rights, authority or power with respect to this Agreement prior to a Change in Control.

(b) Binding Agreement. This Agreement inures to the benefit of, and is enforceable by, the Executive, the Executive’s personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive dies while any amount would still be payable to the Executive under this Agreement if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, will be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

 
7

 
(c) No Mitigation. The Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any benefits the Company becomes obligated to provide to the Executive in connection with this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. The benefits to be provided to the Executive in connection with this Agreement may not be reduced, offset or subject to recovery by the Company by any benefits the Executive may receive from other employment or otherwise.

(d) No Setoff. The Company has no right to setoff benefits owed to the Executive under this Agreement against amounts owed or claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise.

(e) Taxes. All benefits to be provided to the Executive in connection with this Agreement will be subject to required withholding of federal, state and local income, excise and employment-related taxes. The Company’s good faith determination with respect to its obligation to withhold such taxes relieves it of any obligation that such amounts should have been paid to the Executive.

(f) Notices. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in, or required under, this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed to each party’s respective address set forth on the first page of this Agreement (provided that all notices to the Company must be directed to the attention of the chair of the Board), or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with these provisions, except that notice of change of address will be effective only upon receipt.

(g) Disputes. If the Executive so elects, any dispute, controversy or claim arising under or in connection with this Agreement will be settled exclusively by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in Minneapolis, Minnesota in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect; provided that the Executive may seek specific performance of the Executive’s right to receive benefits until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction. If any dispute, controversy or claim for damages arising under or in connection with this Agreement is settled by arbitration, the Company will pay, or if elected by the Executive, reimburse, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Executive related to such arbitration unless the arbitrators decide that the Executive’s claim was frivolous or advanced by the Executive in bad faith. If the Executive does not elect arbitration, the Executive may pursue all available legal remedies. The Company will pay, or if elected by the Executive, reimburse the Executive for, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with any actual, threatened or contemplated litigation relating to this Agreement to which the Executive is or reasonably expects to become a party, whether or not initiated by the Executive, if the Executive is successful in recovering any benefit under this Agreement as a result of such action. The parties agree that any litigation arising under or in connection with this Agreement must

 
8

 
be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Minnesota, and hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of said courts for this purpose and agree not to assert that such courts are an inconvenient forum. The Company will not assert in any dispute or controversy with the Executive arising under or in connection with this Agreement the Executive’s failure to exhaust administrative remedies.

(h) Effect of Plan Benefits on Other Severance Plans. In the event the Executive receives any payment under the terms of this Agreement, the Executive will not be eligible to receive benefits under any other severance pay plan sponsored or maintained by the Company, including without limitation the Analysts International, Inc. Executive Change in Control Severance Pay Plan and the Analysts International, Inc. Change in Control Severance Pay Plan.

(i) Other Arrangements. This Agreement, including Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated as an integral part of this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and no agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter to this Agreement have been made by any party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. To the extent that any provision of any Other Arrangement limits, qualifies or is inconsistent with any provision of this Agreement, then for purposes of this Agreement, while such Other Arrangement remains in force, the provision of this Agreement will control and such provision of such Other Arrangement will be deemed to have been superseded, and to be of no force or effect, as if such Other Arrangement had been formally amended to the extent necessary to accomplish such purpose. Nothing in this Agreement prevents or limits the Executive’s continuing or future participation in any Other Arrangement for which the Executive may qualify, and nothing in this Agreement limits or otherwise affects the rights the Executive may have under any Other Arrangement. Amounts that are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any Other Arrangement at or subsequent to the Date of Termination will be payable in accordance with such Other Arrangement.

(j) No Employment or Service Contract. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to provide the Executive with any right to continue in the employ of the Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the Executive’s rights or the rights of the Company.

(k) Payment; Assignment. Benefits payable under this Agreement will be paid only from the general assets of the Company. No person has any right to or interest in any specific assets of the Company by reason of this Agreement. To the extent benefits under this Agreement are not paid when due to any individual, he or she is a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to any amounts due. Benefits payable pursuant to this Agreement and the right to receive future benefits may not be anticipated, alienated, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered or subject to any charge.

 
9

 
(l) Late Payments. Benefits not paid under this Agreement when due will accrue interest at the rate of 18% per year or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law.

(m) Survival. The respective obligations of, and benefits afforded to, the Company and the Executive which by their express terms or clear intent survive termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or termination of this Agreement, as the case may be, will survive termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or termination of this Agreement, as the case may be, and will remain in full force and effect according to their terms.

(n) Amendments; Waivers. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in a writing signed by the Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Parent Corporation. No waiver by any party to this Agreement at any time of any breach by another party to this Agreement of, or of compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such party will be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

(o) Governing Law. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties as to all matters, including, without limitation, matters of validity, interpretation, construction, performance and remedies, will be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Minnesota (without regard to the conflict of laws principles of any jurisdiction).

(p) Further Assurances. The parties to this Agreement agree to perform, or cause to be performed, such further acts and deeds and to execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional or supplemental documents or instruments as may be reasonably required by the other party to carry into effect the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

(q) Interpretation. The invalidity or unenforceability of all or any part of any provision of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of such provision or of any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

(r) Counterparts. This agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
 

 
10

 
The Company and the Executive have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 
ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
   
By:
 Colleen M. Davenport
   
   
Agreed to as of this 12th day of January, 2001
   
 /s/ Colleen M. Davenport
 Colleen M. Davenport

11


Exhibit A
DEFINITIONS
 
For purposes of the Agreement, the following terms will have the meaning set forth below in this Exhibit A unless the context clearly requires otherwise. Terms defined elsewhere in the Agreement will have the same meaning throughout the Agreement.
 
1. Affiliate” means (i) any corporation at least a majority of whose outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors is owned directly or indirectly by the Parent Corporation or (ii) any other form of business entity in which the Parent Corporation, by virtue of a direct or indirect ownership interest, has the right to elect a majority of the members of such entity’s governing body.

2. Base Pay” means the Executive’s annual base salary from the Company at the rate in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control or at the time Notice of Termination is given, whichever is greater. Base Pay includes only regular cash salary (plus the amount of any automobile allowance paid to the Executive or any automobile lease payments made by the Company on behalf of the Executive) and is determined before any reduction for deferrals pursuant to any nonqualified deferred compensation plan or arrangement, qualified cash or deferred arrangement or cafeteria plan.

3. Benefit Plan” means any

(a) employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA;

(b) cafeteria plan described in Code Section 125;

(c) plan, policy or practice providing for paid vacation, other paid time off or short-or long-term profit sharing, bonus or incentive payments or perquisites; or

(d) stock option, stock purchase, restricted stock, phantom stock, stock appreciation right or other equity-based compensation plan with respect to the securities of any Affiliate

 
that is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Company for the benefit of employees (and/or their families and dependents) generally or the Executive in particular (and/or the Executive’s family and dependents).
 
4. Board” means the board of directors of the Parent Corporation duly qualified and acting at the time in question. On and after the date of a Change in Control, any duty of the Board in connection with this Agreement is nondelegable and any attempt by the Board to delegate any such duty is ineffective.

5. Cause” means:

(a) the Executive’s gross misconduct that is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company;

 

 
(b) the Executive’s willful and continued failure to perform substantially the Executive’s duties with the Company (other than any such failure (1) resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to bodily injury or physical or mental illness or (2) relating to changes in the Executive’s duties after a Change in Control that constitute Good Reason) after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the chair of the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which the Executive have not substantially performed the Executive’s duties and provides for a reasonable period of time within which the Executive may take corrective actions; or

(c) the Executive’s conviction (including a plea of nolo contendere) of willfully engaging in illegal conduct constituting a felony or gross misdemeanor under federal or state law which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or which impairs the Executive’s ability to perform substantially the Executive’s duties for the Company.
 
An act or failure to act will be considered “gross or willful” for this purpose only if done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that it was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board (or a committee thereof) or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company will be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. It is also expressly understood that the Executive’s attention to matters not directly related to the business of the Company will not provide a basis for termination for Cause so long as the Board did not expressly disapprove in writing of the Executive’s engagement in such activities either before or within a reasonable period of time after the Board knew or could reasonably have known that the Executive engaged in those activities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may not be terminated for Cause unless and until there has been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with the Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive were guilty of the conduct set forth above in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this definition and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
 
6. Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following on or after December 18, 2000:

(a) the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer, directly or indirectly, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Corporation, in one transaction or in a series of related transactions, to any Person;

(b) the approval by the shareholders of the Parent Corporation of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Parent Corporation;

(c) any Person, other than a “bona fide underwriter,” becomes, after the date of this Agreement, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of (i) 20 percent or more, but not more than 50 percent, of the

 
2

 
combined voting power of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors, unless the transaction resulting in such ownership has been approved in advance by the “continuity directors” or (ii) more than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors (regardless of any approval by the continuity directors);

(d) a merger or consolidation to which the Parent Corporation is a party if the shareholders of the Parent Corporation immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation have, solely on account of ownership of securities of the Parent Corporation at such time, “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) immediately following the effective date of such merger or consolidation of securities of the surviving corporation representing (i) 50 percent or more, but not more than 80 percent, of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation’s then outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors, unless such merger or consolidation has been approved in advance by the continuity directors, or (ii) less than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation’s then outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors (regardless of any approval by the continuity directors); or

(e) the continuity directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board.
 
For purposes of the definition of a Change in Control, a “continuity director” means any individual who is a member of the Board on the date of the Agreement, while he or she is a member of the Board, and any individual who subsequently becomes a member of the Board whose election or nomination for election by the Parent Corporation’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors who are continuity directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Parent Corporation in which such individual is named as a nominee for director without objection to such nomination). For example, if a majority of the seven individuals constituting the Board on December 18, 2000, approved a proxy statement in which two different individuals were nominated to replace two of the individuals who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000, the two newly elected directors would join the five remaining directors who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000 as continuity directors. Similarly, if a majority of those seven directors approved a proxy statement in which three different individuals were nominated to replace three other directors who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000, the three newly elected directors would also become, along with the other four directors, continuity directors. Individuals subsequently joining the Board could become continuity directors under the principles reflected in this example. For purposes of the definition of a Change in Control, a “bona fide underwriter” means a Person engaged in business as an underwriter of securities that acquires securities of the Parent Corporation through such Person’s participation in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of 40 days after the date of such acquisition.
 
7. Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Code includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.


 
3

 
8. Company” means the Parent Corporation, any Successor and any Affiliate.

9. Date of Termination” following a Change in Control (or prior to a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control) means:

(a) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Executive, the date specified in the Notice of Termination which in no event may be a date more than 15 days after the date on which Notice of Termination is given unless the Company agrees in writing to a later date;

(b) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Company for Cause, the date specified in the Notice of Termination;

(c) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death, the date of the Executive’s death; or

(d) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Company for any reason other than Cause or the Executive’s death, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, which in no event may be a date earlier than 15 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, unless the Executive expressly agrees in writing to an earlier date.
 
In the case of termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment for Cause, if the Executive has not previously expressly agreed in writing to the termination, then within the 30-day period after the Executive’s receipt of the Notice of Termination, the Executive may notify the Company that a dispute exists concerning the termination, in which event the Date of Termination will be the date set either by mutual written agreement of the parties or by the judge or arbitrators in a proceeding as provided in Section 5(g) of the Agreement. During the pendency of any such dispute, the Executive will continue to make the Executive available to provide services to the Company and the Company will continue to pay the Executive the Executive’s full compensation and benefits in effect immediately prior to the date on which the Notice of Termination is given (without regard to any changes to such compensation or benefits that constitute Good Reason) and until the dispute is resolved in accordance with Section 5(g) of the Agreement. The Executive will be entitled to retain the full amount of any such compensation and benefits without regard to the resolution of the dispute unless the judge or arbitrators decide(s) that the Executive’s claim of a dispute was frivolous or advanced by the Executive in bad faith.
 
10. Eligible Earnings” means the sum of (i) the average of the Executive’s Base Pay for the last five years of the Company ending on or before the Date of Termination, or if the Executive was employed by the Company for fewer than five years, for the number of years for which the Executive was employed plus (ii) the average of any incentive compensation paid by the Company to the Executive for the last five years of the Company ending on or before the Date of Termination, or if the Executive was eligible to receive such incentive compensation for fewer than five years, for the number of years for which the Executive was eligible. If the Executive’s Base Pay or incentive compensation for a year relates to a period of less than 12

 
4

 
months, the amount of the Base Pay or incentive compensation will be annualized in determining the Executive’s Eligible Earnings.

11. ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of ERISA includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

12. Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Exchange Act or to any rule or regulation thereunder includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

13. Good Reason” means:

(a) a change in the Executive’s title(s), status, position(s), authority, duties or responsibilities as an executive of the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control which, in the Executive’s reasonable judgment, is material and adverse (other than, if applicable, any such change directly attributable to the fact that the Parent Corporation is no longer publicly owned); provided, however, that Good Reason does not include such a change that is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice of such change is given by the Executive;

(b) a reduction by the Company in the Executive’s Base Pay, or an adverse change in the form or timing of the payment thereof, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or as thereafter increased;

(c) the failure by the Company to cover the Executive under Benefit Plans that, in the aggregate, provide substantially similar benefits to the Executive and/or the Executive’s family and dependents at a substantially similar total cost to the Executive (e.g., premiums, deductibles, co-pays, out of pocket maximums, required contributions and the like) relative to the benefits and total costs under the Benefit Plans in which the Executive (and/or the Executive’s family or dependents) were participating at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control;

(d) the Company’s requiring the Executive to be based more than 30 miles from where the Executive’s office is located immediately prior to the Change in Control, except for required travel on the Company’s business, and then only to the extent substantially consistent with the business travel obligations which the Executive undertook on behalf of the Company during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control (without regard to travel related to or in anticipation of the Change in Control);

(e) the failure by the Company to obtain from any Successor the assent to this Agreement contemplated by Section 5(a) of the Agreement;

(f) any purported termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment that is not properly effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination and

 
5

 
pursuant to any other requirements of this Agreement, and, for purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination will be effective; or

(g) any refusal by the Company to continue to allow the Executive to attend to matters or engage in activities not directly related to the business of the Company which, at any time prior to the Change in Control, the Executive were not expressly prohibited in writing by the Board from attending to or engaging in.
 
The Executive’s continued employment does not constitute consent to, or waiver of any rights arising in connection with, any circumstances constituting Good Reason. The Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason as defined above will constitute Good Reason for all purposes of the Agreement notwithstanding that the Executive may also thereby be deemed to have retired under any applicable benefit plan, policy or practice of the Company.
 
14. Notice of Termination” means a written notice given on or after the date of a Change in Control (unless the Executive’s termination before the date of the Change in Control was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control in which case the written notice may be given before the date of the Change in Control) which indicates the specific termination provision in the Agreement pursuant to which the notice is given. Any purported termination by the Company or by the Executive on or after the date of a Change in Control (or before the date of a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control) must be communicated by written Notice of Termination to be effective; provided, that the Executive’s failure to provide Notice of Termination will not limit any of the Executive’s rights under the Agreement except to the extent the Company demonstrates that it suffered material actual damages by reason of such failure.

15. Other Arrangement” is any Benefit Plan or other plan, policy or practice of the Company or any other agreement between the Executive and the Company, other than this Agreement.

16. Parent Corporation” means Analysts International Corporation and any Successor.

17. Person” means any individual, corporation partnership, group, association or other person,” as such term is used in Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than the Parent Corporation, any Affiliate or any benefit plan(s) sponsored by the Parent Corporation or an Affiliate.
 
18. “Successor” means any Person that succeeds to, or has the practical ability to control (either immediately or solely with the passage of time), the Parent Corporation’s business directly, by merger, consolidation or other form of business combination, or indirectly, by purchase of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at the election of directors or all or substantially all of its assets or otherwise.


 
AMENDMENT

This Amendment (hereinafter “Amendment”), effective as of March 15, 2005, to that certain agreement dated December 18, 2000, (hereinafter “Agreement”) is made between Analysts International Corporation, a Minnesota corporation located at 3601 West 76th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55435-0898 (the “Company”) and  Colleen M. Davenport  (the “Executive”).
 
1.  
Paragraph 10 of Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced as follows:
 
10. Eligible Earnings” means the sum of (i) the Executive’s Base Pay plus (ii) the Executive’s Targeted Incentive.
 
2.  
Paragraph 19 is hereby added to Exhibit A of the Agreement:

19. Targeted Incentive” means, for purposes of this Agreement, the applicable percentage of the Executive’s Base Pay targeted as incentive compensation, if any, for the fiscal year in which a Change in Control Termination occurs.
 

 
The Company and the Executive have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
 

ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
   
By:
Colleen M. Davenport
Its:
Secretary and General Counsel
   
 
Agreed to as of this 16th day of March, 2005
   
/s/ Colleen M. Davenport
   
 

EX-10.EE 14 exhibit10-ee.htm PAULETTE QUIST CIC AGREEMENT Paulette Quist CIC Agreement

 
EXHIBIT 10-ee

AGREEMENT
 
This Agreement (this “Agreement”), effective as of December 18, 2000, is between Analysts International Corporation, a Minnesota corporation located at 3601 West 76th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-0898 (the “Company”) and  Paulette Quist  (the “Executive”).
 
A. The Executive is currently employed as the Company’s  Senior Vice President.
 
B. The Board considers the establishment and maintenance of a sound and vital management to be essential to protecting and enhancing the best interests of the Company and its shareholders, and in this connection recognizes that the possibility of a Change in Control may raise uncertainty and questions among management which may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders.
 
C. The Company currently has in place various arrangements with certain categories of executives that provide certain economic benefits to those executives in the event of a Change in Control.
 
D. The Board has put these arrangements in place to minimize the risk that Company executive management will depart prior to a Change in Control, thereby leaving the Company without adequate executive management personnel during such a critical period, and to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company’s executive management to their assigned duties without distraction in circumstances arising from the possibility of a Change in Control.
 
E. The Board has recognized that continuance of an executive’s position with the Company involves a substantial commitment to the Company in terms of the executive’s personal life and professional career and the possibility of foregoing present and future career opportunities, for which the Company receives substantial benefits.
 
F. The Board believes that it is necessary and appropriate to harmonize the various currently outstanding arrangements that provide economic benefits to executives in the event of a Change in Control, update and revise these arrangements to include additional provisions consistent with arrangements of this type and to enter into such arrangements with executives who currently are not party to such arrangements but who are at a level of responsibility or position similar to the Company executives who are party to such arrangements.
 
G. To induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company, this Agreement, which has been approved by the Board, sets forth the benefits that the Company agrees will be provided to the Executive in the event the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated in connection with a Change in Control under the circumstances described below.
 
H. Certain capitalized terms that are used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit A, which is an integral part of this Agreement.
 

 

 
Accordingly, the Company and Employee each intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
 
1. Term of Agreement. This Agreement is effective immediately and will have an initial term ending on December 31, 2003. After this initial term, this Agreement will automatically continue for consecutive one-year terms (“Renewal Periods”) unless and until the Company or the Executive has given notice to the other at least 90 calendar days prior to the commencement of the next Renewal Period that this Agreement will not be extended past such next Renewal Period. For example, if the Company notifies the Executive on September 1, 2003 of its intent not to renew this Agreement, the term of this Agreement will end at the end of the next Renewal Period, which will be on December 31, 2004. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, if a Change in Control has occurred during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement will continue in effect beyond the termination date then in effect for a period of 36 months following the month during which the Change in Control occurs or, if later, until the date on which the Company’s obligations to the Executive arising under or in connection with this Agreement have been satisfied in full.

2. Benefits upon a Change in Control Termination. The Executive will become entitled to the benefits described in this Section 2 if and only if (i) the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason within the period beginning on the first day of the 11th month that begins after the month during which the Change in Control occurs and ending on the last day of such month or (ii) (x) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for any reason other than the Executive’s death or Cause, or the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for Good Reason, and (y) the termination occurs either within the period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and ending on the last day of the 36th month that begins after the month during which the Change in Control occurs or prior to a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of a Person related to the Change in Control.

(a) Cash Payment. Not more than 10 days following the Date of Termination, or, if later, not more than 10 days following the date of the Change in Control, the Company will make a lump-sum cash payment to the Executive in an amount equal to (i) 2.99 times the Executive’s Eligible Earnings, less (ii) any incentive compensation payments made to the Executive for the year ending after the Executive’s Date of Termination.

(b) Special Executive Retirement Plan. The termination of the Executive’s employment will be deemed a “separation from service” pursuant to Section 5 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan and the Company will pay the applicable monthly benefit to the Executive pursuant to Section 4 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan. The Company will provide for payment of the benefit pursuant to this Section 2(b) and Section 4 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan through a trust. The trust must (1) be a grantor trust with respect to which the Company is treated as the grantor, (2) not cause benefits under this Section 2(b) to be funded for federal income tax purposes or for purposes of ERISA, and (3) provide that trust assets will, upon the Company’s insolvency, be used to satisfy the

 
2

 
claims of the Company’s general creditors. Neither the Executive nor the Executive’s surviving spouse will have any interest in the assets of the trust.

(c) Group Health and Dental Plans. During the continuation period (as defined below), the Company will maintain a group health and dental plan(s) which by its terms covers the Executive (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control) under the same terms and at the same cost to the Executive and the Executive’s family members and dependents as similarly situated individuals who continue to be employed by the Company (without regard to any reduction in such benefits that constitutes Good Reason). The “continuation period” is the period beginning on the Executive’s Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the 18th month that begins after the Executive’s Date of Termination or (ii) the date after the Executive’s Date of Termination on which the Executive first becomes eligible to participate as an employee in a plan of another employer providing group health and dental benefits to the Executive and the Executive’s eligible family members and dependents which plan does not contain any exclusion or limitation with respect to any pre-existing condition of the Executive or any eligible family member or dependent who would otherwise be covered under the Company’s plan but for this clause (ii). To the extent the Executive incurs a tax liability (including federal, state and local taxes and any interest and penalties with respect thereto) in connection with a benefit provided pursuant to this Section 2(c) which the Executive would not have incurred had the Executive been an active employee of the Company participating in the Company’s group health and dental plan, the Company will make a payment to the Executive in an amount equal to such tax liability plus an additional amount sufficient to permit the Executive to retain a net amount after all taxes (including penalties and interest) equal to the initial tax liability in connection with the benefit. For purposes of applying the foregoing, the Executive’s tax rate will be deemed to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal tax rate (on a combined basis) then in effect. The payment pursuant to this Section 2(c) will be made within 10 days after the Executive’s remittal of a written request for payment accompanied by a statement indicating the basis for and amount of the liability.

(d) Other Welfare Benefits. During the period beginning on the Executive’s Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the eighteenth (18th) month that begins after the Executive’s Date of Termination, or (ii) the date after the Executive’s Date of Termination on which the Executive first becomes eligible to participate as an employee in a plan of another employer providing substantially similar welfare benefits to the Executive in the aggregate (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control), the Company will provide, or arrange to provide, to the extent such policies or coverages can be obtained on commercial reasonable terms, the same or

 
3

 
equivalent accidental death and dismemberment, short and long-term disability, life insurance coverages, and all other insurance policies and health and welfare benefits (other than benefits pursuant to any cafeteria plan maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 125 of the Code) to the Executive (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control) under the same terms and at the same cost to the Executive and the Executive’s family members and dependents as similarly situated individuals who continue to be employed by the Company (without regard to any reduction in such benefits that constitutes Good Reason). To the extent the Executive incurs a tax liability (including federal, state and local taxes and any interest and penalties with respect thereto) in connection with a benefit provided pursuant to this Section 2(d) which the Executive would not have incurred had the Executive been an active employee of the Company participating in the Company’s welfare benefit plans, the Company will make a payment to the Executive in an amount equal to such tax liability plus an additional amount sufficient to permit the Executive to retain a net amount after all taxes (including penalties and interest) equal to the initial tax liability in connection with the benefit. For purposes of applying the foregoing, the Executive’s tax rate will be deemed to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal tax rate (on a combined basis) then in effect. The payment pursuant to this Section 2(d) will be made within 10 days after the Executive’s remittal of a written request for payment accompanied by a statement indicating the basis for and amount of the liability.

(e) Termination of Non-Competition Agreements. All non-competition agreements (or non-competition provisions within other agreements) restricting the activities of the Executive after the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company will be null and void and of no further force and effect.
 
If, on or after the date of a Change in Control, an Affiliate is sold, merged, transferred or in any other manner or for any other reason ceases to be an Affiliate or all or any portion of the business or assets of an Affiliate are sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of and the acquiror is not the Parent Corporation or an Affiliate (a “Disposition”), and the Executive remains or becomes employed by the acquiror or an “affiliate” of the acquiror (as defined in this Agreement but substituting “acquiror” for “Parent Corporation”) in connection with the Disposition, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated employment on the effective date of the Disposition for purposes of this Section 2 and will be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 2 unless (x) the acquiror and its affiliates jointly and severally expressly assume and agree, in a manner that is enforceable by the Executive, to perform the obligations of this Agreement to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if the Disposition had not occurred and (y) the Successor guarantees, in a manner that is enforceable by the Executive, payment and performance by the acquiror.
 

 
4

 
3. Gross-Up Payments.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it will be determined that any payments or distributions by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any payments required under this Section 3) (collectively, the “Payments”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then the Executive will be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that, after payment by the Executive of all taxes (and any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including any income taxes and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 3(d), all determinations required to be made under this Section 3, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be used in arriving at such determination, must be made by the Company’s external auditors (the “Accounting Firm”), which must provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, the Executive must appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm will then be referred to as the “Accounting Firm” hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm must be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 3, must be paid by the Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm will be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(c) As a result of uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which should have been made by the Company will not have been made (“Underpayment”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 3(d) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any additional Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm must determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment must be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

(d) The Executive must notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of any Gross-Up Payment. Such notification must be given as soon as practicable but no later than 10 business days after the Executive knows of

 
5

 
such claim and must apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive must not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive must:

(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim;

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company will reasonably request in writing from time to time, including accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company;

(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim; and

(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company will bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(d), the Company will control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company will determine; provided further, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company will advance the amount of such payment to the Executive on an interest-free basis and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and provided further that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest will be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive will be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.


 
6

 
(e) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 3(d), the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive must (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of Section 3(d)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 3(d), a determination is made that the Executive will not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of thirty days after such determination, then such advance will be forgiven and will not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance will offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

4. Indemnification. Following a Change in Control, the Company will indemnify and advance expenses to the Executive for damages, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, judgments, fines, penalties, settlements and reasonable fees and expenses of the Executive’s counsel) incurred in connection with all matters, events and transactions relating to the Executive’s service to or status with the Company or any other corporation, employee benefit plan or other Person for which the Executive served at the request of the Company to the extent that the Company would have been required to do so under applicable law, corporate articles, bylaws or agreements or instruments of any nature with or covering the Executive, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control and to any further extent as may be determined or agreed upon following the Change in Control.

5. Miscellaneous.

(a) Successors. The Parent Corporation must seek to have any Successor, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, assent to the fulfillment by the Company of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. Failure of the Parent Corporation to obtain such assent at least three business days prior to the time a Person becomes a Successor (or where the Parent Corporation does not have at least three business days’ advance notice that a Person may become a Successor, within one business day after having notice that such Person may become or has become a Successor) will constitute Good Reason for termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment. The date on which any such succession becomes effective will be deemed the Date of Termination, and Notice of Termination will be deemed to have been given on that date. A Successor has no rights, authority or power with respect to this Agreement prior to a Change in Control.

(b) Binding Agreement. This Agreement inures to the benefit of, and is enforceable by, the Executive, the Executive’s personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive dies while any amount would still be payable to the Executive under this Agreement if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, will be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

 
7

 
(c) No Mitigation. The Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any benefits the Company becomes obligated to provide to the Executive in connection with this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. The benefits to be provided to the Executive in connection with this Agreement may not be reduced, offset or subject to recovery by the Company by any benefits the Executive may receive from other employment or otherwise.

(d) No Setoff. The Company has no right to setoff benefits owed to the Executive under this Agreement against amounts owed or claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise.

(e) Taxes. All benefits to be provided to the Executive in connection with this Agreement will be subject to required withholding of federal, state and local income, excise and employment-related taxes. The Company’s good faith determination with respect to its obligation to withhold such taxes relieves it of any obligation that such amounts should have been paid to the Executive.

(f) Notices. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in, or required under, this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed to each party’s respective address set forth on the first page of this Agreement (provided that all notices to the Company must be directed to the attention of the chair of the Board), or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with these provisions, except that notice of change of address will be effective only upon receipt.

(g) Disputes. If the Executive so elects, any dispute, controversy or claim arising under or in connection with this Agreement will be settled exclusively by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in Minneapolis, Minnesota in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect; provided that the Executive may seek specific performance of the Executive’s right to receive benefits until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction. If any dispute, controversy or claim for damages arising under or in connection with this Agreement is settled by arbitration, the Company will pay, or if elected by the Executive, reimburse, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Executive related to such arbitration unless the arbitrators decide that the Executive’s claim was frivolous or advanced by the Executive in bad faith. If the Executive does not elect arbitration, the Executive may pursue all available legal remedies. The Company will pay, or if elected by the Executive, reimburse the Executive for, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with any actual, threatened or contemplated litigation relating to this Agreement to which the Executive is or reasonably expects to become a party, whether or not initiated by the Executive, if the Executive is successful in recovering any benefit under this Agreement as a result of such action. The parties agree that any litigation arising under or in connection with this Agreement must

 
8

 
be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Minnesota, and hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of said courts for this purpose and agree not to assert that such courts are an inconvenient forum. The Company will not assert in any dispute or controversy with the Executive arising under or in connection with this Agreement the Executive’s failure to exhaust administrative remedies.

(h) Effect of Plan Benefits on Other Severance Plans. In the event the Executive receives any payment under the terms of this Agreement, the Executive will not be eligible to receive benefits under any other severance pay plan sponsored or maintained by the Company, including without limitation the Analysts International, Inc. Executive Change in Control Severance Pay Plan and the Analysts International, Inc. Change in Control Severance Pay Plan.

(i) Other Arrangements. This Agreement, including Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated as an integral part of this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and no agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter to this Agreement have been made by any party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. To the extent that any provision of any Other Arrangement limits, qualifies or is inconsistent with any provision of this Agreement, then for purposes of this Agreement, while such Other Arrangement remains in force, the provision of this Agreement will control and such provision of such Other Arrangement will be deemed to have been superseded, and to be of no force or effect, as if such Other Arrangement had been formally amended to the extent necessary to accomplish such purpose. Nothing in this Agreement prevents or limits the Executive’s continuing or future participation in any Other Arrangement for which the Executive may qualify, and nothing in this Agreement limits or otherwise affects the rights the Executive may have under any Other Arrangement. Amounts that are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any Other Arrangement at or subsequent to the Date of Termination will be payable in accordance with such Other Arrangement.

(j) No Employment or Service Contract. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to provide the Executive with any right to continue in the employ of the Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the Executive’s rights or the rights of the Company.

(k) Payment; Assignment. Benefits payable under this Agreement will be paid only from the general assets of the Company. No person has any right to or interest in any specific assets of the Company by reason of this Agreement. To the extent benefits under this Agreement are not paid when due to any individual, he or she is a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to any amounts due. Benefits payable pursuant to this Agreement and the right to receive future benefits may not be anticipated, alienated, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered or subject to any charge.

 
9

 
(l) Late Payments. Benefits not paid under this Agreement when due will accrue interest at the rate of 18% per year or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law.

(m) Survival. The respective obligations of, and benefits afforded to, the Company and the Executive which by their express terms or clear intent survive termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or termination of this Agreement, as the case may be, will survive termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or termination of this Agreement, as the case may be, and will remain in full force and effect according to their terms.

(n) Amendments; Waivers. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in a writing signed by the Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Parent Corporation. No waiver by any party to this Agreement at any time of any breach by another party to this Agreement of, or of compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such party will be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

(o) Governing Law. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties as to all matters, including, without limitation, matters of validity, interpretation, construction, performance and remedies, will be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Minnesota (without regard to the conflict of laws principles of any jurisdiction).

(p) Further Assurances. The parties to this Agreement agree to perform, or cause to be performed, such further acts and deeds and to execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional or supplemental documents or instruments as may be reasonably required by the other party to carry into effect the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

(q) Interpretation. The invalidity or unenforceability of all or any part of any provision of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of such provision or of any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

(r) Counterparts. This agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
 

 
10

 
The Company and the Executive have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 
ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
   
By:
 Paulette Quist
   
   
Agreed to as of this 12th day of January, 2001
   
 /s/ Paulette Quist
 Paulette Quist

11


Exhibit A
DEFINITIONS
 
For purposes of the Agreement, the following terms will have the meaning set forth below in this Exhibit A unless the context clearly requires otherwise. Terms defined elsewhere in the Agreement will have the same meaning throughout the Agreement.
 
1. Affiliate” means (i) any corporation at least a majority of whose outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors is owned directly or indirectly by the Parent Corporation or (ii) any other form of business entity in which the Parent Corporation, by virtue of a direct or indirect ownership interest, has the right to elect a majority of the members of such entity’s governing body.

2. Base Pay” means the Executive’s annual base salary from the Company at the rate in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control or at the time Notice of Termination is given, whichever is greater. Base Pay includes only regular cash salary (plus the amount of any automobile allowance paid to the Executive or any automobile lease payments made by the Company on behalf of the Executive) and is determined before any reduction for deferrals pursuant to any nonqualified deferred compensation plan or arrangement, qualified cash or deferred arrangement or cafeteria plan.

3. Benefit Plan” means any

(a) employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA;

(b) cafeteria plan described in Code Section 125;

(c) plan, policy or practice providing for paid vacation, other paid time off or short-or long-term profit sharing, bonus or incentive payments or perquisites; or

(d) stock option, stock purchase, restricted stock, phantom stock, stock appreciation right or other equity-based compensation plan with respect to the securities of any Affiliate

 
that is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Company for the benefit of employees (and/or their families and dependents) generally or the Executive in particular (and/or the Executive’s family and dependents).
 
4. Board” means the board of directors of the Parent Corporation duly qualified and acting at the time in question. On and after the date of a Change in Control, any duty of the Board in connection with this Agreement is nondelegable and any attempt by the Board to delegate any such duty is ineffective.

5. Cause” means:

(a) the Executive’s gross misconduct that is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company;

 

 
(b) the Executive’s willful and continued failure to perform substantially the Executive’s duties with the Company (other than any such failure (1) resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to bodily injury or physical or mental illness or (2) relating to changes in the Executive’s duties after a Change in Control that constitute Good Reason) after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the chair of the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which the Executive have not substantially performed the Executive’s duties and provides for a reasonable period of time within which the Executive may take corrective actions; or

(c) the Executive’s conviction (including a plea of nolo contendere) of willfully engaging in illegal conduct constituting a felony or gross misdemeanor under federal or state law which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or which impairs the Executive’s ability to perform substantially the Executive’s duties for the Company.
 
An act or failure to act will be considered “gross or willful” for this purpose only if done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that it was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board (or a committee thereof) or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company will be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. It is also expressly understood that the Executive’s attention to matters not directly related to the business of the Company will not provide a basis for termination for Cause so long as the Board did not expressly disapprove in writing of the Executive’s engagement in such activities either before or within a reasonable period of time after the Board knew or could reasonably have known that the Executive engaged in those activities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may not be terminated for Cause unless and until there has been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with the Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive were guilty of the conduct set forth above in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this definition and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
 
6. Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following on or after December 18, 2000:

(a) the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer, directly or indirectly, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Corporation, in one transaction or in a series of related transactions, to any Person;

(b) the approval by the shareholders of the Parent Corporation of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Parent Corporation;

(c) any Person, other than a “bona fide underwriter,” becomes, after the date of this Agreement, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of (i) 20 percent or more, but not more than 50 percent, of the

 
2

 
combined voting power of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors, unless the transaction resulting in such ownership has been approved in advance by the “continuity directors” or (ii) more than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors (regardless of any approval by the continuity directors);

(d) a merger or consolidation to which the Parent Corporation is a party if the shareholders of the Parent Corporation immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation have, solely on account of ownership of securities of the Parent Corporation at such time, “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) immediately following the effective date of such merger or consolidation of securities of the surviving corporation representing (i) 50 percent or more, but not more than 80 percent, of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation’s then outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors, unless such merger or consolidation has been approved in advance by the continuity directors, or (ii) less than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation’s then outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors (regardless of any approval by the continuity directors); or

(e) the continuity directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board.
 
For purposes of the definition of a Change in Control, a “continuity director” means any individual who is a member of the Board on the date of the Agreement, while he or she is a member of the Board, and any individual who subsequently becomes a member of the Board whose election or nomination for election by the Parent Corporation’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors who are continuity directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Parent Corporation in which such individual is named as a nominee for director without objection to such nomination). For example, if a majority of the seven individuals constituting the Board on December 18, 2000, approved a proxy statement in which two different individuals were nominated to replace two of the individuals who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000, the two newly elected directors would join the five remaining directors who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000 as continuity directors. Similarly, if a majority of those seven directors approved a proxy statement in which three different individuals were nominated to replace three other directors who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000, the three newly elected directors would also become, along with the other four directors, continuity directors. Individuals subsequently joining the Board could become continuity directors under the principles reflected in this example. For purposes of the definition of a Change in Control, a “bona fide underwriter” means a Person engaged in business as an underwriter of securities that acquires securities of the Parent Corporation through such Person’s participation in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of 40 days after the date of such acquisition.
 
7. Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Code includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.


 
3

 
8. Company” means the Parent Corporation, any Successor and any Affiliate.

9. Date of Termination” following a Change in Control (or prior to a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control) means:

(a) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Executive, the date specified in the Notice of Termination which in no event may be a date more than 15 days after the date on which Notice of Termination is given unless the Company agrees in writing to a later date;

(b) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Company for Cause, the date specified in the Notice of Termination;

(c) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death, the date of the Executive’s death; or

(d) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Company for any reason other than Cause or the Executive’s death, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, which in no event may be a date earlier than 15 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, unless the Executive expressly agrees in writing to an earlier date.
 
In the case of termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment for Cause, if the Executive has not previously expressly agreed in writing to the termination, then within the 30-day period after the Executive’s receipt of the Notice of Termination, the Executive may notify the Company that a dispute exists concerning the termination, in which event the Date of Termination will be the date set either by mutual written agreement of the parties or by the judge or arbitrators in a proceeding as provided in Section 5(g) of the Agreement. During the pendency of any such dispute, the Executive will continue to make the Executive available to provide services to the Company and the Company will continue to pay the Executive the Executive’s full compensation and benefits in effect immediately prior to the date on which the Notice of Termination is given (without regard to any changes to such compensation or benefits that constitute Good Reason) and until the dispute is resolved in accordance with Section 5(g) of the Agreement. The Executive will be entitled to retain the full amount of any such compensation and benefits without regard to the resolution of the dispute unless the judge or arbitrators decide(s) that the Executive’s claim of a dispute was frivolous or advanced by the Executive in bad faith.
 
10. Eligible Earnings” means the sum of (i) the average of the Executive’s Base Pay for the last five years of the Company ending on or before the Date of Termination, or if the Executive was employed by the Company for fewer than five years, for the number of years for which the Executive was employed plus (ii) the average of any incentive compensation paid by the Company to the Executive for the last five years of the Company ending on or before the Date of Termination, or if the Executive was eligible to receive such incentive compensation for fewer than five years, for the number of years for which the Executive was eligible. If the Executive’s Base Pay or incentive compensation for a year relates to a period of less than 12

 
4

 
months, the amount of the Base Pay or incentive compensation will be annualized in determining the Executive’s Eligible Earnings.

11. ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of ERISA includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

12. Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Exchange Act or to any rule or regulation thereunder includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

13. Good Reason” means:

(a) a change in the Executive’s title(s), status, position(s), authority, duties or responsibilities as an executive of the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control which, in the Executive’s reasonable judgment, is material and adverse (other than, if applicable, any such change directly attributable to the fact that the Parent Corporation is no longer publicly owned); provided, however, that Good Reason does not include such a change that is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice of such change is given by the Executive;

(b) a reduction by the Company in the Executive’s Base Pay, or an adverse change in the form or timing of the payment thereof, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or as thereafter increased;

(c) the failure by the Company to cover the Executive under Benefit Plans that, in the aggregate, provide substantially similar benefits to the Executive and/or the Executive’s family and dependents at a substantially similar total cost to the Executive (e.g., premiums, deductibles, co-pays, out of pocket maximums, required contributions and the like) relative to the benefits and total costs under the Benefit Plans in which the Executive (and/or the Executive’s family or dependents) were participating at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control;

(d) the Company’s requiring the Executive to be based more than 30 miles from where the Executive’s office is located immediately prior to the Change in Control, except for required travel on the Company’s business, and then only to the extent substantially consistent with the business travel obligations which the Executive undertook on behalf of the Company during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control (without regard to travel related to or in anticipation of the Change in Control);

(e) the failure by the Company to obtain from any Successor the assent to this Agreement contemplated by Section 5(a) of the Agreement;

(f) any purported termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment that is not properly effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination and

 
5

 
pursuant to any other requirements of this Agreement, and, for purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination will be effective; or

(g) any refusal by the Company to continue to allow the Executive to attend to matters or engage in activities not directly related to the business of the Company which, at any time prior to the Change in Control, the Executive were not expressly prohibited in writing by the Board from attending to or engaging in.
 
The Executive’s continued employment does not constitute consent to, or waiver of any rights arising in connection with, any circumstances constituting Good Reason. The Executive’s termination of employment for Good Reason as defined above will constitute Good Reason for all purposes of the Agreement notwithstanding that the Executive may also thereby be deemed to have retired under any applicable benefit plan, policy or practice of the Company.
 
14. Notice of Termination” means a written notice given on or after the date of a Change in Control (unless the Executive’s termination before the date of the Change in Control was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control in which case the written notice may be given before the date of the Change in Control) which indicates the specific termination provision in the Agreement pursuant to which the notice is given. Any purported termination by the Company or by the Executive on or after the date of a Change in Control (or before the date of a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control) must be communicated by written Notice of Termination to be effective; provided, that the Executive’s failure to provide Notice of Termination will not limit any of the Executive’s rights under the Agreement except to the extent the Company demonstrates that it suffered material actual damages by reason of such failure.

15. Other Arrangement” is any Benefit Plan or other plan, policy or practice of the Company or any other agreement between the Executive and the Company, other than this Agreement.

16. Parent Corporation” means Analysts International Corporation and any Successor.

17. Person” means any individual, corporation partnership, group, association or other person,” as such term is used in Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than the Parent Corporation, any Affiliate or any benefit plan(s) sponsored by the Parent Corporation or an Affiliate.
 
18. “Successor” means any Person that succeeds to, or has the practical ability to control (either immediately or solely with the passage of time), the Parent Corporation’s business directly, by merger, consolidation or other form of business combination, or indirectly, by purchase of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at the election of directors or all or substantially all of its assets or otherwise.


 
AMENDMENT

This Amendment (hereinafter “Amendment”), effective as of March 15, 2005, to that certain agreement dated December 18, 2000, (hereinafter “Agreement”) is made between Analysts International Corporation, a Minnesota corporation located at 3601 West 76th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55435-0898 (the “Company”) and  Paulette Quist   (the “Executive”).
 
1.  
Paragraph 10 of Exhibit A to the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced as follows:
 
10. Eligible Earnings” means the sum of (i) the Executive’s Base Pay plus (ii) the Executive’s Targeted Incentive.
 
2.  
Paragraph 19 is hereby added to Exhibit A of the Agreement:

19. Targeted Incentive” means, for purposes of this Agreement, the applicable percentage of the Executive’s Base Pay targeted as incentive compensation, if any, for the fiscal year in which a Change in Control Termination occurs.
 

 
The Company and the Executive have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.
 

ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
   
By:
Paulette Quist
Its:
Senior Vice President
   
 
Agreed to as of this        day of March, 2005
   
 
   
 

EX-10.FF 15 exhibit10-ff.htm WALTER MICHELS CIC AGREEMENT Walter Michels CIC Agreement

 
EXHIBIT 10-ff
 
AGREEMENT
 
This Agreement (this “Agreement”), effective as of March 15, 2005, is between Analysts International Corporation, a Minnesota corporation located at 3601 West 76th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55435-0898 (the “Company”) and Walter Michels (the “Executive”).
 
A. The Executive is currently employed as the Company’s Controller.
 
B. The Board considers the establishment and maintenance of a sound and vital management to be essential to protecting and enhancing the best interests of the Company and its shareholders, and in this connection recognizes that the possibility of a Change in Control may raise uncertainty and questions among management which may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders.
 
C. The Company currently has in place various arrangements with certain categories of executives that provide certain economic benefits to those executives in the event of a Change in Control.
 
D. The Board has put these arrangements in place to minimize the risk that Company executive management will depart prior to a Change in Control, thereby leaving the Company without adequate executive management personnel during such a critical period, and to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company’s executive management to their assigned duties without distraction in circumstances arising from the possibility of a Change in Control.
 
E. The Board has recognized that continuance of an executive’s position with the Company involves a substantial commitment to the Company in terms of the executive’s personal life and professional career and the possibility of foregoing present and future career opportunities, for which the Company receives substantial benefits.
 
F. The Board believes that it is necessary and appropriate to harmonize the various currently outstanding arrangements that provide economic benefits to executives in the event of a Change in Control, update and revise these arrangements to include additional provisions consistent with arrangements of this type and to enter into such arrangements with executives who currently are not party to such arrangements but who are at a level of responsibility or position similar to the Company executives who are party to such arrangements.
 
G. To induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company, this Agreement, which has been approved by the Board, sets forth the benefits that the Company agrees will be provided to the Executive in the event the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated in connection with a Change in Control under the circumstances described below.
 
H. Certain capitalized terms that are used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit A, which is an integral part of this Agreement.
 

 

 
Accordingly, the Company and Employee each intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
 
1. Term of Agreement. This Agreement is effective immediately and will have an initial term ending on December 31, 2005. After this initial term, this Agreement will automatically continue for consecutive one-year terms (“Renewal Periods”) unless and until the Company or the Executive has given notice to the other at least 90 calendar days prior to the commencement of the next Renewal Period that this Agreement will not be extended past such next Renewal Period. For example, if the Company notifies the Executive on September 1, 2005 of its intent not to renew this Agreement, the term of this Agreement will end at the end of the next Renewal Period, which will be on December 31, 2006. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, if a Change in Control has occurred during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement will continue in effect beyond the termination date then in effect for a period of 36 months following the month during which the Change in Control occurs or, if later, until the date on which the Company’s obligations to the Executive arising under or in connection with this Agreement have been satisfied in full.

2. Benefits upon a Change in Control Termination. The Executive will become entitled to the benefits described in this Section 2 if and only if (i) the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason within the period beginning on the first day of the 11th month that begins after the month during which the Change in Control occurs and ending on the last day of such month or (ii) (x) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for any reason other than the Executive’s death or Cause, or the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for Good Reason, and (y) the termination occurs either within the period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and ending on the last day of the 36th month that begins after the month during which the Change in Control occurs or prior to a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of a Person related to the Change in Control.

(a) Cash Payment. Not more than 10 days following the Date of Termination, or, if later, not more than 10 days following the date of the Change in Control, the Company will make a lump-sum cash payment to the Executive in an amount equal to (i) 2.99 times the Executive’s Eligible Earnings, less (ii) any incentive compensation payments made to the Executive for the year ending after the Executive’s Date of Termination.

(b) Special Executive Retirement Plan. The termination of the Executive’s employment will be deemed a “separation from service” pursuant to Section 5 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan and the Company will pay the applicable monthly benefit to the Executive pursuant to Section 4 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan. The Company will provide for payment of the benefit pursuant to this Section 2(b) and Section 4 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan through a trust. The trust must (1) be a grantor trust with respect to which the Company is treated as the grantor, (2) not cause benefits under this Section 2(b) to be funded for federal income tax purposes or for purposes of ERISA, and (3) provide that trust assets will, upon the Company’s insolvency, be used to satisfy the

 
2

 
claims of the Company’s general creditors. Neither the Executive nor the Executive’s surviving spouse will have any interest in the assets of the trust.

(c) Group Health and Dental Plans. During the continuation period (as defined below), the Company will maintain a group health and dental plan(s) which by its terms covers the Executive (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control) under the same terms and at the same cost to the Executive and the Executive’s family members and dependents as similarly situated individuals who continue to be employed by the Company (without regard to any reduction in such benefits that constitutes Good Reason). The “continuation period” is the period beginning on the Executive’s Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the 18th month that begins after the Executive’s Date of Termination or (ii) the date after the Executive’s Date of Termination on which the Executive first becomes eligible to participate as an employee in a plan of another employer providing group health and dental benefits to the Executive and the Executive’s eligible family members and dependents which plan does not contain any exclusion or limitation with respect to any pre-existing condition of the Executive or any eligible family member or dependent who would otherwise be covered under the Company’s plan but for this clause (ii). To the extent the Executive incurs a tax liability (including federal, state and local taxes and any interest and penalties with respect thereto) in connection with a benefit provided pursuant to this Section 2(c) which the Executive would not have incurred had the Executive been an active employee of the Company participating in the Company’s group health and dental plan, the Company will make a payment to the Executive in an amount equal to such tax liability plus an additional amount sufficient to permit the Executive to retain a net amount after all taxes (including penalties and interest) equal to the initial tax liability in connection with the benefit. For purposes of applying the foregoing, the Executive’s tax rate will be deemed to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal tax rate (on a combined basis) then in effect. The payment pursuant to this Section 2(c) will be made within 10 days after the Executive’s remittal of a written request for payment accompanied by a statement indicating the basis for and amount of the liability.

(d) Other Welfare Benefits. During the period beginning on the Executive’s Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the eighteenth (18th) month that begins after the Executive’s Date of Termination, or (ii) the date after the Executive’s Date of Termination on which the Executive first becomes eligible to participate as an employee in a plan of another employer providing substantially similar welfare benefits to the Executive in the aggregate (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control), the Company will provide, or arrange to provide, to the extent such policies or coverages can be obtained on commercial reasonable terms, the same or

 
3

 
equivalent accidental death and dismemberment, short and long-term disability, life insurance coverages, and all other insurance policies and health and welfare benefits (other than benefits pursuant to any cafeteria plan maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 125 of the Code) to the Executive (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control) under the same terms and at the same cost to the Executive and the Executive’s family members and dependents as similarly situated individuals who continue to be employed by the Company (without regard to any reduction in such benefits that constitutes Good Reason). To the extent the Executive incurs a tax liability (including federal, state and local taxes and any interest and penalties with respect thereto) in connection with a benefit provided pursuant to this Section 2(d) which the Executive would not have incurred had the Executive been an active employee of the Company participating in the Company’s welfare benefit plans, the Company will make a payment to the Executive in an amount equal to such tax liability plus an additional amount sufficient to permit the Executive to retain a net amount after all taxes (including penalties and interest) equal to the initial tax liability in connection with the benefit. For purposes of applying the foregoing, the Executive’s tax rate will be deemed to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal tax rate (on a combined basis) then in effect. The payment pursuant to this Section 2(d) will be made within 10 days after the Executive’s remittal of a written request for payment accompanied by a statement indicating the basis for and amount of the liability.

(e) Termination of Non-Competition Agreements. All non-competition agreements (or non-competition provisions within other agreements) restricting the activities of the Executive after the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company will be null and void and of no further force and effect.

 
If, on or after the date of a Change in Control, an Affiliate is sold, merged, transferred or in any other manner or for any other reason ceases to be an Affiliate or all or any portion of the business or assets of an Affiliate are sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of and the acquiror is not the Parent Corporation or an Affiliate (a “Disposition”), and the Executive remains or becomes employed by the acquiror or an “affiliate” of the acquiror (as defined in this Agreement but substituting “acquiror” for “Parent Corporation”) in connection with the Disposition, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated employment on the effective date of the Disposition for purposes of this Section 2 and will be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 2 unless (x) the acquiror and its affiliates jointly and severally expressly assume and agree, in a manner that is enforceable by the Executive, to perform the obligations of this Agreement to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if the Disposition had not occurred and (y) the Successor guarantees, in a manner that is enforceable by the Executive, payment and performance by the acquiror.
 

 
4

 
3. Gross-Up Payments.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it will be determined that any payments or distributions by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any payments required under this Section 3) (collectively, the “Payments”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then the Executive will be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that, after payment by the Executive of all taxes (and any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including any income taxes and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 3(d), all determinations required to be made under this Section 3, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be used in arriving at such determination, must be made by the Company’s external auditors (the “Accounting Firm”), which must provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, the Executive must appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm will then be referred to as the “Accounting Firm” hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm must be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 3, must be paid by the Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm will be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(c) As a result of uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which should have been made by the Company will not have been made (“Underpayment”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 3(d) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any additional Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm must determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment must be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

(d) The Executive must notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of any Gross-Up Payment. Such notification must be given as soon as practicable but no later than 10 business days after the Executive knows of

 
5

 
such claim and must apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive must not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive must:

(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim;

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company will reasonably request in writing from time to time, including accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company;

(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim; and

(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company will bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(d), the Company will control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company will determine; provided further, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company will advance the amount of such payment to the Executive on an interest-free basis and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and provided further that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest will be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive will be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.


 
6

 
(e) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 3(d), the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive must (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of Section 3(d)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 3(d), a determination is made that the Executive will not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of thirty days after such determination, then such advance will be forgiven and will not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance will offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

4. Indemnification. Following a Change in Control, the Company will indemnify and advance expenses to the Executive for damages, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, judgments, fines, penalties, settlements and reasonable fees and expenses of the Executive’s counsel) incurred in connection with all matters, events and transactions relating to the Executive’s service to or status with the Company or any other corporation, employee benefit plan or other Person for which the Executive served at the request of the Company to the extent that the Company would have been required to do so under applicable law, corporate articles, bylaws or agreements or instruments of any nature with or covering the Executive, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control and to any further extent as may be determined or agreed upon following the Change in Control.

5. Miscellaneous.

(a) Successors. The Parent Corporation must seek to have any Successor, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, assent to the fulfillment by the Company of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. Failure of the Parent Corporation to obtain such assent at least three business days prior to the time a Person becomes a Successor (or where the Parent Corporation does not have at least three business days’ advance notice that a Person may become a Successor, within one business day after having notice that such Person may become or has become a Successor) will constitute Good Reason for termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment. The date on which any such succession becomes effective will be deemed the Date of Termination, and Notice of Termination will be deemed to have been given on that date. A Successor has no rights, authority or power with respect to this Agreement prior to a Change in Control.

(b) Binding Agreement. This Agreement inures to the benefit of, and is enforceable by, the Executive, the Executive’s personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive dies while any amount would still be payable to the Executive under this Agreement if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, will be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

 
7

 
(c) No Mitigation. The Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any benefits the Company becomes obligated to provide to the Executive in connection with this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. The benefits to be provided to the Executive in connection with this Agreement may not be reduced, offset or subject to recovery by the Company by any benefits the Executive may receive from other employment or otherwise.

(d) No Setoff. The Company has no right to setoff benefits owed to the Executive under this Agreement against amounts owed or claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise.

(e) Taxes. All benefits to be provided to the Executive in connection with this Agreement will be subject to required withholding of federal, state and local income, excise and employment-related taxes. The Company’s good faith determination with respect to its obligation to withhold such taxes relieves it of any obligation that such amounts should have been paid to the Executive.

(f) Notices. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in, or required under, this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed to each party’s respective address set forth on the first page of this Agreement (provided that all notices to the Company must be directed to the attention of the chair of the Board), or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with these provisions, except that notice of change of address will be effective only upon receipt.

(g) Disputes. If the Executive so elects, any dispute, controversy or claim arising under or in connection with this Agreement will be settled exclusively by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in Minneapolis, Minnesota in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect; provided that the Executive may seek specific performance of the Executive’s right to receive benefits until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction. If any dispute, controversy or claim for damages arising under or in connection with this Agreement is settled by arbitration, the Company will pay, or if elected by the Executive, reimburse, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Executive related to such arbitration unless the arbitrators decide that the Executive’s claim was frivolous or advanced by the Executive in bad faith. If the Executive does not elect arbitration, the Executive may pursue all available legal remedies. The Company will pay, or if elected by the Executive, reimburse the Executive for, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with any actual, threatened or contemplated litigation relating to this Agreement to which the Executive is or reasonably expects to become a party, whether or not initiated by the Executive, if the Executive is successful in recovering any benefit under this Agreement as a result of such action. The parties agree that any litigation arising under or in connection with this Agreement must

 
8

 
be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Minnesota, and hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of said courts for this purpose and agree not to assert that such courts are an inconvenient forum. The Company will not assert in any dispute or controversy with the Executive arising under or in connection with this Agreement the Executive’s failure to exhaust administrative remedies.

(h) Effect of Plan Benefits on Other Severance Plans. In the event the Executive receives any payment under the terms of this Agreement, the Executive will not be eligible to receive benefits under any other severance pay plan sponsored or maintained by the Company, including without limitation the Analysts International, Inc. Executive Change in Control Severance Pay Plan and the Analysts International, Inc. Change in Control Severance Pay Plan.

(i) Other Arrangements. This Agreement, including Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated as an integral part of this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and no agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter to this Agreement have been made by any party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. To the extent that any provision of any Other Arrangement limits, qualifies or is inconsistent with any provision of this Agreement, then for purposes of this Agreement, while such Other Arrangement remains in force, the provision of this Agreement will control and such provision of such Other Arrangement will be deemed to have been superseded, and to be of no force or effect, as if such Other Arrangement had been formally amended to the extent necessary to accomplish such purpose. Nothing in this Agreement prevents or limits the Executive’s continuing or future participation in any Other Arrangement for which the Executive may qualify, and nothing in this Agreement limits or otherwise affects the rights the Executive may have under any Other Arrangement. Amounts that are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any Other Arrangement at or subsequent to the Date of Termination will be payable in accordance with such Other Arrangement.

(j) No Employment or Service Contract. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to provide the Executive with any right to continue in the employ of the Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the Executive’s rights or the rights of the Company.

(k) Payment; Assignment. Benefits payable under this Agreement will be paid only from the general assets of the Company. No person has any right to or interest in any specific assets of the Company by reason of this Agreement. To the extent benefits under this Agreement are not paid when due to any individual, he or she is a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to any amounts due. Benefits payable pursuant to this Agreement and the right to receive future benefits may not be anticipated, alienated, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered or subject to any charge.

 
9

 
(l) Late Payments. Benefits not paid under this Agreement when due will accrue interest at the rate of 18% per year or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law.

(m) Survival. The respective obligations of, and benefits afforded to, the Company and the Executive which by their express terms or clear intent survive termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or termination of this Agreement, as the case may be, will survive termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or termination of this Agreement, as the case may be, and will remain in full force and effect according to their terms.

(n) Amendments; Waivers. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in a writing signed by the Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Parent Corporation. No waiver by any party to this Agreement at any time of any breach by another party to this Agreement of, or of compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such party will be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

(o) Governing Law. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties as to all matters, including, without limitation, matters of validity, interpretation, construction, performance and remedies, will be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Minnesota (without regard to the conflict of laws principles of any jurisdiction).

(p) Further Assurances. The parties to this Agreement agree to perform, or cause to be performed, such further acts and deeds and to execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional or supplemental documents or instruments as may be reasonably required by the other party to carry into effect the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

(q) Interpretation. The invalidity or unenforceability of all or any part of any provision of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of such provision or of any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

(r) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
 

 
10

 
The Company and the Executive have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 
ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
   
By:
 Walter Michels
   
   
Agreed to as of this 17th day of March, 2005
   
 /s/ Walter Michels
 

11


Exhibit A
DEFINITIONS
 
For purposes of the Agreement, the following terms will have the meaning set forth below in this Exhibit A unless the context clearly requires otherwise. Terms defined elsewhere in the Agreement will have the same meaning throughout the Agreement.
 
1. Affiliate” means (i) any corporation at least a majority of whose outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors is owned directly or indirectly by the Parent Corporation or (ii) any other form of business entity in which the Parent Corporation, by virtue of a direct or indirect ownership interest, has the right to elect a majority of the members of such entity’s governing body.

2. Base Pay” means the Executive’s annual base salary from the Company at the rate in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control or at the time Notice of Termination is given, whichever is greater. Base Pay includes only regular cash salary (plus the amount of any automobile allowance paid to the Executive or any automobile lease payments made by the Company on behalf of the Executive) and is determined before any reduction for deferrals pursuant to any nonqualified deferred compensation plan or arrangement, qualified cash or deferred arrangement or cafeteria plan.

3. Benefit Plan” means any

(a) employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA;

(b) cafeteria plan described in Code Section 125;

(c) plan, policy or practice providing for paid vacation, other paid time off or short-or long-term profit sharing, bonus or incentive payments or perquisites; or

(d) stock option, stock purchase, restricted stock, phantom stock, stock appreciation right or other equity-based compensation plan with respect to the securities of any Affiliate

 
that is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Company for the benefit of employees (and/or their families and dependents) generally or the Executive in particular (and/or the Executive’s family and dependents).
 
4. Board” means the board of directors of the Parent Corporation duly qualified and acting at the time in question. On and after the date of a Change in Control, any duty of the Board in connection with this Agreement is nondelegable and any attempt by the Board to delegate any such duty is ineffective.

5. Cause” means:

(a) the Executive’s gross misconduct that is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company;


 

 
(b) the Executive’s willful and continued failure to perform substantially the Executive’s duties with the Company (other than any such failure (1) resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to bodily injury or physical or mental illness or (2) relating to changes in the Executive’s duties after a Change in Control that constitute Good Reason) after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the chair of the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which the Executive have not substantially performed the Executive’s duties and provides for a reasonable period of time within which the Executive may take corrective actions; or

(c) the Executive’s conviction (including a plea of nolo contendere) of willfully engaging in illegal conduct constituting a felony or gross misdemeanor under federal or state law which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or which impairs the Executive’s ability to perform substantially the Executive’s duties for the Company.

 
An act or failure to act will be considered “gross or willful” for this purpose only if done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that it was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board (or a committee thereof) or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company will be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. It is also expressly understood that the Executive’s attention to matters not directly related to the business of the Company will not provide a basis for termination for Cause so long as the Board did not expressly disapprove in writing of the Executive’s engagement in such activities either before or within a reasonable period of time after the Board knew or could reasonably have known that the Executive engaged in those activities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may not be terminated for Cause unless and until there has been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with the Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive were guilty of the conduct set forth above in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this definition and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
 
6. Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following on or after December 18, 2000:

(a) the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer, directly or indirectly, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Corporation, in one transaction or in a series of related transactions, to any Person;

(b) the approval by the shareholders of the Parent Corporation of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Parent Corporation;

(c) any Person, other than a “bona fide underwriter,” becomes, after the date of this Agreement, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of (i) 20 percent or more, but not more than 50 percent, of the

 
2

 
combined voting power of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors, unless the transaction resulting in such ownership has been approved in advance by the “continuity directors” or (ii) more than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors (regardless of any approval by the continuity directors);

(d) a merger or consolidation to which the Parent Corporation is a party if the shareholders of the Parent Corporation immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation have, solely on account of ownership of securities of the Parent Corporation at such time, “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) immediately following the effective date of such merger or consolidation of securities of the surviving corporation representing (i) 50 percent or more, but not more than 80 percent, of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation’s then outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors, unless such merger or consolidation has been approved in advance by the continuity directors, or (ii) less than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation’s then outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors (regardless of any approval by the continuity directors); or

(e) the continuity directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board.

 
For purposes of the definition of a Change in Control, a “continuity director” means any individual who is a member of the Board on the date of the Agreement, while he or she is a member of the Board, and any individual who subsequently becomes a member of the Board whose election or nomination for election by the Parent Corporation’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors who are continuity directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Parent Corporation in which such individual is named as a nominee for director without objection to such nomination). For example, if a majority of the seven individuals constituting the Board on December 18, 2000, approved a proxy statement in which two different individuals were nominated to replace two of the individuals who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000, the two newly elected directors would join the five remaining directors who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000 as continuity directors. Similarly, if a majority of those seven directors approved a proxy statement in which three different individuals were nominated to replace three other directors who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000, the three newly elected directors would also become, along with the other four directors, continuity directors. Individuals subsequently joining the Board could become continuity directors under the principles reflected in this example. For purposes of the definition of a Change in Control, a “bona fide underwriter” means a Person engaged in business as an underwriter of securities that acquires securities of the Parent Corporation through such Person’s participation in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of 40 days after the date of such acquisition.
 

7. Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Code includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

 
3

 
8. Company” means the Parent Corporation, any Successor and any Affiliate.

9. Date of Termination” following a Change in Control (or prior to a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control) means:

(a) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Executive, the date specified in the Notice of Termination which in no event may be a date more than 15 days after the date on which Notice of Termination is given unless the Company agrees in writing to a later date;

(b) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Company for Cause, the date specified in the Notice of Termination;

(c) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death, the date of the Executive’s death; or

(d) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Company for any reason other than Cause or the Executive’s death, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, which in no event may be a date earlier than 15 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, unless the Executive expressly agrees in writing to an earlier date.

 
In the case of termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment for Cause, if the Executive has not previously expressly agreed in writing to the termination, then within the 30-day period after the Executive’s receipt of the Notice of Termination, the Executive may notify the Company that a dispute exists concerning the termination, in which event the Date of Termination will be the date set either by mutual written agreement of the parties or by the judge or arbitrators in a proceeding as provided in Section 5(g) of the Agreement. During the pendency of any such dispute, the Executive will continue to make the Executive available to provide services to the Company and the Company will continue to pay the Executive the Executive’s full compensation and benefits in effect immediately prior to the date on which the Notice of Termination is given (without regard to any changes to such compensation or benefits that constitute Good Reason) and until the dispute is resolved in accordance with Section 5(g) of the Agreement. The Executive will be entitled to retain the full amount of any such compensation and benefits without regard to the resolution of the dispute unless the judge or arbitrators decide(s) that the Executive’s claim of a dispute was frivolous or advanced by the Executive in bad faith.
 
10. Eligible Earnings” means the sum of (i) the Executive’s Base Pay plus (ii) Targeted Incentive.

11. ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of ERISA includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

12. Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Exchange Act or to any rule or regulation thereunder

 
4

 
includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

13. Good Reason” means:

(a) a change in the Executive’s title(s), status, position(s), authority, duties or responsibilities as an executive of the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control which, in the Executive’s reasonable judgment, is material and adverse (other than, if applicable, any such change directly attributable to the fact that the Parent Corporation is no longer publicly owned); provided, however, that Good Reason does not include such a change that is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice of such change is given by the Executive;

(b) a reduction by the Company in the Executive’s Base Pay, or an adverse change in the form or timing of the payment thereof, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or as thereafter increased;

(c) the failure by the Company to cover the Executive under Benefit Plans that, in the aggregate, provide substantially similar benefits to the Executive and/or the Executive’s family and dependents at a substantially similar total cost to the Executive (e.g., premiums, deductibles, co-pays, out of pocket maximums, required contributions and the like) relative to the benefits and total costs under the Benefit Plans in which the Executive (and/or the Executive’s family or dependents) were participating at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control;

(d) the Company’s requiring the Executive to be based more than 30 miles from where the Executive’s office is located immediately prior to the Change in Control, except for required travel on the Company’s business, and then only to the extent substantially consistent with the business travel obligations which the Executive undertook on behalf of the Company during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control (without regard to travel related to or in anticipation of the Change in Control);

(e) the failure by the Company to obtain from any Successor the assent to this Agreement contemplated by Section 5(a) of the Agreement;

(f) any purported termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment that is not properly effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination and pursuant to any other requirements of this Agreement, and, for purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination will be effective; or

(g) any refusal by the Company to continue to allow the Executive to attend to matters or engage in activities not directly related to the business of the Company which, at any time prior to the Change in Control, the Executive were not expressly prohibited in writing by the Board from attending to or engaging in.

 
The Executive’s continued employment does not constitute consent to, or waiver of any rights arising in connection with, any circumstances constituting Good Reason. The Executive’s
 

 
5

 
termination of employment for Good Reason as defined above will constitute Good Reason for all purposes of the Agreement notwithstanding that the Executive may also thereby be deemed to have retired under any applicable benefit plan, policy or practice of the Company.
 
14. Notice of Termination” means a written notice given on or after the date of a Change in Control (unless the Executive’s termination before the date of the Change in Control was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control in which case the written notice may be given before the date of the Change in Control) which indicates the specific termination provision in the Agreement pursuant to which the notice is given. Any purported termination by the Company or by the Executive on or after the date of a Change in Control (or before the date of a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control) must be communicated by written Notice of Termination to be effective; provided, that the Executive’s failure to provide Notice of Termination will not limit any of the Executive’s rights under the Agreement except to the extent the Company demonstrates that it suffered material actual damages by reason of such failure.

15. Other Arrangement” is any Benefit Plan or other plan, policy or practice of the Company or any other agreement between the Executive and the Company, other than this Agreement.

16. Parent Corporation” means Analysts International Corporation and any Successor.

17. Person” means any individual, corporation partnership, group, association or other person,” as such term is used in Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than the Parent Corporation, any Affiliate or any benefit plan(s) sponsored by the Parent Corporation or an Affiliate.

18.  Successor” means any Person that succeeds to, or has the practical ability to control (either immediately or solely with the passage of time), the Parent Corporation’s business directly, by merger, consolidation or other form of business combination, or indirectly, by purchase of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at the election of directors or all or substantially all of its assets or otherwise.

19. Targeted Incentive” means, for purposes of this Agreement, the applicable percentage of the Executive’s Base Pay targeted as incentive compensation, if any, for the fiscal year in which a Change in Control Termination occurs.
 

6

EX-10.GG 16 exhibit10-gg.htm DAVID JENKINS CIC AGREEMENT David Jenkins CIC Agreement

 
EXHIBIT 10-gg
 
AGREEMENT
 
This Agreement (this “Agreement”), effective as of March 15, 2005, is between Analysts International Corporation, a Minnesota corporation located at 3601 West 76th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55435-0898 (the “Company”) and David Jenkins (the “Executive”).
 
A. The Executive is currently employed as the Company’s Chief Information Officer.
 
B. The Board considers the establishment and maintenance of a sound and vital management to be essential to protecting and enhancing the best interests of the Company and its shareholders, and in this connection recognizes that the possibility of a Change in Control may raise uncertainty and questions among management which may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders.
 
C. The Company currently has in place various arrangements with certain categories of executives that provide certain economic benefits to those executives in the event of a Change in Control.
 
D. The Board has put these arrangements in place to minimize the risk that Company executive management will depart prior to a Change in Control, thereby leaving the Company without adequate executive management personnel during such a critical period, and to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company’s executive management to their assigned duties without distraction in circumstances arising from the possibility of a Change in Control.
 
E. The Board has recognized that continuance of an executive’s position with the Company involves a substantial commitment to the Company in terms of the executive’s personal life and professional career and the possibility of foregoing present and future career opportunities, for which the Company receives substantial benefits.
 
F. The Board believes that it is necessary and appropriate to harmonize the various currently outstanding arrangements that provide economic benefits to executives in the event of a Change in Control, update and revise these arrangements to include additional provisions consistent with arrangements of this type and to enter into such arrangements with executives who currently are not party to such arrangements but who are at a level of responsibility or position similar to the Company executives who are party to such arrangements.
 
G. To induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company, this Agreement, which has been approved by the Board, sets forth the benefits that the Company agrees will be provided to the Executive in the event the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated in connection with a Change in Control under the circumstances described below.
 
H. Certain capitalized terms that are used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit A, which is an integral part of this Agreement.
 

 

 
Accordingly, the Company and Employee each intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
 
1. Term of Agreement. This Agreement is effective immediately and will have an initial term ending on December 31, 2005. After this initial term, this Agreement will automatically continue for consecutive one-year terms (“Renewal Periods”) unless and until the Company or the Executive has given notice to the other at least 90 calendar days prior to the commencement of the next Renewal Period that this Agreement will not be extended past such next Renewal Period. For example, if the Company notifies the Executive on September 1, 2005 of its intent not to renew this Agreement, the term of this Agreement will end at the end of the next Renewal Period, which will be on December 31, 2006. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, if a Change in Control has occurred during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement will continue in effect beyond the termination date then in effect for a period of 36 months following the month during which the Change in Control occurs or, if later, until the date on which the Company’s obligations to the Executive arising under or in connection with this Agreement have been satisfied in full.

2. Benefits upon a Change in Control Termination. The Executive will become entitled to the benefits described in this Section 2 if and only if (i) the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason within the period beginning on the first day of the 11th month that begins after the month during which the Change in Control occurs and ending on the last day of such month or (ii) (x) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for any reason other than the Executive’s death or Cause, or the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for Good Reason, and (y) the termination occurs either within the period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and ending on the last day of the 36th month that begins after the month during which the Change in Control occurs or prior to a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of a Person related to the Change in Control.

(a) Cash Payment. Not more than 10 days following the Date of Termination, or, if later, not more than 10 days following the date of the Change in Control, the Company will make a lump-sum cash payment to the Executive in an amount equal to (i) 2.99 times the Executive’s Eligible Earnings, less (ii) any incentive compensation payments made to the Executive for the year ending after the Executive’s Date of Termination.

(b) Special Executive Retirement Plan. The termination of the Executive’s employment will be deemed a “separation from service” pursuant to Section 5 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan and the Company will pay the applicable monthly benefit to the Executive pursuant to Section 4 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan. The Company will provide for payment of the benefit pursuant to this Section 2(b) and Section 4 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan through a trust. The trust must (1) be a grantor trust with respect to which the Company is treated as the grantor, (2) not cause benefits under this Section 2(b) to be funded for federal income tax purposes or for purposes of ERISA, and (3) provide that trust assets will, upon the Company’s insolvency, be used to satisfy the

 
2

 
claims of the Company’s general creditors. Neither the Executive nor the Executive’s surviving spouse will have any interest in the assets of the trust.

(c) Group Health and Dental Plans. During the continuation period (as defined below), the Company will maintain a group health and dental plan(s) which by its terms covers the Executive (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control) under the same terms and at the same cost to the Executive and the Executive’s family members and dependents as similarly situated individuals who continue to be employed by the Company (without regard to any reduction in such benefits that constitutes Good Reason). The “continuation period” is the period beginning on the Executive’s Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the 18th month that begins after the Executive’s Date of Termination or (ii) the date after the Executive’s Date of Termination on which the Executive first becomes eligible to participate as an employee in a plan of another employer providing group health and dental benefits to the Executive and the Executive’s eligible family members and dependents which plan does not contain any exclusion or limitation with respect to any pre-existing condition of the Executive or any eligible family member or dependent who would otherwise be covered under the Company’s plan but for this clause (ii). To the extent the Executive incurs a tax liability (including federal, state and local taxes and any interest and penalties with respect thereto) in connection with a benefit provided pursuant to this Section 2(c) which the Executive would not have incurred had the Executive been an active employee of the Company participating in the Company’s group health and dental plan, the Company will make a payment to the Executive in an amount equal to such tax liability plus an additional amount sufficient to permit the Executive to retain a net amount after all taxes (including penalties and interest) equal to the initial tax liability in connection with the benefit. For purposes of applying the foregoing, the Executive’s tax rate will be deemed to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal tax rate (on a combined basis) then in effect. The payment pursuant to this Section 2(c) will be made within 10 days after the Executive’s remittal of a written request for payment accompanied by a statement indicating the basis for and amount of the liability.

(d) Other Welfare Benefits. During the period beginning on the Executive’s Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the eighteenth (18th) month that begins after the Executive’s Date of Termination, or (ii) the date after the Executive’s Date of Termination on which the Executive first becomes eligible to participate as an employee in a plan of another employer providing substantially similar welfare benefits to the Executive in the aggregate (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control), the Company will provide, or arrange to provide, to the extent such policies or coverages can be obtained on commercial reasonable terms, the same or

 
3

 
equivalent accidental death and dismemberment, short and long-term disability, life insurance coverages, and all other insurance policies and health and welfare benefits (other than benefits pursuant to any cafeteria plan maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 125 of the Code) to the Executive (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control) under the same terms and at the same cost to the Executive and the Executive’s family members and dependents as similarly situated individuals who continue to be employed by the Company (without regard to any reduction in such benefits that constitutes Good Reason). To the extent the Executive incurs a tax liability (including federal, state and local taxes and any interest and penalties with respect thereto) in connection with a benefit provided pursuant to this Section 2(d) which the Executive would not have incurred had the Executive been an active employee of the Company participating in the Company’s welfare benefit plans, the Company will make a payment to the Executive in an amount equal to such tax liability plus an additional amount sufficient to permit the Executive to retain a net amount after all taxes (including penalties and interest) equal to the initial tax liability in connection with the benefit. For purposes of applying the foregoing, the Executive’s tax rate will be deemed to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal tax rate (on a combined basis) then in effect. The payment pursuant to this Section 2(d) will be made within 10 days after the Executive’s remittal of a written request for payment accompanied by a statement indicating the basis for and amount of the liability.

(e) Termination of Non-Competition Agreements. All non-competition agreements (or non-competition provisions within other agreements) restricting the activities of the Executive after the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company will be null and void and of no further force and effect.

 
If, on or after the date of a Change in Control, an Affiliate is sold, merged, transferred or in any other manner or for any other reason ceases to be an Affiliate or all or any portion of the business or assets of an Affiliate are sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of and the acquiror is not the Parent Corporation or an Affiliate (a “Disposition”), and the Executive remains or becomes employed by the acquiror or an “affiliate” of the acquiror (as defined in this Agreement but substituting “acquiror” for “Parent Corporation”) in connection with the Disposition, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated employment on the effective date of the Disposition for purposes of this Section 2 and will be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 2 unless (x) the acquiror and its affiliates jointly and severally expressly assume and agree, in a manner that is enforceable by the Executive, to perform the obligations of this Agreement to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if the Disposition had not occurred and (y) the Successor guarantees, in a manner that is enforceable by the Executive, payment and performance by the acquiror.
 

 
4

 
3. Gross-Up Payments.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it will be determined that any payments or distributions by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any payments required under this Section 3) (collectively, the “Payments”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then the Executive will be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that, after payment by the Executive of all taxes (and any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including any income taxes and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 3(d), all determinations required to be made under this Section 3, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be used in arriving at such determination, must be made by the Company’s external auditors (the “Accounting Firm”), which must provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, the Executive must appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm will then be referred to as the “Accounting Firm” hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm must be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 3, must be paid by the Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm will be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(c) As a result of uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which should have been made by the Company will not have been made (“Underpayment”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 3(d) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any additional Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm must determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment must be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

(d) The Executive must notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of any Gross-Up Payment. Such notification must be given as soon as practicable but no later than 10 business days after the Executive knows of

 
5

 
such claim and must apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive must not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive must:

(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim;

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company will reasonably request in writing from time to time, including accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company;

(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim; and

(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company will bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(d), the Company will control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company will determine; provided further, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company will advance the amount of such payment to the Executive on an interest-free basis and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and provided further that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest will be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive will be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.


 
6

 
(e) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 3(d), the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive must (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of Section 3(d)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 3(d), a determination is made that the Executive will not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of thirty days after such determination, then such advance will be forgiven and will not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance will offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

4. Indemnification. Following a Change in Control, the Company will indemnify and advance expenses to the Executive for damages, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, judgments, fines, penalties, settlements and reasonable fees and expenses of the Executive’s counsel) incurred in connection with all matters, events and transactions relating to the Executive’s service to or status with the Company or any other corporation, employee benefit plan or other Person for which the Executive served at the request of the Company to the extent that the Company would have been required to do so under applicable law, corporate articles, bylaws or agreements or instruments of any nature with or covering the Executive, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control and to any further extent as may be determined or agreed upon following the Change in Control.

5. Miscellaneous.

(a) Successors. The Parent Corporation must seek to have any Successor, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, assent to the fulfillment by the Company of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. Failure of the Parent Corporation to obtain such assent at least three business days prior to the time a Person becomes a Successor (or where the Parent Corporation does not have at least three business days’ advance notice that a Person may become a Successor, within one business day after having notice that such Person may become or has become a Successor) will constitute Good Reason for termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment. The date on which any such succession becomes effective will be deemed the Date of Termination, and Notice of Termination will be deemed to have been given on that date. A Successor has no rights, authority or power with respect to this Agreement prior to a Change in Control.

(b) Binding Agreement. This Agreement inures to the benefit of, and is enforceable by, the Executive, the Executive’s personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive dies while any amount would still be payable to the Executive under this Agreement if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, will be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

 
7

 
(c) No Mitigation. The Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any benefits the Company becomes obligated to provide to the Executive in connection with this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. The benefits to be provided to the Executive in connection with this Agreement may not be reduced, offset or subject to recovery by the Company by any benefits the Executive may receive from other employment or otherwise.

(d) No Setoff. The Company has no right to setoff benefits owed to the Executive under this Agreement against amounts owed or claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise.

(e) Taxes. All benefits to be provided to the Executive in connection with this Agreement will be subject to required withholding of federal, state and local income, excise and employment-related taxes. The Company’s good faith determination with respect to its obligation to withhold such taxes relieves it of any obligation that such amounts should have been paid to the Executive.

(f) Notices. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in, or required under, this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed to each party’s respective address set forth on the first page of this Agreement (provided that all notices to the Company must be directed to the attention of the chair of the Board), or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with these provisions, except that notice of change of address will be effective only upon receipt.

(g) Disputes. If the Executive so elects, any dispute, controversy or claim arising under or in connection with this Agreement will be settled exclusively by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in Minneapolis, Minnesota in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect; provided that the Executive may seek specific performance of the Executive’s right to receive benefits until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction. If any dispute, controversy or claim for damages arising under or in connection with this Agreement is settled by arbitration, the Company will pay, or if elected by the Executive, reimburse, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Executive related to such arbitration unless the arbitrators decide that the Executive’s claim was frivolous or advanced by the Executive in bad faith. If the Executive does not elect arbitration, the Executive may pursue all available legal remedies. The Company will pay, or if elected by the Executive, reimburse the Executive for, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with any actual, threatened or contemplated litigation relating to this Agreement to which the Executive is or reasonably expects to become a party, whether or not initiated by the Executive, if the Executive is successful in recovering any benefit under this Agreement as a result of such action. The parties agree that any litigation arising under or in connection with this Agreement must

 
8

 
be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Minnesota, and hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of said courts for this purpose and agree not to assert that such courts are an inconvenient forum. The Company will not assert in any dispute or controversy with the Executive arising under or in connection with this Agreement the Executive’s failure to exhaust administrative remedies.

(h) Effect of Plan Benefits on Other Severance Plans. In the event the Executive receives any payment under the terms of this Agreement, the Executive will not be eligible to receive benefits under any other severance pay plan sponsored or maintained by the Company, including without limitation the Analysts International, Inc. Executive Change in Control Severance Pay Plan and the Analysts International, Inc. Change in Control Severance Pay Plan.

(i) Other Arrangements. This Agreement, including Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated as an integral part of this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and no agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter to this Agreement have been made by any party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. To the extent that any provision of any Other Arrangement limits, qualifies or is inconsistent with any provision of this Agreement, then for purposes of this Agreement, while such Other Arrangement remains in force, the provision of this Agreement will control and such provision of such Other Arrangement will be deemed to have been superseded, and to be of no force or effect, as if such Other Arrangement had been formally amended to the extent necessary to accomplish such purpose. Nothing in this Agreement prevents or limits the Executive’s continuing or future participation in any Other Arrangement for which the Executive may qualify, and nothing in this Agreement limits or otherwise affects the rights the Executive may have under any Other Arrangement. Amounts that are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any Other Arrangement at or subsequent to the Date of Termination will be payable in accordance with such Other Arrangement.

(j) No Employment or Service Contract. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to provide the Executive with any right to continue in the employ of the Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the Executive’s rights or the rights of the Company.

(k) Payment; Assignment. Benefits payable under this Agreement will be paid only from the general assets of the Company. No person has any right to or interest in any specific assets of the Company by reason of this Agreement. To the extent benefits under this Agreement are not paid when due to any individual, he or she is a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to any amounts due. Benefits payable pursuant to this Agreement and the right to receive future benefits may not be anticipated, alienated, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered or subject to any charge.

 
9

 
(l) Late Payments. Benefits not paid under this Agreement when due will accrue interest at the rate of 18% per year or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law.

(m) Survival. The respective obligations of, and benefits afforded to, the Company and the Executive which by their express terms or clear intent survive termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or termination of this Agreement, as the case may be, will survive termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or termination of this Agreement, as the case may be, and will remain in full force and effect according to their terms.

(n) Amendments; Waivers. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in a writing signed by the Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Parent Corporation. No waiver by any party to this Agreement at any time of any breach by another party to this Agreement of, or of compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such party will be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

(o) Governing Law. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties as to all matters, including, without limitation, matters of validity, interpretation, construction, performance and remedies, will be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Minnesota (without regard to the conflict of laws principles of any jurisdiction).

(p) Further Assurances. The parties to this Agreement agree to perform, or cause to be performed, such further acts and deeds and to execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional or supplemental documents or instruments as may be reasonably required by the other party to carry into effect the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

(q) Interpretation. The invalidity or unenforceability of all or any part of any provision of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of such provision or of any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

(r) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
 

 
10

 
The Company and the Executive have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 
ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
   
By:
 David Jenkins
   
   
Agreed to as of this 17th day of March, 2005
   
 /s/ David Jenkins
 

11


Exhibit A
DEFINITIONS
 
For purposes of the Agreement, the following terms will have the meaning set forth below in this Exhibit A unless the context clearly requires otherwise. Terms defined elsewhere in the Agreement will have the same meaning throughout the Agreement.
 
1. Affiliate” means (i) any corporation at least a majority of whose outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors is owned directly or indirectly by the Parent Corporation or (ii) any other form of business entity in which the Parent Corporation, by virtue of a direct or indirect ownership interest, has the right to elect a majority of the members of such entity’s governing body.

2. Base Pay” means the Executive’s annual base salary from the Company at the rate in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control or at the time Notice of Termination is given, whichever is greater. Base Pay includes only regular cash salary (plus the amount of any automobile allowance paid to the Executive or any automobile lease payments made by the Company on behalf of the Executive) and is determined before any reduction for deferrals pursuant to any nonqualified deferred compensation plan or arrangement, qualified cash or deferred arrangement or cafeteria plan.

3. Benefit Plan” means any

(a) employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA;

(b) cafeteria plan described in Code Section 125;

(c) plan, policy or practice providing for paid vacation, other paid time off or short-or long-term profit sharing, bonus or incentive payments or perquisites; or

(d) stock option, stock purchase, restricted stock, phantom stock, stock appreciation right or other equity-based compensation plan with respect to the securities of any Affiliate

 
that is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Company for the benefit of employees (and/or their families and dependents) generally or the Executive in particular (and/or the Executive’s family and dependents).
 
4. Board” means the board of directors of the Parent Corporation duly qualified and acting at the time in question. On and after the date of a Change in Control, any duty of the Board in connection with this Agreement is nondelegable and any attempt by the Board to delegate any such duty is ineffective.

5. Cause” means:

(a) the Executive’s gross misconduct that is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company;


 

 
(b) the Executive’s willful and continued failure to perform substantially the Executive’s duties with the Company (other than any such failure (1) resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to bodily injury or physical or mental illness or (2) relating to changes in the Executive’s duties after a Change in Control that constitute Good Reason) after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the chair of the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which the Executive have not substantially performed the Executive’s duties and provides for a reasonable period of time within which the Executive may take corrective actions; or

(c) the Executive’s conviction (including a plea of nolo contendere) of willfully engaging in illegal conduct constituting a felony or gross misdemeanor under federal or state law which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or which impairs the Executive’s ability to perform substantially the Executive’s duties for the Company.

 
An act or failure to act will be considered “gross or willful” for this purpose only if done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that it was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board (or a committee thereof) or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company will be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. It is also expressly understood that the Executive’s attention to matters not directly related to the business of the Company will not provide a basis for termination for Cause so long as the Board did not expressly disapprove in writing of the Executive’s engagement in such activities either before or within a reasonable period of time after the Board knew or could reasonably have known that the Executive engaged in those activities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may not be terminated for Cause unless and until there has been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with the Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive were guilty of the conduct set forth above in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this definition and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
 
6. Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following on or after December 18, 2000:

(a) the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer, directly or indirectly, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Corporation, in one transaction or in a series of related transactions, to any Person;

(b) the approval by the shareholders of the Parent Corporation of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Parent Corporation;

(c) any Person, other than a “bona fide underwriter,” becomes, after the date of this Agreement, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of (i) 20 percent or more, but not more than 50 percent, of the

 
2

 
combined voting power of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors, unless the transaction resulting in such ownership has been approved in advance by the “continuity directors” or (ii) more than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors (regardless of any approval by the continuity directors);

(d) a merger or consolidation to which the Parent Corporation is a party if the shareholders of the Parent Corporation immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation have, solely on account of ownership of securities of the Parent Corporation at such time, “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) immediately following the effective date of such merger or consolidation of securities of the surviving corporation representing (i) 50 percent or more, but not more than 80 percent, of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation’s then outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors, unless such merger or consolidation has been approved in advance by the continuity directors, or (ii) less than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation’s then outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors (regardless of any approval by the continuity directors); or

(e) the continuity directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board.

 
For purposes of the definition of a Change in Control, a “continuity director” means any individual who is a member of the Board on the date of the Agreement, while he or she is a member of the Board, and any individual who subsequently becomes a member of the Board whose election or nomination for election by the Parent Corporation’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors who are continuity directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Parent Corporation in which such individual is named as a nominee for director without objection to such nomination). For example, if a majority of the seven individuals constituting the Board on December 18, 2000, approved a proxy statement in which two different individuals were nominated to replace two of the individuals who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000, the two newly elected directors would join the five remaining directors who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000 as continuity directors. Similarly, if a majority of those seven directors approved a proxy statement in which three different individuals were nominated to replace three other directors who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000, the three newly elected directors would also become, along with the other four directors, continuity directors. Individuals subsequently joining the Board could become continuity directors under the principles reflected in this example. For purposes of the definition of a Change in Control, a “bona fide underwriter” means a Person engaged in business as an underwriter of securities that acquires securities of the Parent Corporation through such Person’s participation in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of 40 days after the date of such acquisition.
 

7. Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Code includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

 
3

 
8. Company” means the Parent Corporation, any Successor and any Affiliate.

9. Date of Termination” following a Change in Control (or prior to a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control) means:

(a) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Executive, the date specified in the Notice of Termination which in no event may be a date more than 15 days after the date on which Notice of Termination is given unless the Company agrees in writing to a later date;

(b) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Company for Cause, the date specified in the Notice of Termination;

(c) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death, the date of the Executive’s death; or

(d) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Company for any reason other than Cause or the Executive’s death, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, which in no event may be a date earlier than 15 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, unless the Executive expressly agrees in writing to an earlier date.

 
In the case of termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment for Cause, if the Executive has not previously expressly agreed in writing to the termination, then within the 30-day period after the Executive’s receipt of the Notice of Termination, the Executive may notify the Company that a dispute exists concerning the termination, in which event the Date of Termination will be the date set either by mutual written agreement of the parties or by the judge or arbitrators in a proceeding as provided in Section 5(g) of the Agreement. During the pendency of any such dispute, the Executive will continue to make the Executive available to provide services to the Company and the Company will continue to pay the Executive the Executive’s full compensation and benefits in effect immediately prior to the date on which the Notice of Termination is given (without regard to any changes to such compensation or benefits that constitute Good Reason) and until the dispute is resolved in accordance with Section 5(g) of the Agreement. The Executive will be entitled to retain the full amount of any such compensation and benefits without regard to the resolution of the dispute unless the judge or arbitrators decide(s) that the Executive’s claim of a dispute was frivolous or advanced by the Executive in bad faith.
 
10. Eligible Earnings” means the sum of (i) the Executive’s Base Pay plus (ii) Targeted Incentive.

11. ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of ERISA includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

12. Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Exchange Act or to any rule or regulation thereunder

 
4

 
includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

13. Good Reason” means:

(a) a change in the Executive’s title(s), status, position(s), authority, duties or responsibilities as an executive of the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control which, in the Executive’s reasonable judgment, is material and adverse (other than, if applicable, any such change directly attributable to the fact that the Parent Corporation is no longer publicly owned); provided, however, that Good Reason does not include such a change that is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice of such change is given by the Executive;

(b) a reduction by the Company in the Executive’s Base Pay, or an adverse change in the form or timing of the payment thereof, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or as thereafter increased;

(c) the failure by the Company to cover the Executive under Benefit Plans that, in the aggregate, provide substantially similar benefits to the Executive and/or the Executive’s family and dependents at a substantially similar total cost to the Executive (e.g., premiums, deductibles, co-pays, out of pocket maximums, required contributions and the like) relative to the benefits and total costs under the Benefit Plans in which the Executive (and/or the Executive’s family or dependents) were participating at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control;

(d) the Company’s requiring the Executive to be based more than 30 miles from where the Executive’s office is located immediately prior to the Change in Control, except for required travel on the Company’s business, and then only to the extent substantially consistent with the business travel obligations which the Executive undertook on behalf of the Company during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control (without regard to travel related to or in anticipation of the Change in Control);

(e) the failure by the Company to obtain from any Successor the assent to this Agreement contemplated by Section 5(a) of the Agreement;

(f) any purported termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment that is not properly effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination and pursuant to any other requirements of this Agreement, and, for purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination will be effective; or

(g) any refusal by the Company to continue to allow the Executive to attend to matters or engage in activities not directly related to the business of the Company which, at any time prior to the Change in Control, the Executive were not expressly prohibited in writing by the Board from attending to or engaging in.

 
The Executive’s continued employment does not constitute consent to, or waiver of any rights arising in connection with, any circumstances constituting Good Reason. The Executive’s
 

 
5

 
termination of employment for Good Reason as defined above will constitute Good Reason for all purposes of the Agreement notwithstanding that the Executive may also thereby be deemed to have retired under any applicable benefit plan, policy or practice of the Company.
 
14. Notice of Termination” means a written notice given on or after the date of a Change in Control (unless the Executive’s termination before the date of the Change in Control was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control in which case the written notice may be given before the date of the Change in Control) which indicates the specific termination provision in the Agreement pursuant to which the notice is given. Any purported termination by the Company or by the Executive on or after the date of a Change in Control (or before the date of a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control) must be communicated by written Notice of Termination to be effective; provided, that the Executive’s failure to provide Notice of Termination will not limit any of the Executive’s rights under the Agreement except to the extent the Company demonstrates that it suffered material actual damages by reason of such failure.

15. Other Arrangement” is any Benefit Plan or other plan, policy or practice of the Company or any other agreement between the Executive and the Company, other than this Agreement.

16. Parent Corporation” means Analysts International Corporation and any Successor.

17. Person” means any individual, corporation partnership, group, association or other person,” as such term is used in Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than the Parent Corporation, any Affiliate or any benefit plan(s) sponsored by the Parent Corporation or an Affiliate.

18.  Successor” means any Person that succeeds to, or has the practical ability to control (either immediately or solely with the passage of time), the Parent Corporation’s business directly, by merger, consolidation or other form of business combination, or indirectly, by purchase of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at the election of directors or all or substantially all of its assets or otherwise.

19. Targeted Incentive” means, for purposes of this Agreement, the applicable percentage of the Executive’s Base Pay targeted as incentive compensation, if any, for the fiscal year in which a Change in Control Termination occurs.
 

6

EX-10.HH 17 exhibit10-hh.htm PRABA MANIVASAGER CIC AGREEMENT Praba Manivasager CIC Agreement

 
EXHIBIT 10-hh
 
AGREEMENT
 
This Agreement (this “Agreement”), effective as of March 15, 2005, is between Analysts International Corporation, a Minnesota corporation located at 3601 West 76th Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55435-0898 (the “Company”) and Praba Manivasager (the “Executive”).
 
A. The Executive is currently employed as the Company’s Director of Development and Operations - New Equities.
 
B. The Board considers the establishment and maintenance of a sound and vital management to be essential to protecting and enhancing the best interests of the Company and its shareholders, and in this connection recognizes that the possibility of a Change in Control may raise uncertainty and questions among management which may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders.
 
C. The Company currently has in place various arrangements with certain categories of executives that provide certain economic benefits to those executives in the event of a Change in Control.
 
D. The Board has put these arrangements in place to minimize the risk that Company executive management will depart prior to a Change in Control, thereby leaving the Company without adequate executive management personnel during such a critical period, and to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company’s executive management to their assigned duties without distraction in circumstances arising from the possibility of a Change in Control.
 
E. The Board has recognized that continuance of an executive’s position with the Company involves a substantial commitment to the Company in terms of the executive’s personal life and professional career and the possibility of foregoing present and future career opportunities, for which the Company receives substantial benefits.
 
F. The Board believes that it is necessary and appropriate to harmonize the various currently outstanding arrangements that provide economic benefits to executives in the event of a Change in Control, update and revise these arrangements to include additional provisions consistent with arrangements of this type and to enter into such arrangements with executives who currently are not party to such arrangements but who are at a level of responsibility or position similar to the Company executives who are party to such arrangements.
 
G. To induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company, this Agreement, which has been approved by the Board, sets forth the benefits that the Company agrees will be provided to the Executive in the event the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated in connection with a Change in Control under the circumstances described below.
 
H. Certain capitalized terms that are used in this Agreement are defined in Exhibit A, which is an integral part of this Agreement.
 

 

 
Accordingly, the Company and Employee each intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
 
1. Term of Agreement. This Agreement is effective immediately and will have an initial term ending on December 31, 2005. After this initial term, this Agreement will automatically continue for consecutive one-year terms (“Renewal Periods”) unless and until the Company or the Executive has given notice to the other at least 90 calendar days prior to the commencement of the next Renewal Period that this Agreement will not be extended past such next Renewal Period. For example, if the Company notifies the Executive on September 1, 2005 of its intent not to renew this Agreement, the term of this Agreement will end at the end of the next Renewal Period, which will be on December 31, 2006. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, if a Change in Control has occurred during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement will continue in effect beyond the termination date then in effect for a period of 36 months following the month during which the Change in Control occurs or, if later, until the date on which the Company’s obligations to the Executive arising under or in connection with this Agreement have been satisfied in full.

2. Benefits upon a Change in Control Termination. The Executive will become entitled to the benefits described in this Section 2 if and only if (i) the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason within the period beginning on the first day of the 11th month that begins after the month during which the Change in Control occurs and ending on the last day of such month or (ii) (x) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for any reason other than the Executive’s death or Cause, or the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for Good Reason, and (y) the termination occurs either within the period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and ending on the last day of the 36th month that begins after the month during which the Change in Control occurs or prior to a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of a Person related to the Change in Control.

(a) Cash Payment. Not more than 10 days following the Date of Termination, or, if later, not more than 10 days following the date of the Change in Control, the Company will make a lump-sum cash payment to the Executive in an amount equal to (i) 2.99 times the Executive’s Eligible Earnings, less (ii) any incentive compensation payments made to the Executive for the year ending after the Executive’s Date of Termination.

(b) Special Executive Retirement Plan. The termination of the Executive’s employment will be deemed a “separation from service” pursuant to Section 5 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan and the Company will pay the applicable monthly benefit to the Executive pursuant to Section 4 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan. The Company will provide for payment of the benefit pursuant to this Section 2(b) and Section 4 of the Company’s Restated Special Executive Retirement Plan through a trust. The trust must (1) be a grantor trust with respect to which the Company is treated as the grantor, (2) not cause benefits under this Section 2(b) to be funded for federal income tax purposes or for purposes of ERISA, and (3) provide that trust assets will, upon the Company’s insolvency, be used to satisfy the

 
2

 
claims of the Company’s general creditors. Neither the Executive nor the Executive’s surviving spouse will have any interest in the assets of the trust.

(c) Group Health and Dental Plans. During the continuation period (as defined below), the Company will maintain a group health and dental plan(s) which by its terms covers the Executive (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control) under the same terms and at the same cost to the Executive and the Executive’s family members and dependents as similarly situated individuals who continue to be employed by the Company (without regard to any reduction in such benefits that constitutes Good Reason). The “continuation period” is the period beginning on the Executive’s Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the 18th month that begins after the Executive’s Date of Termination or (ii) the date after the Executive’s Date of Termination on which the Executive first becomes eligible to participate as an employee in a plan of another employer providing group health and dental benefits to the Executive and the Executive’s eligible family members and dependents which plan does not contain any exclusion or limitation with respect to any pre-existing condition of the Executive or any eligible family member or dependent who would otherwise be covered under the Company’s plan but for this clause (ii). To the extent the Executive incurs a tax liability (including federal, state and local taxes and any interest and penalties with respect thereto) in connection with a benefit provided pursuant to this Section 2(c) which the Executive would not have incurred had the Executive been an active employee of the Company participating in the Company’s group health and dental plan, the Company will make a payment to the Executive in an amount equal to such tax liability plus an additional amount sufficient to permit the Executive to retain a net amount after all taxes (including penalties and interest) equal to the initial tax liability in connection with the benefit. For purposes of applying the foregoing, the Executive’s tax rate will be deemed to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal tax rate (on a combined basis) then in effect. The payment pursuant to this Section 2(c) will be made within 10 days after the Executive’s remittal of a written request for payment accompanied by a statement indicating the basis for and amount of the liability.

(d) Other Welfare Benefits. During the period beginning on the Executive’s Date of Termination and ending on the earlier of (i) the last day of the eighteenth (18th) month that begins after the Executive’s Date of Termination, or (ii) the date after the Executive’s Date of Termination on which the Executive first becomes eligible to participate as an employee in a plan of another employer providing substantially similar welfare benefits to the Executive in the aggregate (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control), the Company will provide, or arrange to provide, to the extent such policies or coverages can be obtained on commercial reasonable terms, the same or

 
3

 
equivalent accidental death and dismemberment, short and long-term disability, life insurance coverages, and all other insurance policies and health and welfare benefits (other than benefits pursuant to any cafeteria plan maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 125 of the Code) to the Executive (and the Executive’s family members and dependents who were eligible to be covered at any time during the 90-day period immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control for the period after the Change in Control in which such family members and dependents would otherwise continue to be covered under the terms of the applicable Benefit Plan in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control) under the same terms and at the same cost to the Executive and the Executive’s family members and dependents as similarly situated individuals who continue to be employed by the Company (without regard to any reduction in such benefits that constitutes Good Reason). To the extent the Executive incurs a tax liability (including federal, state and local taxes and any interest and penalties with respect thereto) in connection with a benefit provided pursuant to this Section 2(d) which the Executive would not have incurred had the Executive been an active employee of the Company participating in the Company’s welfare benefit plans, the Company will make a payment to the Executive in an amount equal to such tax liability plus an additional amount sufficient to permit the Executive to retain a net amount after all taxes (including penalties and interest) equal to the initial tax liability in connection with the benefit. For purposes of applying the foregoing, the Executive’s tax rate will be deemed to be the highest statutory marginal state and federal tax rate (on a combined basis) then in effect. The payment pursuant to this Section 2(d) will be made within 10 days after the Executive’s remittal of a written request for payment accompanied by a statement indicating the basis for and amount of the liability.

(e) Termination of Non-Competition Agreements. All non-competition agreements (or non-competition provisions within other agreements) restricting the activities of the Executive after the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company will be null and void and of no further force and effect.

 
If, on or after the date of a Change in Control, an Affiliate is sold, merged, transferred or in any other manner or for any other reason ceases to be an Affiliate or all or any portion of the business or assets of an Affiliate are sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of and the acquiror is not the Parent Corporation or an Affiliate (a “Disposition”), and the Executive remains or becomes employed by the acquiror or an “affiliate” of the acquiror (as defined in this Agreement but substituting “acquiror” for “Parent Corporation”) in connection with the Disposition, the Executive will be deemed to have terminated employment on the effective date of the Disposition for purposes of this Section 2 and will be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 2 unless (x) the acquiror and its affiliates jointly and severally expressly assume and agree, in a manner that is enforceable by the Executive, to perform the obligations of this Agreement to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if the Disposition had not occurred and (y) the Successor guarantees, in a manner that is enforceable by the Executive, payment and performance by the acquiror.
 

 
4

 
3. Gross-Up Payments.

(a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it will be determined that any payments or distributions by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, but determined without regard to any payments required under this Section 3) (collectively, the “Payments”) would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then the Executive will be entitled to receive an additional payment (a “Gross-Up Payment”) in an amount such that, after payment by the Executive of all taxes (and any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including any income taxes and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 3(d), all determinations required to be made under this Section 3, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be used in arriving at such determination, must be made by the Company’s external auditors (the “Accounting Firm”), which must provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, the Executive must appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm will then be referred to as the “Accounting Firm” hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm must be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 3, must be paid by the Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm’s determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm will be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

(c) As a result of uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which should have been made by the Company will not have been made (“Underpayment”), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 3(d) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any additional Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm must determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment must be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

(d) The Executive must notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of any Gross-Up Payment. Such notification must be given as soon as practicable but no later than 10 business days after the Executive knows of

 
5

 
such claim and must apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive must not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive must:

(i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim;

(ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company will reasonably request in writing from time to time, including accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company;

(iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim; and

(iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company will bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(d), the Company will control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company will determine; provided further, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company will advance the amount of such payment to the Executive on an interest-free basis and will indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and provided further that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest will be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive will be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.


 
6

 
(e) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 3(d), the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive must (subject to the Company’s complying with the requirements of Section 3(d)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 3(d), a determination is made that the Executive will not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of thirty days after such determination, then such advance will be forgiven and will not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance will offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

4. Indemnification. Following a Change in Control, the Company will indemnify and advance expenses to the Executive for damages, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, judgments, fines, penalties, settlements and reasonable fees and expenses of the Executive’s counsel) incurred in connection with all matters, events and transactions relating to the Executive’s service to or status with the Company or any other corporation, employee benefit plan or other Person for which the Executive served at the request of the Company to the extent that the Company would have been required to do so under applicable law, corporate articles, bylaws or agreements or instruments of any nature with or covering the Executive, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control and to any further extent as may be determined or agreed upon following the Change in Control.

5. Miscellaneous.

(a) Successors. The Parent Corporation must seek to have any Successor, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive, assent to the fulfillment by the Company of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. Failure of the Parent Corporation to obtain such assent at least three business days prior to the time a Person becomes a Successor (or where the Parent Corporation does not have at least three business days’ advance notice that a Person may become a Successor, within one business day after having notice that such Person may become or has become a Successor) will constitute Good Reason for termination by the Executive of the Executive’s employment. The date on which any such succession becomes effective will be deemed the Date of Termination, and Notice of Termination will be deemed to have been given on that date. A Successor has no rights, authority or power with respect to this Agreement prior to a Change in Control.

(b) Binding Agreement. This Agreement inures to the benefit of, and is enforceable by, the Executive, the Executive’s personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive dies while any amount would still be payable to the Executive under this Agreement if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, will be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s devisee, legatee or other designee or, if there be no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

 
7

 
(c) No Mitigation. The Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any benefits the Company becomes obligated to provide to the Executive in connection with this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. The benefits to be provided to the Executive in connection with this Agreement may not be reduced, offset or subject to recovery by the Company by any benefits the Executive may receive from other employment or otherwise.

(d) No Setoff. The Company has no right to setoff benefits owed to the Executive under this Agreement against amounts owed or claimed to be owed by the Executive to the Company under this Agreement or otherwise.

(e) Taxes. All benefits to be provided to the Executive in connection with this Agreement will be subject to required withholding of federal, state and local income, excise and employment-related taxes. The Company’s good faith determination with respect to its obligation to withhold such taxes relieves it of any obligation that such amounts should have been paid to the Executive.

(f) Notices. For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in, or required under, this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed to each party’s respective address set forth on the first page of this Agreement (provided that all notices to the Company must be directed to the attention of the chair of the Board), or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance with these provisions, except that notice of change of address will be effective only upon receipt.

(g) Disputes. If the Executive so elects, any dispute, controversy or claim arising under or in connection with this Agreement will be settled exclusively by binding arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association in Minneapolis, Minnesota in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect; provided that the Executive may seek specific performance of the Executive’s right to receive benefits until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction. If any dispute, controversy or claim for damages arising under or in connection with this Agreement is settled by arbitration, the Company will pay, or if elected by the Executive, reimburse, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Executive related to such arbitration unless the arbitrators decide that the Executive’s claim was frivolous or advanced by the Executive in bad faith. If the Executive does not elect arbitration, the Executive may pursue all available legal remedies. The Company will pay, or if elected by the Executive, reimburse the Executive for, all fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with any actual, threatened or contemplated litigation relating to this Agreement to which the Executive is or reasonably expects to become a party, whether or not initiated by the Executive, if the Executive is successful in recovering any benefit under this Agreement as a result of such action. The parties agree that any litigation arising under or in connection with this Agreement must

 
8

 
be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Minnesota, and hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of said courts for this purpose and agree not to assert that such courts are an inconvenient forum. The Company will not assert in any dispute or controversy with the Executive arising under or in connection with this Agreement the Executive’s failure to exhaust administrative remedies.

(h) Effect of Plan Benefits on Other Severance Plans. In the event the Executive receives any payment under the terms of this Agreement, the Executive will not be eligible to receive benefits under any other severance pay plan sponsored or maintained by the Company, including without limitation the Analysts International, Inc. Executive Change in Control Severance Pay Plan and the Analysts International, Inc. Change in Control Severance Pay Plan.

(i) Other Arrangements. This Agreement, including Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated as an integral part of this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and no agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter to this Agreement have been made by any party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement. To the extent that any provision of any Other Arrangement limits, qualifies or is inconsistent with any provision of this Agreement, then for purposes of this Agreement, while such Other Arrangement remains in force, the provision of this Agreement will control and such provision of such Other Arrangement will be deemed to have been superseded, and to be of no force or effect, as if such Other Arrangement had been formally amended to the extent necessary to accomplish such purpose. Nothing in this Agreement prevents or limits the Executive’s continuing or future participation in any Other Arrangement for which the Executive may qualify, and nothing in this Agreement limits or otherwise affects the rights the Executive may have under any Other Arrangement. Amounts that are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any Other Arrangement at or subsequent to the Date of Termination will be payable in accordance with such Other Arrangement.

(j) No Employment or Service Contract. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to provide the Executive with any right to continue in the employ of the Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the Executive’s rights or the rights of the Company.

(k) Payment; Assignment. Benefits payable under this Agreement will be paid only from the general assets of the Company. No person has any right to or interest in any specific assets of the Company by reason of this Agreement. To the extent benefits under this Agreement are not paid when due to any individual, he or she is a general unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to any amounts due. Benefits payable pursuant to this Agreement and the right to receive future benefits may not be anticipated, alienated, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered or subject to any charge.

 
9

 
(l) Late Payments. Benefits not paid under this Agreement when due will accrue interest at the rate of 18% per year or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law.

(m) Survival. The respective obligations of, and benefits afforded to, the Company and the Executive which by their express terms or clear intent survive termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or termination of this Agreement, as the case may be, will survive termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company or termination of this Agreement, as the case may be, and will remain in full force and effect according to their terms.

(n) Amendments; Waivers. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in a writing signed by the Executive and a duly authorized officer of the Parent Corporation. No waiver by any party to this Agreement at any time of any breach by another party to this Agreement of, or of compliance with any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such party will be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time.

(o) Governing Law. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties as to all matters, including, without limitation, matters of validity, interpretation, construction, performance and remedies, will be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Minnesota (without regard to the conflict of laws principles of any jurisdiction).

(p) Further Assurances. The parties to this Agreement agree to perform, or cause to be performed, such further acts and deeds and to execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional or supplemental documents or instruments as may be reasonably required by the other party to carry into effect the intent and purpose of this Agreement.

(q) Interpretation. The invalidity or unenforceability of all or any part of any provision of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of such provision or of any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

(r) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
 

 
10

 
The Company and the Executive have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 
ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION
   
By:
 Praba Manivasager
   
   
Agreed to as of this 17th day of March, 2005
   
 /s/ Praba Manivasager
 

11


Exhibit A
DEFINITIONS
 
For purposes of the Agreement, the following terms will have the meaning set forth below in this Exhibit A unless the context clearly requires otherwise. Terms defined elsewhere in the Agreement will have the same meaning throughout the Agreement.
 
1. Affiliate” means (i) any corporation at least a majority of whose outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors is owned directly or indirectly by the Parent Corporation or (ii) any other form of business entity in which the Parent Corporation, by virtue of a direct or indirect ownership interest, has the right to elect a majority of the members of such entity’s governing body.

2. Base Pay” means the Executive’s annual base salary from the Company at the rate in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control or at the time Notice of Termination is given, whichever is greater. Base Pay includes only regular cash salary (plus the amount of any automobile allowance paid to the Executive or any automobile lease payments made by the Company on behalf of the Executive) and is determined before any reduction for deferrals pursuant to any nonqualified deferred compensation plan or arrangement, qualified cash or deferred arrangement or cafeteria plan.

3. Benefit Plan” means any

(a) employee benefit plan as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA;

(b) cafeteria plan described in Code Section 125;

(c) plan, policy or practice providing for paid vacation, other paid time off or short-or long-term profit sharing, bonus or incentive payments or perquisites; or

(d) stock option, stock purchase, restricted stock, phantom stock, stock appreciation right or other equity-based compensation plan with respect to the securities of any Affiliate

 
that is sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Company for the benefit of employees (and/or their families and dependents) generally or the Executive in particular (and/or the Executive’s family and dependents).
 
4. Board” means the board of directors of the Parent Corporation duly qualified and acting at the time in question. On and after the date of a Change in Control, any duty of the Board in connection with this Agreement is nondelegable and any attempt by the Board to delegate any such duty is ineffective.

5. Cause” means:

(a) the Executive’s gross misconduct that is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company;


 

 
(b) the Executive’s willful and continued failure to perform substantially the Executive’s duties with the Company (other than any such failure (1) resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to bodily injury or physical or mental illness or (2) relating to changes in the Executive’s duties after a Change in Control that constitute Good Reason) after a demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the chair of the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which the Executive have not substantially performed the Executive’s duties and provides for a reasonable period of time within which the Executive may take corrective actions; or

(c) the Executive’s conviction (including a plea of nolo contendere) of willfully engaging in illegal conduct constituting a felony or gross misdemeanor under federal or state law which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or which impairs the Executive’s ability to perform substantially the Executive’s duties for the Company.

 
An act or failure to act will be considered “gross or willful” for this purpose only if done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith and without reasonable belief that it was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board (or a committee thereof) or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company will be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. It is also expressly understood that the Executive’s attention to matters not directly related to the business of the Company will not provide a basis for termination for Cause so long as the Board did not expressly disapprove in writing of the Executive’s engagement in such activities either before or within a reasonable period of time after the Board knew or could reasonably have known that the Executive engaged in those activities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may not be terminated for Cause unless and until there has been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive, together with the Executive’s counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive were guilty of the conduct set forth above in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this definition and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
 
6. Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following on or after December 18, 2000:

(a) the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer, directly or indirectly, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Corporation, in one transaction or in a series of related transactions, to any Person;

(b) the approval by the shareholders of the Parent Corporation of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Parent Corporation;

(c) any Person, other than a “bona fide underwriter,” becomes, after the date of this Agreement, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of (i) 20 percent or more, but not more than 50 percent, of the

 
2

 
combined voting power of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors, unless the transaction resulting in such ownership has been approved in advance by the “continuity directors” or (ii) more than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors (regardless of any approval by the continuity directors);

(d) a merger or consolidation to which the Parent Corporation is a party if the shareholders of the Parent Corporation immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation have, solely on account of ownership of securities of the Parent Corporation at such time, “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) immediately following the effective date of such merger or consolidation of securities of the surviving corporation representing (i) 50 percent or more, but not more than 80 percent, of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation’s then outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors, unless such merger or consolidation has been approved in advance by the continuity directors, or (ii) less than 50 percent of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation’s then outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at elections of directors (regardless of any approval by the continuity directors); or

(e) the continuity directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board.

 
For purposes of the definition of a Change in Control, a “continuity director” means any individual who is a member of the Board on the date of the Agreement, while he or she is a member of the Board, and any individual who subsequently becomes a member of the Board whose election or nomination for election by the Parent Corporation’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors who are continuity directors (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Parent Corporation in which such individual is named as a nominee for director without objection to such nomination). For example, if a majority of the seven individuals constituting the Board on December 18, 2000, approved a proxy statement in which two different individuals were nominated to replace two of the individuals who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000, the two newly elected directors would join the five remaining directors who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000 as continuity directors. Similarly, if a majority of those seven directors approved a proxy statement in which three different individuals were nominated to replace three other directors who were members of the Board on December 18, 2000, the three newly elected directors would also become, along with the other four directors, continuity directors. Individuals subsequently joining the Board could become continuity directors under the principles reflected in this example. For purposes of the definition of a Change in Control, a “bona fide underwriter” means a Person engaged in business as an underwriter of securities that acquires securities of the Parent Corporation through such Person’s participation in good faith in a firm commitment underwriting until the expiration of 40 days after the date of such acquisition.
 

7. Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Code includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

 
3

 
8. Company” means the Parent Corporation, any Successor and any Affiliate.

9. Date of Termination” following a Change in Control (or prior to a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control) means:

(a) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Executive, the date specified in the Notice of Termination which in no event may be a date more than 15 days after the date on which Notice of Termination is given unless the Company agrees in writing to a later date;

(b) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Company for Cause, the date specified in the Notice of Termination;

(c) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death, the date of the Executive’s death; or

(d) if the Executive’s employment is to be terminated by the Company for any reason other than Cause or the Executive’s death, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, which in no event may be a date earlier than 15 days after the date on which a Notice of Termination is given, unless the Executive expressly agrees in writing to an earlier date.

 
In the case of termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment for Cause, if the Executive has not previously expressly agreed in writing to the termination, then within the 30-day period after the Executive’s receipt of the Notice of Termination, the Executive may notify the Company that a dispute exists concerning the termination, in which event the Date of Termination will be the date set either by mutual written agreement of the parties or by the judge or arbitrators in a proceeding as provided in Section 5(g) of the Agreement. During the pendency of any such dispute, the Executive will continue to make the Executive available to provide services to the Company and the Company will continue to pay the Executive the Executive’s full compensation and benefits in effect immediately prior to the date on which the Notice of Termination is given (without regard to any changes to such compensation or benefits that constitute Good Reason) and until the dispute is resolved in accordance with Section 5(g) of the Agreement. The Executive will be entitled to retain the full amount of any such compensation and benefits without regard to the resolution of the dispute unless the judge or arbitrators decide(s) that the Executive’s claim of a dispute was frivolous or advanced by the Executive in bad faith.
 
10. Eligible Earnings” means the sum of (i) the Executive’s Base Pay plus (ii) Targeted Incentive.

11. ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of ERISA includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

12. Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Any reference to a specific provision of the Exchange Act or to any rule or regulation thereunder

 
4

 
includes a reference to such provision as it may be amended from time to time and to any successor provision.

13. Good Reason” means:

(a) a change in the Executive’s title(s), status, position(s), authority, duties or responsibilities as an executive of the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control which, in the Executive’s reasonable judgment, is material and adverse (other than, if applicable, any such change directly attributable to the fact that the Parent Corporation is no longer publicly owned); provided, however, that Good Reason does not include such a change that is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice of such change is given by the Executive;

(b) a reduction by the Company in the Executive’s Base Pay, or an adverse change in the form or timing of the payment thereof, as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control or as thereafter increased;

(c) the failure by the Company to cover the Executive under Benefit Plans that, in the aggregate, provide substantially similar benefits to the Executive and/or the Executive’s family and dependents at a substantially similar total cost to the Executive (e.g., premiums, deductibles, co-pays, out of pocket maximums, required contributions and the like) relative to the benefits and total costs under the Benefit Plans in which the Executive (and/or the Executive’s family or dependents) were participating at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control;

(d) the Company’s requiring the Executive to be based more than 30 miles from where the Executive’s office is located immediately prior to the Change in Control, except for required travel on the Company’s business, and then only to the extent substantially consistent with the business travel obligations which the Executive undertook on behalf of the Company during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Change in Control (without regard to travel related to or in anticipation of the Change in Control);

(e) the failure by the Company to obtain from any Successor the assent to this Agreement contemplated by Section 5(a) of the Agreement;

(f) any purported termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment that is not properly effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination and pursuant to any other requirements of this Agreement, and, for purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination will be effective; or

(g) any refusal by the Company to continue to allow the Executive to attend to matters or engage in activities not directly related to the business of the Company which, at any time prior to the Change in Control, the Executive were not expressly prohibited in writing by the Board from attending to or engaging in.

 
The Executive’s continued employment does not constitute consent to, or waiver of any rights arising in connection with, any circumstances constituting Good Reason. The Executive’s
 

 
5

 
termination of employment for Good Reason as defined above will constitute Good Reason for all purposes of the Agreement notwithstanding that the Executive may also thereby be deemed to have retired under any applicable benefit plan, policy or practice of the Company.
 
14. Notice of Termination” means a written notice given on or after the date of a Change in Control (unless the Executive’s termination before the date of the Change in Control was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control in which case the written notice may be given before the date of the Change in Control) which indicates the specific termination provision in the Agreement pursuant to which the notice is given. Any purported termination by the Company or by the Executive on or after the date of a Change in Control (or before the date of a Change in Control if the Executive’s termination was either a condition of the Change in Control or was at the request or insistence of any Person related to the Change in Control) must be communicated by written Notice of Termination to be effective; provided, that the Executive’s failure to provide Notice of Termination will not limit any of the Executive’s rights under the Agreement except to the extent the Company demonstrates that it suffered material actual damages by reason of such failure.

15. Other Arrangement” is any Benefit Plan or other plan, policy or practice of the Company or any other agreement between the Executive and the Company, other than this Agreement.

16. Parent Corporation” means Analysts International Corporation and any Successor.

17. Person” means any individual, corporation partnership, group, association or other person,” as such term is used in Section 13(d) or Section 14(d) of the Exchange Act, other than the Parent Corporation, any Affiliate or any benefit plan(s) sponsored by the Parent Corporation or an Affiliate.

18.  Successor” means any Person that succeeds to, or has the practical ability to control (either immediately or solely with the passage of time), the Parent Corporation’s business directly, by merger, consolidation or other form of business combination, or indirectly, by purchase of the Parent Corporation’s outstanding securities ordinarily having the right to vote at the election of directors or all or substantially all of its assets or otherwise.

19. Targeted Incentive” means, for purposes of this Agreement, the applicable percentage of the Executive’s Base Pay targeted as incentive compensation, if any, for the fiscal year in which a Change in Control Termination occurs.
 

6

EX-10.II 18 exhibit10-ii.htm 2005 MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE PLAN 2005 Management Incentive Plan

EXHIBIT 10-ii

Analysts International Corporation

Summary of 2005 Management Incentive Compensation Plan


The following is a summary of the Company’s incentive compensation plan for fiscal year 2005. Employees set forth below are eligible to receive the indicated percentages of Gross Base Salary upon achieving certain pre-tax profit targets of the Company. Certain non-executive employees’ incentive compensation will be based on pre-tax profit and revenue growth targets set by the Company.

 
At 90%
of Target
At 100%
of Target
At 120%
of Target
At 200%
of Target
         
CEO
20%
30%
70%
140%
President
20%
30%
60%
120%
Other Executives1
20%
30%
50%
100%
General Managers
10%
20%
40%
80%

 
At 90%
of Target
At 100%
of Target
At 110%
of Target
At 150%
of Target
         
Area Managers
10%
20%
40%
80%

At any point between the performance percentages presented above, the covered employees may be eligible to receive a pro-rata payout. For example, at 95% of plan the CEO would receive a 25% payout.

Payments are subject to other eligibility requirements.





1  The term “Other Executives” refers to the Chief Operating Officer, General Counsel, Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer, Senior Vice President of Business Development/Strategy, and the Chief Information Officer.
 

EX-13 19 exhibit13.htm 2004 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS 2004 Annual Report to Shareholders


EXHIBIT 13

[COVER]

Analysts International


Annual Report

2004





Emerging Technologies

Strong Alliances

Fundamental Values


 
[INSIDE COVER]


Forward Looking Statements

Statements contained in the letter from the CEO and the President and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that are not strictly historical fact, are forward-looking statements. Words such as “believes,” “intends,” “possible,” “expects,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” or “plans” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statements in this release are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are based on the Company’s current expectations relating to future revenues, earnings, results of operations and future sales or growth. The Company’s actual results may vary materially from those projected due to certain risks and uncertainties such as the general state of the economy, volume of business activity, continued need for our services by current and prospective clients, our ability to integrate acquisitions effectively, client cancellations or re-bidding of work, the Company’s ability to control and improve profit margins, including our ability to control operating and labor costs and hourly rates for our services, the availability and utilization of qualified technical personnel and other similar factors.




Financial Highlights


 
(Dollars in thousands except per share amounts)
 
Year Ended
January 1, 2005
 
Year Ended
January 3, 2004
 
           
Revenue:
             
Professional services provided directly
 
$
269,610
 
$
266,175
 
Professional services provided through subsuppliers
   
55,806
   
50,543
 
Product sales
   
16,196
   
15,181
 
Total revenue
   
341,612
   
331,899
 
               
Income (loss) before income taxes
   
3,852
   
(1,524
)
Net income (loss)
   
3,852
   
(1,524
)
               
Per share of common stock:
             
Net income (loss) (diluted)
   
.16
   
(.06
)
Shareholders’ equity
   
3.00
   
2.84
 
Dividends declared
 
 
.00
 
 
.00
 
               
Average common and common equivalent shares outstanding (in thousands)
   
24,398
   
24,201
 
               
Number of personnel
   
3,015
   
3,000
 
               
Working capital
 
$
40,820
 
$
35,665
 
Current ratio
   
2.41
   
2.22
 
 
 
1


To Our Shareholders

 

 

Congratulations to you, our employees, customers and management, for helping us complete a successful year of operations, evidenced by our return to revenue growth and profitability.

 

Our revenues grew to $341.6 million from $331.9 million reported one year ago. We were profitable for all four quarters of 2004. Our net profit for the year was $3.9 million, or $0.16 per share, compared to a net loss of ($1.5) million, or ($0.06) per share in fiscal 2003.

 

We are especially pleased to report our successful year during a time of change and opportunity throughout our industry. Over the past six months we have identified three opportunities within our industry: 1) the desire of high volume staffing customers to adopt the next generation staffing model, 2) the desire of mid-market clients to build and sustain strong infrastructure services with world class technology leaders, and 3) the need for companies in our industry to consolidate to create larger but more flexible and efficient IT service and solution providers. We believe we are well positioned to take advantage of and benefit from these opportunities. Let’s address each of these.

 

Next Generation Staffing

 

Based on work we began in 2002, we are developing a transformational workforce deployment and human capital management system which assists our clients with maximizing their return on investment and improving service levels to consultants and customers. As a part of this ongoing work, in October of 2003 we created New Equities. New Equities combines an Internet-centric technology with our vast experience in the staffing business. Our customers’ response to our vision and hard work and, specifically, to New Equities has been very positive and encouraging.

 

Mid-market Opportunity

 

Many mid-sized companies are looking to build or rebuild strong technology infrastructure. They wish to partner with a single services and solutions provider with strong, long-standing alliances with world-class technology leaders. These providers have a focused set of services and solutions built around high-demand, emerging technologies. In 2004 we significantly refocused our offerings around our relationships with technology leaders and sought ways to enhance our expertise in emerging technologies such as IP Communications. Our January 2005 acquisition of WireSpeed Networks LLC, an IP Communications and wireless networking company, reflects our commitment to this opportunity and to meeting the needs of mid-market customers.

 

Consolidation

 

Over the next 12 to 18 months, we expect that a number of companies in our industry will seek strategic alliances to enhance growth and profitability. As a result, we expect significant consolidation throughout our industry. We believe that we are well-positioned to benefit

 

2

 

[PHOTO]

 

 

from this opportunity, having one of the industry’s strongest balance sheets, a strong customer base and a broad geographic presence. We continue to evaluate our position in the marketplace and to investigate possible strategic alternatives that may enhance our operations and shareholder value. In addition, we believe that the way in which we have met and managed the challenges of the past five to six years demonstrates our resilience, our stability and our commitment to meet and exceed the expectations of our customers, consultants and shareholders.

 

This annual report marks the first since Jeff Baker joined our executive management team in June of 2004 as President. During this challenging and exciting time Jeff will lead us on a number of fronts. As an accomplished executive, Jeff has the experience to identify, pursue and secure large scale engagements, to identify, pursue and secure strategic acquisitions involving emerging technologies and to continue to develop and deepen strategic alliances with technology’s best-known leaders. Jeff will be responsible for positioning the Company in a way that best rewards shareholders in what we have already defined as a consolidating industry.  We are also pleased to note that joining Jeff on our executive management team in 2004 was David J. Steichen, who was named the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer in June.

 

In closing, our Board of Directors and executive management team are excited and optimistic about our future. We thank you, our customers, employees and management, for your continuing interest and support.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

/s/ Michael J. LaVelle

 

/s/ Jeffrey P. Baker

 

 

 

Michael J. LaVelle

 

Jeffrey P. Baker

Chief Executive Officer

 

President

 

3

 

Company Overview

 

 

[PHOTO]

“Our employees remain our best source of referrals.  They are because they appreciate our loyalty, our integrity and our commitment to excellence.”

 

Sandra Jackson – Technical Recruiter

San Francisco, California

 

 

 

Emerging Technologies

 

Strong Alliances

 

Fundamental Values

 

 

Analysts International is a global technology services company. Committed to helping businesses become more adaptive, competitive and profitable, we help our clients achieve sustained growth through the intelligent application of technology solutions, including emerging and cutting edge technologies. We partner with technology leaders to bring our customers the products and services they need to achieve their business goals. Strong alliances enhance our capabilities, expand our portfolio of services and open new channels of opportunity for our customers. Our customers benefit from the increased value partnering brings to our service offerings. And our partners extend their capabilities as well as their market presence. Our lines of business include technology integration services for applications and hardware; advisory services for optimizing IT investments; outsourcing services with local, national and international capabilities; and staffing services to support human capital management needs.

 

Our people include the industry’s best and we firmly believe that they are our single greatest resource, committed to excellence, technology and innovation. We are pleased to profile the following five employees. They are but a small cross section of the 3000 or so employees who represent us every day in this very challenging, competitive marketplace.

 

4

 

[PHOTO]

“We have a team based approach that allows clients to get the best that we have to offer and also allows each of us to work with the best we have to offer.”

 

Amit Bhati – Consultant

Minneapolis, Minnesota

 

  

Sandra Jackson is an anomaly in the highly charged and competitive technology recruiting and staffing industry. She has been with Analysts International for 10 years and a recruiter the entire time, based in San Francisco, California. “I love putting people to work in challenging and exciting environments and I love doing it for Analysts International. One of the most gratifying aspects of my job is finding the right resource for a client's team that is developing an exciting product - whether it is a sysplex storage system that keeps our credit card transactions up and running, or creating disaster security systems, or creating software for life-saving technologies. Some years ago we were named one of the best places to work in Information Technology. What was true then is true today.” Sandra gets the tools and resources she needs in today’s market. “The market has never been more competitive. Companies need to constantly come up with ways to remain relevant to consultants and to clients and Analysts International has managed to do that for me, and for our clients and consultants.” Sandra believes that she has one of the industry’s very best resources to do her job- current employees. “Our employees remain our best source of referrals. They are because they appreciate our loyalty, our integrity and our commitment to excellence.”

 

Amit Bhati is a Minneapolis-based consultant who has been employed by Analysts International for the past ten years. He thoroughly enjoys his work in the Enterprise Solutions Group, where he does project-based consulting, specializing in front-end, web-based sell-side solutions and business process automation. Amit believes that his relatively long tenure at Analysts International is a significant differentiator in an industry that is not known for stability or its loyalty. “Analysts International has always had a formula that actively encourages people to work from their home base. In addition, by stressing our consultants’ proven experience and expertise with a specific number of products and

 

5

 

[PHOTO]

“It’s great working with the latest technology and I have the privilege of working with a great team of people.”

 

Maia D’Amato – Server Infrastructure Manager

Auburn Hills, Michigan

 

 

technologies from world class providers, we can build and sustain solutions with a maturity and confidence which is never trendy, but always strategically focused and client-driven.” He believes that some of the things that make Analysts International a great place to work also make it a great solutions provider, “We have a team based approach that allows clients to get the best that we have to offer and also allows each of us to work with the best we have to offer.”

 

Maia D’Amato has spent seven and one-half years with Analysts International and Sequoia Services Group in Auburn Hills, Michigan. Maia currently is Server Infrastructure Manager for User Support Services, where she manages the server/desktop and USS helpdesk teams. Maia has also worked with e-mail systems for the past five years, with a special emphasis in Microsoft Exchange®. Day-to-day, Maia’s work includes design and implementation of corporate systems, assisting in support with current systems, and working with her teams to make positive changes for our users. With her expertise in email she also works with the Hosting Practice developing and supporting hosted email solutions sold to external customers. “It’s great working with the latest technology and I have the privilege of working with a great team of people. We’re all committed to making our users happy and helping them get the most out of their technology and our service offerings.”

 

Jason McClure is a Kansas City-based consultant currently working on a major project for a Des Moines--based financial services company. Prior to joining Analysts International in October of 2004, Jason had the experience of knowing members of a team of consultants from Analysts International. “I was very impressed by the confidence and competence of the team members and also impressed with the level of resources and expertise that Analysts made available to support them.” Jason had an opportunity to join

 

6

 

[PHOTO]                                                                                                                                                                       &nb sp;                                           [PHOTO]

“I was also impressed with the level of resources and expertise that Analysts made available to support its consultants.”

 

< Jason McClure – Consultant, Kansas City, Missouri

 

“Cisco wants partners who are as good at delivering the total solution as they are with the technology itself.”

 

> Gregg Jankowski – Leader IP Communications

Solutions Practice, Auburn Hills, Michigan

 

 

Analysts International when a recruiter called him about the project that he manages today. “This is the best professional experience of my life. As project manager for Analysts International I get to meet and to work with people at all levels of our client. It’s especially fulfilling to touch every aspect of the client’s business and assist them in meeting their strategic business goals and objectives.”

 

Gregg Jankowski joined Analysts International from Cisco Systems Inc., where he had been a regional engineering manager. “After earning my MBA from the University of Michigan in 2003, I was looking for an opportunity that would allow me to do more with the client and the client’s business. Analysts International offered me that opportunity.” Today, as the leader of Analysts International’s IP Communications Solutions Practice in Auburn Hills, Michigan, Gregg is involved in all aspects of sales and service. “It’s particularly rewarding to use the business skills that I have learned and acquired to help sell and secure business.” Those skills include demonstrating how clients will benefit and reap a significant return on investment from the emerging technology that is IP Communications. “We can show our clients how IP Communications can save them money and enhance business processes and overall efficiency.” Given his background, Gregg also understands the value of Analysts International’s strategic alliance with Cisco Systems. “Cisco wants partners who are as good at delivering the total solution as they are with the technology itself. That’s why we are good partners.”

 

Strong Alliances

 

Analysts International has established strong alliances with the world’s technology leaders to bring customers the products, services and emerging technologies that they require to achieve their business goals.


7

 

When our clients want to increase productivity, streamline complex tasks and build customer relationships, we assist them by implementing Microsoft technology. Our relationship with Microsoft allows us access to the most current training and technology to support clients’ business needs. Additionally, our access to 24x7 support from Microsoft helps us to deliver premium service for clients’ mission critical applications.

 

When our clients need us to deliver and implement world-class IP communications technology, we often rely on our relationship with Cisco Systems. We specialize in IP Telephony, VPN Security and Wireless LAN, and we have the training, skills and knowledge to help clients integrate Cisco networking solutions into their enterprises. Our highly skilled network technicians are evaluated annually to verify that they meet Cisco’s rigorous standards for network expertise and support capabilities.

 

When our clients look to Lawson Software to assist in the management of their enterprises- we are prepared. We have been a Lawson business partner since 1995 and are one of only two partners certified to implement Lawson upgrade services. Our technical and application consulting services, including custom modifications, data conversions and third party integrations, help clients unlock the potential of their Lawson enterprise software.

 

Our other industry alliances enable us to provide our clients with products and services to administer and protect their critical data with industry-leading solutions for information storage and management. These alliances also allow us to help clients free internal resources to focus on core competencies while streamlining their organizations through the use of offshore expertise and resources.

 

We believe that our 2004 annual report theme, “Emerging Technologies, Fundamental Values and Strong Alliances”, is the roadmap that will allow us to continue to build on our 2004 return to growth and profitability and we look forward to the journey ahead.
 
 
8

 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

Total revenue for the year ended January 1, 2005 (fiscal year 2004) was $342 million, up from $332 million in the year ended January 3, 2004 (fiscal year 2003). The increase included a 1.3% growth in revenue from services we supply directly to customers, a 10.4% growth in revenue from services we provide to our clients through subsuppliers, and a 6.7% increase in product sales. The increase in subsupplier revenue is attributable to an increase in activity with one significant client, and the increase in product sales is attributable primarily to the growth in our VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol or “IP Telephony”) business where we are a reseller of Cisco products. In 2004 direct services represented 78.9% of our revenues, compared to 80.2% in 2003. Our gross margin improved from 18.3% in 2003 to 19.2% in 2004 while our gross margin on direct services revenue increased from 21.9% in 2003 to 23.0% in 2004. Margin improvement was a result of our success in controlling our direct labor and benefit costs while slightly increasing our bill rates.

Net income for the year was $3.9 million, compared with last year’s net loss of $1.5 million. On a diluted per share basis, net income for the year ended January 1, 2005 was $.16 per share, compared with a net loss of ($.06) per share last year. At year-end, our financial position remained strong. With $7.9 million in cash, no debt on the balance sheet and an unused revolving credit facility, we believe we are well positioned to support future growth.

In keeping with our focus on productivity and cost effectiveness in the staffing business, we are concentrated on the key elements to our future success: (i) the number and quality of requirements our sales organization brings to the Company from new and existing clients; (ii) the number of qualified candidates our recruiting organization submits against those requirements; and most importantly (iii) the rate at which quality submittals turn into placements.

As a result of this focus, the productivity of both our sales and recruiting staff improved during 2004. During that period, average weekly requirements coming from new and existing clients increased 31.7% over the prior year. Additionally, during the same period average weekly candidate submittals against requirements increased 27.7%. The improvements in these key indicators have not yet resulted in a significant growth in technical headcount, however. While we are pleased that weekly placements increased by six per week, an increase of 13.6%, average weekly terminations of existing technical employees also increased, resulting in a net increase in technical headcount of only ten during 2004. Unfortunately, as the apparent modest recovery under way in the Information Technology (IT) market continues, a decrease in the average length of assignments offset our improvements in productivity during 2004.

We believe that by continuing to focus on improving our placement rate, significant headcount growth in 2005 is possible. Achievement of such growth is dependent upon the continuation of increased sales and recruiting productivity, a reduction in termination of technical personnel and continuation of the modest recovery underway in the IT sector.

As important as the above indicators are to growth of revenue, the bill rates we are able to charge to clients and the margins we are able to obtain on those bill rates are the key indicators of our profitability. Although we continue to experience intense competition on average bill rates, we have seen bill rates stabilize and increase slightly throughout 2004. Average hourly bill rates have increased 1.1% from 2003 to 2004, and our average hourly margins on direct billings have increased 1.2%. We believe that as the IT services market continues its recovery, we will see bill rates and margins continue to show marginal improvement in 2005; however, we do not expect to see a significant improvement in these indicators until the demand for IT services and the supply of IT resources return to balance.

In addition, to enhance profitability in an environment of intense margin pressures, we are focused on the following key objectives: i) implementing a next generation staffing model, which will transform workforce deployment and human capital management; ii) implementing a number of improvements around key business processes that we believe will better align our business with the market needs and allow us to build a more adaptive delivery model to drive growth; iii) building a focused set of services and solutions around high-demand, emerging technologies; and iv) being an active participant in the significant consolidation taking place throughout the industry .

Critical Accounting Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe the estimates described below are the most sensitive estimates made by management in the preparation of the financial statements.

 
9


Estimates of Future Operating Results

The realization of certain assets recorded in our balance sheet is dependent upon our ability to maintain profitability. In evaluating the recorded value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets, goodwill, and deferred tax assets for indication of impairment, we are required to make critical accounting estimates regarding the future operating results of the Company. These estimates are based on management’s current expectations but involve risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from these estimates.

To evaluate our indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill for impairment, we rely heavily on the discounted cash flow model to assess the value of the associated reporting units. The discounted cash flow valuation technique requires us to project operating results and the related cash flows over a ten-year period. These projections involve risks, uncertainties and other factors and are by their nature extremely subjective. If actual results were substantially below projected results, an impairment of the recorded value of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets could result.

To assess the recorded value of our deferred tax assets for possible impairment, we must predict the likelihood of future taxable income generation. Realization of the net deferred tax assets of $2.6 million requires the generation of at least $6.8 million of future taxable income. If the Company does not generate sufficient future taxable income, an impairment of the recorded assets could result.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

In each accounting period we determine an amount to set aside to cover potentially uncollectible accounts. We base our determination on an evaluation of accounts receivable for risk associated with a client’s ability to make contractually required payments. These determinations require considerable judgment in assessing the ultimate potential for collection of these receivables and include reviewing the financial stability of the client, the clients’ willingness to pay and current market conditions. If our evaluation of a client’s ability to pay is incorrect, we may incur future charges.

Accrual of Unreported Medical Claims

In each accounting period we estimate an amount to accrue for medical costs incurred but not yet reported (IBNR) under our self-funded employee medical insurance plans. We base our determination on an evaluation of past rates of claim payouts and trends in the amount of payouts. This determination requires significant judgment and assumes past patterns are representative of future payment patterns and that we have identified any trends in our claim experience. A significant shift in usage and payment patterns within our medical plans could necessitate significant adjustments to these accruals in future accounting periods.

Critical Accounting Policies

Critical accounting policies are defined as those that involve significant judgments and uncertainties or affect significant line items within our financial statements and potentially result in materially different outcomes under different assumptions and conditions. Application of these policies is particularly important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations. We believe the accounting policies described below meet these characteristics.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue for our staffing business and the majority of our business solutions and infrastructure business as services are performed or products are delivered. Certain of our outsourcing and help desk engagements provide for a specific level of service each month for which we bill a standard monthly fee. Revenue for these engagements is recognized in monthly installments over the period of the contract. In some such contracts we invoice in advance for two or more months of service. When we do this, the revenue is deferred and recognized over the term of the invoicing agreement.

We generally do not enter into fixed price engagements. If we enter into such an engagement, revenue is recognized over the life of the contract based on time and materials input to date and estimated time and materials to complete the project. This method of revenue recognition relies on accurate estimates of the cost, scope and duration of the engagement. If the Company does not accurately estimate the resources required or the scope of the work to be performed, then future revenues may be negatively affected or losses on contracts may need to be recognized. All future anticipated losses are recognized in the period they are identified.

 
10


Subsupplier Revenue

In certain client situations, where the nature of the engagement requires it, we utilize the services of other companies in our industry. If these services are provided under an arrangement whereby we agree to retain only a fixed portion of the amount billed to the client to cover our management and administrative costs, we classify the amount billed to the client as subsupplier revenue. These revenues, however, are recorded on a gross versus net basis because we retain credit risk and are the primary obligor to our client. All revenue derived from services provided by our employees or other independent contractors who work directly for us are recorded as direct revenue.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Impairment

We evaluate goodwill and other intangible assets on a periodic basis. This evaluation relies on assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the respective assets. If these estimates or related assumptions change, we may be required to recognize impairment charges.

In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” effective January 1, 2002 we ceased amortization of certain intangible assets including goodwill. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their useful lives and reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” In conjunction with the adoption of the provisions of SFAS 142, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $16.4 million during 2002. This impairment was recorded as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle as of January 1, 2002, and therefore did not impact operating income. The Company completed its impairment analysis for 2004 during the first quarter and found no indication of impairment of its recorded goodwill although the valuation determined the fair value of the Infrastructure and Solutions reporting units to approximate their carrying value. Additional write-downs of intangible assets may be required if future valuations do not support current carrying value.

During the third quarter of 2004, the Company changed its designated date of the annual evaluation of goodwill from the first day of the fiscal year to the last day of its monthly accounting period for August. This change allows the Company to perform testing at a point in the reporting cycle other than during the year-end closing and reporting process so that additional resources are available. The Company performed the test at September 4, 2004, and determined that no impairment charge for goodwill was required, although the valuation determined the fair value of the Staffing, Infrastructure and Solutions reporting units to approximate their carrying value.

Deferred Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” which requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be recognized for the effect of temporary differences between reported income and income considered taxable by the taxing authorities. SFAS 109 also requires the resulting deferred tax assets to be reduced by a valuation allowance if some portion or all of the deferred tax assets are not expected to be realized. Based upon prior taxable income and estimates of future taxable income, we expect our deferred tax assets, net of the established valuation allowance, will be fully realized in the future. We recorded no income taxes during 2004 as income tax expense, which would have been recorded, was negated by a reversal of previously established reserves against deferred tax assets. If actual future taxable income is less than we anticipate from our estimates, we may be required to record an additional valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets resulting in additional income tax expense, which will be recorded in our consolidated statement of operations. If, however, we continue our recovery in terms of profitability to a point where future realization of deferred tax assets which are currently reserved, becomes "more likely than not,” we may be required to reverse the existing valuation allowances resulting in an income tax benefit.

Restructuring

We recorded a restructuring charge and reserves associated with restructuring plans approved by management in December 2000. The remaining reserve of $318,000 at January 1, 2005, consists of estimates pertaining to real estate lease obligations. Factors such as our ability to enter into subleases, the creditworthiness of sublessees, and the ability to negotiate early termination agreements with lessors could materially affect this real estate reserve. While we believe our current estimates regarding lease obligations are adequate, our inability to sublet the remaining space or obtain payments from sublessees could necessitate significant adjustments to these estimates in the future.
 
 
11


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, YEAR ENDED JANUARY 1, 2005 VS. YEAR ENDED JANUARY 3, 2004

The following table illustrates the relationship between revenue and expense categories and provides a count of employees and technical consultants for the fiscal years ended January 1, 2005 (fiscal year 2004) versus January 3, 2004 (fiscal year 2003). The tables provide guidance in our explanation of our operations and results.
 

   
Year Ended
January 1, 2005
 
Year Ended
January 3, 2004
 
 
Increase (Decrease)
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Amount
 
% of
Revenue
 
 
Amount
 
% of
Revenue
 
 
Amount
 
%
Inc (Dec)
 
As %
of Revenue
 
Revenue:
                             
Professional services provided directly
 
$
269,610
   
78.9
%
$
266,175
   
80.2
%
$
3,435
   
1.3
%
 
(1.3
%)
Professional services provided through subsuppliers
   
55,806
   
16.3
   
50,543
   
15.2
   
5,263
   
10.4
   
1.1
 
Product sales
   
16,196
   
4.8
   
15,181
   
4.6
   
1,015
   
6.7
   
.2
 
Total revenue
   
341,612
   
100.0
   
331,899
   
100.0
   
9,713
   
2.9
   
.0
 
Salaries, contracted services and direct charges
   
261,005
   
76.4
   
256,643
   
77.3
   
4,362
   
1.7
   
(.9
)
Cost of product sales
   
14,964
   
4.4
   
14,562
   
4.4
   
402
   
2.8
   
.0
 
Selling, administrative and other operating costs
   
61,015
   
17.9
   
61,511
   
18.6
   
(496
)
 
(.8
)
 
(.7
)
Amortization of intangible assets
   
774
   
.2
   
773
   
.2
   
1
   
.0
   
.0
 
Non-operating income
   
(39
)
 
(.0
)
 
(79
)
 
(.0
)
 
40
   
(50.6
)
 
.0
 
Interest expense
   
41
   
.0
   
13
   
.0
   
28
   
215.4
   
.0
 
                                             
Income (loss) before income taxes
   
3,852
   
1.1
   
(1,524
)
 
(.5
)
 
5,376
   
352.8
   
1.6
 
Income taxes (benefit)
   
--
   
--
   
--
   
--
   
--
   
.0
   
.0
 
                                             
Net income (loss)
 
$
3,852
   
1.1
%
$
(1,524
)
 
(.5
)%
$
5,376
   
352.8
%
 
1.6
%
                                             
Personnel:
                                           
Management and Administrative
   
430
         
425
         
5
   
1.2
%
     
Technical Consultants
   
2,585
         
2,575
         
10
   
.4
%
     
 
Revenue

Services revenue provided directly during the year ended January 1, 2005 increased 1.3% from the comparable period a year ago while revenue from product sales increased 6.7% during the same period. We derived a lower percentage of our total revenue from direct billings (services and product) during 2004 as compared to 2003. The decrease in direct revenue as a percentage of total revenue during 2004 was due to the increase in revenue from one particular client, for whom services were provided mostly by subsuppliers. Our subsupplier revenue is mainly pass-through revenue with associated fees for management and administration providing minimal profit.

The increase in revenue from 2003 to 2004 resulted primarily from the increase in the average number of consultants we had billable during 2004, which appears to be reflective of a modest recovery in the IT market. Our technical consultant staff has increased by 10 from January 3, 2004 to year end. In addition to the increase in technical consultants, hourly rates increased slightly during 2004 as compared to 2003. As demand for IT services improved with the apparent modest recovery, hourly rates began to stabilize and trend slightly upward. Product sales have increased from fiscal year 2003, due largely to the success of our VoIP services line where we resell a significant amount of Cisco IP telephony products. With our acquisition of Wirespeed Networks LLC in January 2005, we expect product revenue to increase in 2005, both in terms of real dollars and as a percent of revenue.

Effective January 1, 2005, we are no longer a prime vendor to Bank of America. We will continue to provide services to Bank of America as a subsupplier to one of their prime vendors. During 2004 and 2003 we reported $22.8 million and $9.5 million, respectively, in subsupplier revenue with Bank of America. This revenue will not continue into 2005. Also, we are working, where possible, to change the nature of our subsupplier relationships to allow us to recognize subsupplier revenue at other clients on a net basis. This would allow us to recognize the service fees collected for this service on a net basis rather than grossing up the revenue and cost as we do today. As a result of these two factors, we expect a significant decline in subsupplier revenue in 2005. If we are able to accomplish this, our gross margin will likely improve if all other factors in our business remain the same.

 
12


Salaries, Contracted Services and Direct Charges 

Salaries, contracted services and direct charges primarily represent our payroll and benefit costs associated with billable consultants. Comparing the 2004 period to the 2003 period, these expenses decreased slightly as a percentage of revenue. We have been successful at managing our direct labor rates as our bill rates have increased slightly. We have been able to do this in part by receiving better margins with placements of new and existing billable technical staff, increasing productivity levels of our billable technical staff and partially passing on increases in benefit costs to all of our employees. The shifting of our revenue mix in 2004 to include more subsupplier revenue, with lower margins, played a role in offsetting the decrease of this category of expense as a percentage of revenue. We continuously attempt to control the factors which affect this category of expense. Due to the pricing pressures previously discussed, there can be no assurance we will be able to maintain or improve this level.

Cost of Product Sales

Cost of product sales represent our cost where we act as a reseller of hardware and software products. These costs, as a percentage of product sales, decreased significantly from 95.9% in 2003 to 92.4% in 2004. This decrease is due mainly to our work in emerging technologies where we can charge a greater margin such as our VoIP services line.

Selling, Administrative and Other Operating Costs 

Selling, administrative and other operating (SG&A) costs include management and administrative salaries, commissions paid to sales representatives and recruiters, location costs, and other administrative costs. This category of costs represented 17.9% of total revenue for the year ended January 1, 2005, down from 18.6% for the year ended January 3, 2004. Despite the increase in revenue during 2004, we have managed these costs downward primarily by reducing discretionary spending for non-billable travel, imposing wage controls on administrative and management personnel, eliminating office space where possible, and by managing the number of non-technical personnel we employ. We are committed to continuing to manage this category of expense to the right level for the Company; however, there can be no assurance this category of cost will not increase as a percentage of revenue, especially if our revenue were to decline.

Non-Operating Income

Non-operating income, consisting primarily of interest income, declined slightly during the year ended January 1, 2005 compared to the year ended January 3, 2004. The lower level of interest income in 2004 was due to a decrease in invested cash balances.

Interest Expense

Interest expense during the year ended January 1, 2005 increased slightly compared to the year ended January 3, 2004. As our revenue and payroll continue to grow, and we use modest amounts of available cash to fund acquisitions, our need to borrow to support our growth is also expected to increase modestly.

Income Taxes

We recorded no income taxes during the years ended January 1, 2005 and January 3, 2004. Income tax expense, which would have been recorded, was negated by reversals of previously established reserves against deferred tax assets. As we continue to generate profit, we anticipate reversing portions of the reserves we have established on our deferred tax assets to negate any tax expense that may otherwise have been recorded.

Personnel

We believe the fact that our technical consultants headcount increased slightly from 2003 to 2004 is an indication of what appears to be the beginning of a modest recovery in the IT sector. Administrative and management personnel increased slightly from 2003 to 2004.

 
13

 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, YEAR ENDED JANUARY 3, 2004 VS. YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 28, 2002

The following table illustrates the relationship between revenue and expense categories and provides a count of employees and technical consultants for the fiscal years ended January 3, 2004 (fiscal year 2003) versus December 28, 2002 (fiscal year 2002). The tables provide guidance in our explanation of our operations and results.

   
Year Ended
January 3, 2004
 
Year Ended
December 28, 2002
 
 
Increase (Decrease)
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Amount
 
% of
Revenue
 
 
Amount
 
% of
Revenue
 
 
Amount
 
%
Inc (Dec)
 
As %
of Revenue
 
Revenue:
                             
Professional services provided directly
 
$
266,175
   
80.2
%
$
312,085
   
73.2
%
$
(45,910
)
 
(14.7
%)
 
7.0
%
Professional services provided through subsuppliers
   
50,543
   
15.2
   
98,578
   
23.1
   
(48,035
)
 
(48.7
)
 
(7.9
)
Product sales
   
15,181
   
4.6
   
15,497
   
3.7
   
(316
)
 
(2.0
)
 
.9
 
Total revenue
   
331,899
   
100.0
   
426,160
   
100.0
   
(94,261
)
 
(22.1
)
 
.0
 
Salaries, contracted services and direct charges
   
256,643
   
77.3
   
339,016
   
79.6
   
(82,373
)
 
(24.3
)
 
(2.3
)
Cost of product sales
   
14,562
   
4.4
   
14,699
   
3.4
   
(137
)
 
(.9
)
 
1.1
 
Selling, administrative and other operating costs
   
61,511
   
18.6
   
73,694
   
17.3
   
(12,183
)
 
(16.5
)
 
1.3
 
Amortization of intangible assets
   
773
   
.2
   
785
   
.2
   
(12
)
 
(1.5
)
 
.0
 
Loss on sale of corporate headquarters building
   
--
   
--
   
1,860
   
.4
   
(1,860
)
 
(100.0
)
 
(.4
)
Non-operating income
   
(79
)
 
(.0
)
 
(122
)
 
.0
   
43
   
(35.2
)
 
.0
 
Loss on investment
   
--
   
--
   
190
   
.0
   
(190
)
 
(100.0
)
 
.0
 
Interest expense
   
13
   
.0
   
1,042
   
.2
   
(1,029
)
 
(98.8
)
 
(.2
)
Loss on debt extinguishment
   
--
   
--
   
744
   
.2
   
(744
)
 
(100.0
)
 
(.2
)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for goodwill
   
--
   
--
   
16,389
   
3.9
   
(16,389
)
 
(100.0
)
 
(3.9
)
                                             
Loss before income taxes
   
(1,524
)
 
(.5
)
 
(22,137
)
 
(5.2
)
 
20,613
   
93.1
   
4.7
 
Income taxes (benefit)
   
--
   
--
   
(1,106
)
 
(.3
)
 
1,106
   
100.0
   
.3
 
                                             
Net loss
 
$
(1,524
)
 
(.5
)%
$
(21,031
)
 
(4.9
)%
$
19,507
   
92.8
%
 
4.4
%
                                             
Personnel:
                                           
Management and Administrative
   
425
         
450
         
(25
)
 
(5.6
)%
     
Technical Consultants
   
2,575
         
2,625
         
(50
)
 
(1.9
)%
     

Revenue

Revenue provided directly for the year ended January 3, 2004 decreased 14.7% from the comparable period of the prior year. We derived a substantially greater percentage of our total revenue from direct billings during 2003 compared to 2002. This increase in the percentage of direct revenue was due principally to the decrease in Chevron Texaco and Qwest Communications Managed Services contract revenue, most of which had been provided through subsuppliers. Our subsupplier revenue is mainly pass-through revenue with associated fees for management and administration providing minimal profit.

The decrease in revenue from 2002 to 2003 resulted primarily from the decrease in the average number of consultants we had billable during 2003, as well as significant pricing pressures imposed by our clients. Product sales, consisting of the reselling of hardware and software products, were essentially unchanged from 2002 to 2003.

Salaries, Contracted Services and Direct Charges 

Salaries, contracted services and direct charges primarily represent our payroll and benefit costs associated with billable consultants. Comparing the 2003 period to the 2002 period, these expenses decreased slightly as a percentage of revenue. In 2003, we were successful at reducing our direct labor rates in response to decreasing bill rates. We were able to do this in part by passing billing rate decreases through to our consultants in the form of labor rate decreases where possible, increasing productivity levels of our billable technical staff and partially passing on increases in benefit costs to employees. The shift of our revenue mix to include more direct revenue with better margins and less low margin subsupplier revenue also played a role in decreasing this category of expense as a percentage of revenue.

Cost of Product Sales

Cost of product sales represent our cost where we act as a reseller of hardware and software products. These costs, as a percentage of product sales, increased slightly from 94.9% in 2002 to 95.9% in 2003.

 
14


Selling, Administrative and Other Operating Costs 

Selling, administrative and other operating (SG&A) costs include management and administrative salaries, commissions paid to sales representatives and recruiters, location costs, and other administrative costs. This category of costs represented 18.6% of total revenue for the year ended January 3, 2004, up from 17.3% for the year ended December 28, 2002. The significant decline in our total revenue, especially subsupplier revenue, caused SG&A costs to increase as a percentage of total revenue. The actual amounts of these costs decreased by nearly $12 million from 2002 to 2003, however. This decrease was the result of our ongoing efforts to reduce costs as demand for our services and our average billing rates declined. We decreased these costs primarily by reducing discretionary spending for non-billable travel, imposing wage controls on administrative and management personnel, eliminating or subleasing office space where possible and reducing the number of non-technical personnel we employ.

Loss on Sale of Corporate Headquarters Building 

In 2002 we sold our corporate headquarters building, incurring a loss of $1.9 million. Net proceeds of $16.4 million were used to reduce the balance on our line of credit. The Company remains a major tenant in the building following the sale.

Non-Operating Income

Non-operating income, consisting primarily of interest income, declined slightly during the year ended January 3, 2004 compared to the year ended December 28, 2002. The higher level of interest income in the 2002 period resulted from significant cash investments during the early part of the year. The cash invested during this time was then used to reduce outstanding debt.

Loss on Investment

During 2002 we wrote off a $190,000 equity investment we made during 2000. The market value of this security had declined significantly, and we deemed the decline in value to be other than temporary. We disposed of this security prior to December 28, 2002.

Interest Expense

Interest expense during the year ended January 3, 2004 decreased significantly compared to the year ended December 28, 2002. The reduction in interest expense is the result of lower levels of borrowing and reduced interest rates subsequent to our April 11, 2002 debt restructuring. In April 2003, we reduced our borrowing on our line of credit to zero, and the balance remained at or near zero throughout the remainder of fiscal 2003. Debt levels declined to zero primarily as a result of using cash invested during the first quarter of 2002, proceeds from the sale of our corporate headquarters building in May 2002 and proceeds from the Company’s federal income tax refund received in April 2003. We also experienced a decreased need to borrow to support accounts receivable as our revenue declined.

Loss on Debt Extinguishment

We completed the restructuring of our credit facility with GE Capital Corporation in the second quarter of 2002. Upon the refinancing of our debt, we recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $744,000 primarily related to make-whole payments associated with our 1998 Note Purchase Agreement and the write-off of costs associated with previous financing arrangements.

Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting for Goodwill

We adopted the full provisions of SFAS 142 in the first quarter of 2002 and recorded an impairment charge of approximately $16.4 million. SFAS 142 no longer allows the amortization of purchased goodwill and certain indefinite lived intangible assets. Instead, companies must test such assets for impairment at least annually. Based on the impairment tests during the year ended December 28, 2002, we reduced the carrying value of goodwill for our Infrastructure reporting unit to its implied fair value. The impairment was required because the estimated future performance for this reporting unit was reduced. Following the initial adoption of SFAS 142, at least annually, we are required to test our remaining goodwill for impairment. We performed these tests as of December 29, 2002 and found no indication of impairment although the carrying value of the Infrastructure and the Solutions reporting units approximated their fair values. Any significant deterioration in the outlook for these reporting units could result in future impairment of the associated goodwill. See footnote “J” to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of our adoption of SFAS 142.

 
15


Income Taxes

We recorded no income tax benefit during the year ended January 3, 2004 as non-deductible items (primarily travel meals and entertainment) negated the tax benefit of our operating loss. This compares to a tax benefit of $1.1 million recorded for the year ended December 28, 2002, or an effective tax rate of 5.0%.

Personnel

We believe the fact that our technical consultants headcount decreased only slightly indicated the beginning of a stabilization of the IT market sector. Administrative and management personnel decreased as a result of our continuing efforts to contain our operating costs.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table provides information relative to the liquidity of our business.

 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
1/1/05
 
 
 
1/3/04
 
 
Increase
(Decrease)
 
Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
 
                   
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
$
7,889
 
$
4,499
 
$
3,390
   
75.4
%
Accounts Receivable
   
57,764
   
55,623
   
2,141
   
3.8
 
Other Current Assets
   
4,029
   
4,737
   
(708
)
 
(14.9
)
Total Current Assets
   
69,682
   
64,859
   
4,823
   
7.4
 
                           
Accounts Payable
   
16,366
   
15,825
   
541
   
3.4
 
Other Current Liabilities
   
12,496
   
13,369
   
(873
)
 
(6.5
)
Total Current Liabilities
   
28,862
   
29,194
   
(332
)
 
(1.1
)
                           
Working Capital
 
$
40,820
 
$
35,665
 
$
5,155
   
14.5
 
Current Ratio
   
2.41
   
2.22
   
.19
   
8.6
 
                           
Total Shareholders’ Equity
 
$
72,618
 
$
68,663
 
$
3,955
   
5.8
 

Cash Requirements

The day-to-day operation of our business requires a significant amount of cash to flow through our Company. During fiscal year 2004, we made total payments of approximately $204.6 million to pay our employees wages, benefits, and associated taxes. We also made payments of approximately $88.3 million to pay vendors who provided billable technical resources to our clients through us. Finally, we made payments of approximately $43.2 million to fund general operating expenses such as employee expense reimbursement, office space rental and utilities.

The cash to fund these significant payments comes almost exclusively from our collection of amounts due us for services rendered to our clients (approximately $339.5 million in fiscal year 2004). Generally, payments made to fund the day-to-day operation of our business are due and payable regardless of the rate of cash collections from our clients. While we do not anticipate such an occurrence, a significant decline in the rate of collections from our clients, or an inability of the Company to timely invoice and therefore collect from our clients, could rapidly increase our need to borrow to fund the operations of our business.

Sources and Uses of Cash/Credit Facility

Cash and cash equivalents at January 1, 2005 increased by almost $3.4 million from January 3, 2004. During 2004 we have been able to keep our line of credit at or near zero and excess cash in short-term investments.

Historically, we have been able to support internal growth in our business with internally generated funds. Our primary need for working capital is to support accounts receivable resulting from our business and to fund the time lag between payroll disbursement, a bi-weekly occurrence, and receipt of fees billed to clients, which generally occurs 30 or more days after invoicing. During fiscal year 2004 as revenues and payroll have grown, our need for working capital to support accounts receivable has also grown. If our revenue and payroll continue to grow, we would expect our need for working capital to continue to increase.

We made capital expenditures totaling $2.5 million during the twelve-month period ended January 1, 2005 compared to $2.3 million in the twelve-month period ended January 3, 2004. We funded these capital expenditures with internally generated funds. We continue to tightly control capital expenditures to preserve working capital.

 
16


On January 6, 2005 we acquired the assets of Wirespeed Networks LLC for cash consideration of $2.0 million. This cash outlay, and other such acquisitions we may complete during 2005 will likely result in increased usage of our line of credit during 2005.

We believe funds generated from our business and credit available under our credit facility will be adequate to meet demands placed upon our resources by our operation, capital investments and any small acquisitions we expect to complete in 2005. If we were to acquire larger companies, we may be required to seek additional financing.
 
Effective April 11, 2002, we entered into an asset-based revolving credit agreement with up to $55.0 million of availability. We reduced the level of availability under this credit agreement to $45.0 million following the sale of our corporate headquarters building on May 15, 2002. The Company must take advances or pay down the outstanding balance daily. We can, however, choose to request fixed-term advances of one, two, or three months for a portion of the outstanding balance on the line of credit. The agreement restricts, among other things, the payment of dividends, establishes limits on capital expenditures and requires us to maintain a minimum accounts payable turnover ratio.

Effective August 5, 2004, the Company amended its revolving credit agreement to extend the expiration date from April 10, 2005 to October 31, 2006 and modified certain terms of the agreement. The amendment reduced the commitment fee from .50% to ..25% of the unused portion of the line, reduced the annual administration fee from $50,000 to $25,000, and reduced the interest rates on daily advances from the Wall Street Journal’s “Prime Rate” plus .75% to only its Prime Rate (5.25% on January 1, 2005) and fixed-term advances from the LIBOR rate plus 3.0% to the LIBOR rate plus 2.0%. This line of credit is available to us to fund working capital needs and other investments such as acquisitions as these needs arise.

In April 2003 we successfully reduced our borrowings on our line of credit to zero, and they have remained at or near zero throughout the remainder of fiscal 2003 and all of 2004. At January 1, 2005 our borrowing capability was at $29.0 million under our credit facility. Borrowings under this credit agreement are secured by all of the Company’s assets. We believe we will be able to continue to meet the requirements of this agreement for the foreseeable future.

Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases office facilities under non-cancelable operating leases. Deferred compensation is payable to participants in accordance with the terms of individual contracts. Minimum future obligations on operating leases and deferred compensation agreements at January 1, 2005, are as follows:

 (In thousands)  
1 Year
 
2-3 Years
 
4-5 Years
 
Over 5 Years
 
Total
 
                       
Operating Leases
 
$
5,035
 
$
7,381
 
$
1,594
 
$
--
 
$
14,010
 
                                 
Deferred Compensation
   
863
   
535
   
683
   
2,049
   
4,130
 
                                 
Total
 
$
5,898
 
$
7,916
 
$
2,277
 
$
2,049
 
$
18,140
 


New Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued a revision to SFAS 123, “Share-Based Payment.” The revision requires all entities to recognize compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of share-based payments granted to employees. The statement eliminates the alternative method of accounting for employee share-based payments previously available under APB Opinion No. 25. The Statement is effective for the Company beginning in the second quarter of fiscal 2005. The Company has not completed the process of evaluating the impact that will result from adopting SFAS 123(R).

 
17


Market Conditions, Business Outlook and Risks to Our Business

During fiscal 2004, several market conditions continued to affect our industry. Intense price competition in the area of IT staffing continued, pressure on billing rates, and many clients continued to request increasingly lower cost models for staff augmentation services. Although we have seen a slight reversal of these trends during 2004, increasing billing rates continue to be a challenge. Management expects that clients will continue, for the foreseeable future, to request lower cost offerings for IT staffing services through e-procurement systems, extremely competitive bidding processes, the granting of various types of discounts and the use of offshore resources. Our ability to respond to customer requests for lower pricing or to provide other low-cost solutions in this area of our business will have a direct effect on our performance. Management expects competitive conditions in the area of IT staffing services to continue for the foreseeable future, although it expects that demand for these services will increase modestly as the apparent economic recovery continues.

IT staffing continues to represent more than half of total revenue (revenue from services provided directly to clients (direct revenue) plus revenue from services provided to our clients by subsuppliers (subsupplier revenue)) and over half of our direct revenue. While we saw a slight increase in demand for our services in 2004, there can be no assurance as to when, or if, we will experience sustained revenue growth. Our ability to respond to the conditions outlined above will bear directly on our performance.

Our ability to quickly identify, attract and retain qualified technical personnel, especially during an economic recovery, will affect our results of operations and ability to grow in the future. Competition for qualified personnel is intense. If we are unable to hire the talent required by our clients in a timely, cost-effective manner, it will affect our ability to grow our business. In addition to our ability to control labor costs, our ability to control employee benefit costs and other employee-related costs will affect our future performance. In an effort to contain our benefits costs, we implemented changes to our benefits plans for fiscal year 2004 and have implemented additional changes for 2005. While we believe the changes we implemented will be effective, the effectiveness of these changes may vary due to factors we cannot control such as rising medical costs, the amount of medical services used by our employees and similar factors.

We continue to concentrate on IT staffing services in Fortune 500 and small and medium-sized businesses, business solutions for small and medium-sized businesses, and business opportunities with technology and product partners. To serve this client base, we are focusing on the following objectives: i) implementing a next generation staffing model, which will transform workforce deployment and human capital management; ii) implementing a number of improvements around key business processes that we believe will better align our business with the market needs and allow us to build a more adaptive delivery model to drive growth; iii) building a focused set of services and solutions around high-demand, emerging technologies; and iv) being an active participant in the significant consolidation taking place throughout our industry. We believe these objectives present opportunities to grow our business and provide the scale, which we believe is necessary to be successful in the staffing business in the long term. We believe scale is important because more and more clients are requiring it and it provides the operating leverage necessary to create competitive margins. Success in meeting the objectives outlined above will depend on, among other things, our ability to compete with other vendors, our ability to obtain qualified technical personnel, our success in obtaining new clients and our ability to implement those objectives.

As the IT services market continues to consolidate, we continue to look for opportunities to acquire well-managed companies with strong client and/or vendor relationships, and with geographic or vertical market presence complementary to our business. In pursuit of this strategy, on January 6, 2005 we acquired the assets of Wirespeed Networks, LLC. Pursuit of an acquisition strategy presents significant risks to the Company. If we are unable to transition and maintain employee, client and vendor relationships of the acquired companies, or are unable to integrate the back office operations of these companies to provide seamless and cost effective service to our combined clients, the anticipated benefits of these transactions may be less than expected. Additionally, use of our financial resources to acquire these companies means these resources are not available for our ordinary operations. While we expect to enter into transactions that are accretive to earnings and enhance our cash flow, failure to successfully integrate acquired companies and achieve such results could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Controlling operating costs while attempting not to impact our ability to respond to our clients also is a factor in our future success. We have continued to streamline our operations by consolidating offices, reducing administrative and management personnel and continuing to review our company structure for more efficient methods of operating our business and delivering our services. We may not be able to continue to reduce costs without affecting our ability to timely deliver service to our clients and therefore may choose to forego particular cost reductions if we believe it would be prudent to do so for the future business of the Company.

Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act under Section 404 of the Act has created substantial cost to us and strained our internal resources. We incurred significant costs throughout 2004, and we expect to continue to incur these costs in future years for maintaining compliance. An inability to control these costs, a failure to comply with Sarbanes-Oxley, or a failure to adequately remediate control deficiencies, if any, as they are identified could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 
18


Terms and conditions standard to computer consulting services contracts also present a risk to our business. In general, our clients can cancel or reduce their contracts on short notice. Loss of a significant client relationship or a significant portion thereof, a significant number of relationships or a major contract could have a material adverse effect on our business. During the fourth quarter, we were notified that we would no longer be a prime vendor to Bank of America. While we will continue to provide direct revenue to Bank of America working through another prime vendor, effective January 1, 2005, we are no longer providing services to Bank of America using our subsupplier network. These subsupplier revenues were $22.8 million during 2004.

We believe our working capital will be sufficient for the foreseeable needs of our business. Significant rapid growth in our business, a major acquisition or a significant lengthening of payment terms with major clients, could create a need for additional working capital. An inability to obtain additional working capital, should it be required, could have an adverse material effect on our business. We expect to be able to comply with the requirements of our credit agreement; however, failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Our financing agreement with GE Capital Corporation carries a variable interest rate, which exposes us to certain market risks. Market risk is the potential loss arising from the adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates. Market risk is estimated as the potential increase in fair value resulting from a hypothetical one percent increase in interest rates. For example, while our outstanding balance on our line of credit has averaged less than $1.0 million during 2004, if our average outstanding debt balance were $5.0 million, a one percent increase in interest rates would result in an annual interest expense increase of approximately $50,000.

 
19


Consolidated Balance Sheets
 

(Dollars in thousands except per share amounts)
 
January 1,
2005
 
January 3,
2004
 
           
ASSETS
         
           
Current assets:
         
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
7,889
 
$
4,499
 
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,809 and $1,508, respectively
   
57,764
   
55,623
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
   
4,029
   
4,737
 
Total current assets
   
69,682
   
64,859
 
               
Property and equipment, net
   
5,658
   
6,297
 
Intangible assets other than goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of $3,515 and $2,741, respectively
   
10,475
   
11,249
 
Goodwill
   
16,460
   
16,460
 
Other assets
   
3,402
   
3,030
 
   
$
105,677
 
$
101,895
 
               
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
             
               
Current liabilities:
             
Accounts payable
 
$
16,366
 
$
15,825
 
Salaries and vacations
   
8,828
   
7,774
 
Deferred revenue
   
1,658
   
2,766
 
Health care reserves
   
1,479
   
1,821
 
Other current liabilities
   
531
   
1,008
 
Total current liabilities
   
28,862
   
29,194
 
               
Non-current liabilities, primarily deferred compensation
   
4,197
   
4,038
 
Commitments (Note H)
             
               
Shareholders' equity:
             
Common stock, par value $.10 a share; authorized 120,000,000 shares;
issued and outstanding 24,212,457 and 24,211,807 shares, respectively
   
2,421
   
2,421
 
Additional capital
   
21,095
   
20,149
 
Deferred compensation
   
(843
)
 
--
 
Retained earnings
   
49,945
   
46,093
 
Total shareholders' equity
   
72,618
   
68,663
 
   
$
105,677
 
$
101,895
 


See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 
20


Consolidated Statements of Operations
 

   
Fiscal Year
 
(In thousands except per share amounts)
 
2004
 
2003
 
2002
 
               
Revenue:
             
Professional services provided directly
 
$
269,610
 
$
266,175
 
$
312,085
 
Professional services provided through subsuppliers
   
55,806
   
50,543
   
98,578
 
Product sales
   
16,196
   
15,181
   
15,497
 
Total revenue
   
341,612
   
331,899
   
426,160
 
                     
Operating expenses:
                   
Salaries, contracted services and direct charges
   
261,005
   
256,643
   
339,016
 
Cost of product sales
   
14,964
   
14,562
   
14,699
 
Selling, administrative and other operating costs
   
61,015
   
61,511
   
73,694
 
Amortization of intangible assets
   
774
   
773
   
785
 
Loss on sale of corporate headquarters building
   
--
   
--
   
1,860
 
                     
Operating income (loss)
   
3,854
   
(1,590
)
 
(3,894
)
                     
Non-operating income
   
39
   
79
   
122
 
Loss on investments
   
--
   
--
   
190
 
Interest expense
   
41
   
13
   
1,042
 
Loss on debt extinguishment
   
--
   
--
   
744
 
                     
Income (loss) before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
   
3,852
   
(1,524
)
 
(5,748
)
Income tax benefit
   
--
   
--
   
(1,106
)
                     
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
   
3,852
   
(1,524
)
 
(4,642
)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for goodwill
   
--
   
--
   
16,389
 
                     
Net income (loss)
 
$
3,852
 
$
(1,524
)
$
(21,031
)
                     
Per common share (basic):
                   
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
 
$
.16
 
$
(.06
)
$
(.19
)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for goodwill
   
--
   
--
   
(.68
)
Net income (loss):
 
$
.16
 
$
(.06
)
$
(.87
)
                     
Per common share (diluted):
                   
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
 
$
.16
 
$
(.06
)
$
(.19
)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for goodwill
   
--
   
--
   
(.68
)
Net income (loss):
 
$
.16
 
$
(.06
)
$
(.87
)
                     
Average common shares outstanding
   
24,212
   
24,201
   
24,198
 
Average common and common equivalent shares outstanding
   
24,398
   
24,201
   
24,198
 
 
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 
21


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows


   
Fiscal Year
 
(In thousands)
 
2004
 
2003
 
2002
 
               
Cash flows from operating activities:
             
Net income (loss)
 
$
3,852
 
$
(1,524
)
$
(21,031
)
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for goodwill
   
--
   
--
   
16,389
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
                   
Depreciation
   
2,918
   
2,883
   
4,704
 
Amortization of intangible assets
   
774
   
773
   
785
 
Loss on sale of building
   
--
   
--
   
1,860
 
Loss on disposal of other assets
   
211
   
202
   
296
 
Loss on investments
   
--
   
--
   
190
 
Change in deferred income tax assets
   
--
   
(330
)
 
3,712
 
Amortization of deferred compensation
   
101
   
--
   
--
 
Change in:
                   
Accounts receivable
   
(2,141
)
 
4,153
   
23,546
 
Prepaid expenses
   
451
   
(706
)
 
(815
)
Other assets
   
(115
)
 
(214
)
 
(268
)
Accounts payable
   
541
   
(3,141
)
 
(18,812
)
Salaries and vacations
   
1,054
   
1,738
   
(363
)
Other accrued expenses
   
(781
)
 
(119
)
 
139
 
Deferred revenue
   
(1,108
)
 
(1,574
)
 
1,470
 
Income tax refund receivable
   
--
   
4,844
   
(2,103
)
Restructuring accrual
   
(293
)
 
(587
)
 
(1,456
)
Deferred compensation
   
414
   
661
   
(5,525
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
   
5,878
   
7,059
   
2,718
 
                     
Cash flows from investing activities:
                   
Property and equipment additions
   
(2,508
)
 
(2,334
)
 
(1,664
)
Proceeds from liquidation of annuities and other contracts
   
--
   
--
   
5,016
 
Proceeds from property and equipment sales
   
18
   
23
   
16,448
 
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
   
(2,490
)
 
(2,311
)
 
19,800
 
                     
Cash flows from financing activities:
                   
Net change in line of credit
   
--
   
(324
)
 
324
 
Proceeds from borrowings
   
--
   
--
   
29,525
 
Repayment of borrowings
   
--
   
--
   
(70,525
)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
   
2
   
21
   
8
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
   
2
   
(303
)
 
(40,668
)
                     
Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents
   
3,390
   
4,445
   
(18,150
)
                     
Cash and equivalents at beginning of year
   
4,499
   
54
   
18,204
 
                     
Cash and equivalents at end of year
 
$
7,889
 
$
4,499
 
$
54
 
                     
Supplemental cash flow information:
                   
Cash paid (refunded) during the year for:
                   
Income taxes
 
$
35
 
$
(4,515
)
$
(2,715
)
Interest
   
41
   
13
   
1,073
 


See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 
22


Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity


 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
Common
Stock
 
 
 
Additional
Capital
 
 
 
Deferred
Compensation
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive Loss
 
 
 
Retained
Earnings
 
 
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
                           
Balances at December 31, 2001
 
$
2,420
 
$
20,121
       
$
(106
)
$
68,648
 
$
91,083
 
                                       
Common stock issued - 2,685 shares upon exercise of
stock options
         
8
                     
8
 
Realized loss on available for sale securities
                     
106
         
106
 
Net loss
                           
(21,031
)
 
(21,031
)
Comprehensive loss
   
          
   
 
         
 
   
 
   
(20,925
)
Balances at December 28, 2002
   
2,420
   
20,129
       
$
0
   
47,617
   
70,166
 
                                       
Common stock issued - 12,500 shares upon exercise of
stock options
   
1
   
20
                     
21
 
Net loss (Comprehensive loss)
   
 
   
 
               
(1,524
)
 
(1,524
)
Balances at January 3, 2004
   
2,421
   
20,149
               
46,093
   
68,663
 
                                       
Common stock issued - 650 shares upon exercise of
stock options
         
2
                     
2
 
Issuance of restricted stock - 300,000 shares
         
944
 
$
(944
)
             
--
 
Amortization of deferred compensation
               
101
               
101
 
Net income (Comprehensive income)
   
 
   
 
   
 
         
3,852
   
3,852
 
Balances at January 1, 2005
 
$
2,421
 
$
21,095
 
$
(843
)
     
$
49,945
 
$
72,618
 


See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 
23

 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
A. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of business - Analysts International Corporation (the Company) is a diversified IT services company. Services are provided through the Business Solutions Group, which provides business solutions and network infrastructure services; the Managed Services Group, which provides a comprehensive range of outsourced business functions; and IT supplemental resources (also referred to as technical staff augmentation), which provides resources for supporting clients’ IT staffing needs.

Basis of presentation - The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Analysts International and our subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Change in fiscal year - Effective December 28, 2002, we changed our fiscal year to end on the Saturday closest to December 31. This change in year-end did not have a material impact on our operations. References to fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2003 refer to the fiscal periods from January 4, 2004 to January 1, 2005 and from December 29, 2002 to January 3, 2004, respectively.

Depreciation - - Property and equipment is being depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives (1 to 10 years for leasehold improvements and 2 to 7 years for office furniture and equipment) of the assets for financial statement purposes and accelerated methods for income tax purposes.

Financial instruments - In accordance with the requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 107, “Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” management estimates the carrying value of all financial instruments approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments.

Revenue recognition - We recognize revenue for our staffing business and the majority of our solutions and infrastructure business as services are performed or products are delivered. Certain of our outsourcing and help desk engagements provide for a specific level of service each month for which we bill a standard monthly fee. Revenue for these engagements is recognized in monthly installments over the period of the contract. In some such contracts we invoice in advance for two or more months of service. When we do this, the revenue is deferred and recognized over the term of the invoicing agreement.

In certain client situations, where the nature of the engagement requires it, we utilize the services of other companies in our industry. If these services are provided under an arrangement whereby we agree to retain only a fixed portion of the amount billed to the client to cover our management and administrative costs, we classify the amount billed to the client as subsupplier revenue. These revenues, however, are recorded on a gross vs. net basis because we retain credit risk and are the primary obligor to our client. All revenue derived from services provided by our employees or other independent contractors working directly for us are recorded as direct revenue.

We generally do not enter into fixed price engagements. If we enter into such an engagement, revenue is recognized over the life of the contract based on time and materials input to date and estimated time and materials to complete the project. This method of revenue recognition relies on accurate estimates of the cost, scope, and duration of the engagement. If the Company does not accurately estimate the resources required or the scope of the work to be performed, then future revenues may be negatively affected or losses on contracts may need to be recognized. All future anticipated losses are recognized in the period they are identified.

Net income (loss) per share - Basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) are presented in accordance with SFAS No. 128, "Earnings per Share.” Basic EPS excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The difference between weighted-average common shares and average common and common equivalent shares used in computing diluted EPS is the result of outstanding stock options and restricted stock awards. Options to purchase 2,391,000, 2,126,000 and 2,067,000 shares of common stock were outstanding at the end of fiscal periods 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, but were excluded from the computation of common stock equivalents because they were anti-dilutive.

Cash equivalents - Temporary cash investments in money market accounts are considered to be cash equivalents.

Allowance for doubtful accounts - In each accounting period we determine an amount to set aside to cover potentially uncollectible accounts based on our evaluation of accounts receivable for risk associated with a client’s ability to make contractually required payments. Our revenue and accounts receivable are concentrated with large, established companies. IBM and Bank of America represented 12% and 11% of our total revenue for 2004, respectively. IBM represented 12% of our total accounts receivable balance at January 1, 2005.
 
 
24

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
 
Shares reserve - At January 1, 2005, there were approximately 30,806,000 shares reserved for issuance under the stock option plans and the shareholders' rights plan.

Estimates - The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Other intangible assets - Other intangible assets consist of tradenames and customer lists. The customer list is amortized on a straight-line basis over 15 years. At January 1, 2005, management assessed whether indications of impairment in the value of intangible assets were present. The factors considered by management in performing this assessment included current operating results, trends and prospects, as well as the anticipated effects of demand, competition and other economic factors. No indicators of impairment were identified at January 1, 2005.

Goodwill assets - Effective January 1, 2002, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” SFAS No. 142 prohibits companies from amortizing purchased goodwill. Instead, we examine our goodwill at least annually to determine if impairment has occurred. See Note J for discussion of the impact of this adoption. Effective September 4, 2004, we changed the date at which we will perform our annual examination for impairment from the first day of the fiscal year to the last day of our monthly accounting period for August. The change was made in response to significant constraints on our resources during our first fiscal quarter.

Derivatives - The Company’s policy is not to use freestanding derivatives and not to enter into contracts with terms that cannot be designated as normal purchases or sales.

Stock Option Plans - Analysts International has five stock-based compensation plans, which are described below. We have adopted the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” and have continued to apply Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations in accounting for these plans. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for these stock option plans. Had compensation cost for our stock-based compensation plans been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates as calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 123, our pro forma net income (loss) and net income (loss) per share for the years ended January 1, 2005, January 3, 2004 and December 28, 2002 would have been the amounts indicated below:

   
Year Ended
 
(In thousands except per share amounts)
 
January 1,
2005
 
January 3,
2004
 
December 28,
2002
 
               
Net income (loss) as reported:
 
$
3,852
 
$
(1,524
)
$
(21,031
)
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under
the fair value based method, net of related tax effects
   
(567
)
 
(542
)
 
(1,171
)
Pro forma net income (loss)
 
$
3,285
 
$
(2,066
)
$
(22,202
)
                     
Net income (loss) per share:
                   
Basic - as reported
 
$
.16
 
$
(.06
)
$
(.87
)
Basic - pro forma
   
.14
   
(.09
)
 
(.92
)
                     
Diluted - as reported
 
$
.16
 
$
(.06
)
$
(.87
)
Diluted - pro forma
   
.13
   
(.09
)
 
(.92
)
 
 
25

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The fair market value of each stock option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

   
Year Ended
 
   
January 1,
2005
 
January 3,
2004
 
December 28,
2002
 
               
Expected life
   
8 year
   
5 year
   
5 year
 
Expected volatility
   
72
%
 
79
%
 
72
%
Expected dividend yield
   
0.0
%
 
0.0
%
 
0.0
%
Risk-free interest rate
   
2.7
%
 
2.6
%
 
5.0
%

The weighted average fair value of options granted during the years ended January 1, 2005, January 3, 2004 and December 28, 2002 was $1.98, $1.75 and $1.82, respectively.

Analysts International has options outstanding under three option plans under which new options may be granted. Under the 1999 Stock Option Plan, the Company may grant options to its employees for up to 1,000,000 shares of common stock. Under the 2000 Stock Option Plan, the Company may grant non-qualified options to its employees for up to 225,000 shares of common stock. Under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, the Company may grant incentive options, non-qualified options or stock awards for up to 1,000,000 shares of common stock. In addition the Company has outstanding options under the 1994 Incentive Stock Option Plan and the 1996 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors. Under all plans, the exercise price of each option equals the market price of the Company's stock on the date of grant and an option's maximum term is generally 10 years. Options and awards are generally exercisable 25% annually beginning one year after date of grant. 

A summary of the status of the Company's stock option plans as of January 1, 2005, January 3, 2004 and December 28, 2002 and changes during the periods ending on those dates is presented below:

   
 
Shares
 
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2001
   
1,819,054
 
$
10.01
 
               
Granted
   
536,500
   
3.27
 
Exercised
   
(2,828
)
 
3.19
 
Expired
   
(285,314
)
 
10.65
 
Outstanding at December 28, 2002
   
2,067,412
   
8.18
 
               
Granted
   
287,000
   
2.85
 
Exercised
   
(12,500
)
 
1.68
 
Expired
   
(216,230
)
 
4.88
 
Outstanding at January 3, 2004
   
2,125,682
   
7.83
 
               
Granted
   
445,000
   
3.10
 
Exercised
   
(650
)
 
3.19
 
Expired
   
(178,748
)
 
8.69
 
Outstanding at January 1, 2005
   
2,391,284
 
$
6.88
 
 
Shares available for future grant at January 1, 2005 and January 3, 2004 were 905,445 and 382,736, respectively.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at January 1, 2005:

   
Options Outstanding
 
Options Exercisable
 
 
Range of Exercise Prices
 
Number
Outstanding
at 1/1/05
 
Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
 
 
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
 
Number
Exercisable
at 1/1/05
 
 
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
 
$2.00 - $3.00
   
894,500
   
8.72
 
$
2.94
   
202,250
 
$
2.95
 
$3.19 - $4.40
   
631,608
   
6.79
 
$
3.93
   
437,590
 
$
3.92
 
$5.01 - $10.38
   
463,250
   
5.69
 
$
9.04
   
428,250
 
$
9.37
 
$10.81 - $34.94
   
401,926
   
3.78
 
$
17.80
   
401,926
 
$
17.80
 
                                 
$2.00 - $34.94
   
2,391,284
   
6.79
 
$
6.88
   
1,470,016
 
$
9.17
 

Shares exercisable at January 1, 2005, January 3, 2004 and December 28, 2002 were 1,470,016, 1,255,346 and 911,533, respectively.

 
26


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Accounting Pronouncements - In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued a revision to SFAS 123, “Share-Based Payment.” The revision requires all entities to recognize compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of share-based payments granted to employees. The statement eliminates the alternative method of accounting for employee share-based payments previously available under APB Opinion No. 25. The Statement is effective for the Company beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 2005. The Company has not completed the process of evaluating the impact that will result from adopting SFAS 123(R).

Reclassifications - Certain balances in prior fiscal years have been reclassified to conform to the presentation adopted in the current fiscal year. These reclassifications had no impact on our results of operations or shareholders’ equity as previously reported.

B. Property and Equipment

 
(In thousands)
 
January 1,
2005
 
January 3,
2004
 
           
Leasehold improvements
 
$
3,133
 
$
3,105
 
Office furniture & equipment
   
30,785
   
30,668
 
     
33,918
   
33,773
 
Accumulated depreciation
   
28,260
   
27,476
 
   
$
5,658
 
$
6,297
 

On May 15, 2002, we completed the sale of our corporate headquarters building. The net proceeds of the sale were $16,380,000. The Company recorded a $1,860,000 loss on the sale. The Company remains a major tenant in the building following the sale. The balance in leasehold improvements includes improvements in leased office spaces throughout the Company.

C. Other Intangible Assets

For the year ended January 1, 2005, we did not acquire or dispose of any intangible assets. Other intangibles consisted of the following:
 
   
January 1, 2005
 
January 3, 2004
 
(In thousands)
 
Gross Carrying Amount
 
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Other Intangibles, Net
 
Gross Carrying Amount
 
 
Accumulated Amortization
 
Other
Intangibles, Net
 
                           
Customer list
 
$
12,270
 
$
(3,382
)
$
8,888
 
$
12,270
 
$
(2,608
)
$
9,662
 
Tradename
   
1,720
   
(133
)
 
1,587
   
1,720
   
(133
)
 
1,587
 
                                       
   
$
13,990
 
$
(3,515
)
$
10,475
 
$
13,990
 
$
(2,741
)
$
11,249
 
 
The customer list is scheduled to be fully amortized by 2015 with corresponding amortization estimated to be approximately $800,000 per year. The tradename is considered to have an indefinite life and is not amortized.

D. Deferred Compensation

Analysts International has a Deferred Compensation Plan for key management employees as determined by the Compensation Committee. Included in liabilities at January 1, 2005 and January 3, 2004 is $4,130,000 and $3,716,000, respectively, representing the Company's liability under the Plan. This liability is being partially funded by the purchase of life insurance and annuity contracts. Included in other assets at January 1, 2005 and January 3, 2004 is $1,310,000 and $1,195,000, respectively, representing the carrying value, which approximates market value, of the annuities and insurance cash value. Deferred compensation expense for the years ended January 1, 2005, January 3, 2004 and December 28, 2002 was approximately $920,000, $1,003,000 and $162,000, respectively.

 
27


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

E. Long-term Debt

Effective April 11, 2002, we consummated an asset-based revolving credit facility with up to $55,000,000 of availability.  We reduced the level of availability to $45,000,000 following the sale of our corporate headquarters building on May 15, 2002. Borrowings under this credit agreement are secured by all of the Company’s assets. The Company must take advances or pay down the outstanding balance daily. We can, however, choose to request fixed-term advances of one, two, or three months for a portion of the outstanding balance on the line of credit. During 2002, we used an initial advance under the line of credit of $29,800,000 to pay the outstanding balance of the senior notes ($19,100,000, including make-whole obligations), the outstanding balance on an existing line of credit ($10,300,000), and certain transaction expenses. Repayment of the senior notes resulted in a loss on the early extinguishment of debt of $744,000 in 2002.

Effective August 5, 2004, the Company amended its revolving credit agreement to extend the expiration date from April 10, 2005 to October 31, 2006 and modified certain terms of the agreement. The amendment reduced the commitment fee from .50% to .25% of the unused portion of the line, reduced the annual administration fee from $50,000 to $25,000, and reduced the interest rates on daily advances from the Wall Street Journal’s “Prime Rate” plus .75% to only its Prime Rate (5.25% on January 1, 2005) and fixed-term advances from the LIBOR rate plus 3.0% to the LIBOR rate plus 2.0%. The agreement restricts, among other things, the payment of dividends, establishes limits on capital expenditures and requires us to maintain a minimum accounts payable turnover ratio. We believe we will be able to continue to meet the requirements of this agreement for the foreseeable future.

F. Shareholders' Rights Plan

On June 15, 1989, the Board of Directors adopted a common stock shareholders' rights plan. Under this plan, the Board of Directors declared a dividend of one common share purchase right for each outstanding share of common stock and stock options granted and available for grant. The Board of Directors amended the plan on April 29, 1996 and April 16, 1998. The rights, which expire on April 16, 2006, are exercisable only under certain conditions, and when exercisable the holder will be entitled to purchase from the Company one share of common stock at a price of $160.00, subject to certain adjustments. The rights will become exercisable after a person or group acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more (or as low as 10% as the Board of Directors may determine) of the Company's common stock or after a person or group announces an offer, the consummation of which would result in such person or group owning 15% or more of the common stock.

If the Company is acquired at any time after the rights become exercisable, the rights will be adjusted so as to entitle a holder to purchase a number of shares of common stock of the acquiring company at one-half of their market value. If any person or group acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the Company's shares, the rights will be adjusted so as to entitle a holder (other than such person or group whose rights become void) to purchase a number of shares of common stock of Analysts International Corporation at one-half of their market value or the Board of Directors may exchange the rights, in whole or in part, at an exchange ratio of one common share per right (subject to adjustment).

At any time prior to an acquisition by a person or group of beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the Company's shares, the Board of Directors may redeem the rights at $.01 per right.

G. Income Taxes
 
The provision for income tax expense (benefit) was as follows:
 
   
Fiscal Year
 
(In thousands)
 
2004
 
2003
 
2002
 
               
Currently payable (receivable):
             
Federal
 
$
--
 
$
277
 
$
(4,818
)
State
   
--
   
53
   
--
 
     
0
   
330
   
(4,818
)
                     
Deferred:
                   
Federal
   
(1,581
)
 
(296
)
 
(2,220
)
State
   
(233
)
 
(34
)
 
(1,185
)
     
(1,814
)
 
(330
)
 
(3,405
)
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset
   
1,814
   
--
   
7,117
 
     
0
   
(330
)
 
3,712
 
                     
Total:
 
$
0
 
$
0
 
$
(1,106
)

 
28


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) are comprised of the following:

 
(In thousands)
 
January 1,
2005
 
January 3,
2004
 
           
Deferred compensation
 
$
1,611
 
$
1,449
 
Accrued vacation and compensatory time
   
400
   
487
 
Accrued reorganization costs
   
124
   
238
 
Self-insured health care reserves
   
(102
)
 
36
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts
   
773
   
588
 
Depreciation
   
287
   
169
 
Capital loss carryforward
   
1,148
   
1,148
 
Goodwill and other intangibles
   
3,050
   
4,063
 
State net operating loss carryforwards
   
764
   
1,120
 
Federal net operating loss carryforward
   
806
   
1,509
 
Other
   
213
   
81
 
Valuation allowance
   
(6,478
)
 
(8,292
)
               
Net deferred tax assets
 
$
2,596
 
$
2,596
 
               
Whereof:
             
Current
 
$
366
 
$
968
 
Noncurrent
   
2,230
   
1,628
 
   
$
2,596
 
$
2,596
 

The federal net operating loss (NOL) carryforward was generated in 2003 and expires in 2023. The state NOL carryforwards expire as follows: $10,000 in 2005, $215,000 in 2006 through 2009, $257,000 in 2010 through 2019 and $282,000 in 2020 and beyond.
 
The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the federal statutory income tax rates to pretax income (loss) as a result of the following differences:

   
Fiscal Year
 
(In thousands)
 
2004
 
2003
 
2002
 
               
Income tax (benefit) at statutory federal rate
 
$
1,349
 
$
(533
)
$
(7,748
)
State and local taxes, net of federal benefit
   
100
   
(59
)
 
(863
)
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset
   
(1,814
)
 
--
   
7,117
 
Meals and Entertainment
   
215
   
232
   
241
 
Other
   
150
   
360
   
147
 
                     
Total tax provision
 
$
0
 
$
0
 
$
(1,106
)

H. Commitments

At January 1, 2005 aggregate net minimum rental commitments under noncancelable operating leases having an initial or remaining term of more than one year are payable as follows:

(In thousands)
         
           
Year ending December 31,
   
2005
 
$
7,145
 
     
2006
   
5,711
 
     
2007
   
3,338
 
     
2008
   
1,594
 
 
   
Later
   
--
 
           
17,788
 
               
Less: sublease contracts
         
(3,778
)
               
Total minimum obligation
       
$
14,010
 
 
Rent expense, primarily for office facilities, for the years ended January 1, 2005, January 3, 2004 and December 28, 2002 were $5,250,000, $6,216,000 and $6,327,000, respectively.

29

 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Analysts International has compensation arrangements with its corporate officers and certain other employees, which provide for certain payments in the event of a change of control of the Company.

We also sponsor a 401(k) plan. Substantially all employees are eligible to participate and may contribute up to 50% of their pretax earnings, subject to IRS maximum contribution amounts. After one year of employment, we make matching contributions in the form of Company stock of 18% of a participant’s first 15% of pre-tax contributions. Match contributions vest at the rate of 20% per year and are fully vested after five years of service. We made match contributions for the years ended January 1, 2005, January 3, 2004 and December 28, 2002 in the amount of approximately $580,000, $663,000 and $852,000, respectively.

I. Restructuring Charge

In December 2000, we recorded a restructuring charge of $7.0 million including $4.4 million to cover lease terminations and abandonment costs (net of sublease income). A summary of the restructuring charge and subsequent activity in the restructuring accrual account, which is included in other current and other non-current liabilities, is as follows:

 
(In thousands)
 
Workforce
Reduction
 
Office Closure/
Consolidation
 
 
Total
 
               
Balance at December 31, 2001
 
$
24
 
$
2,630
 
$
2,654
 
                     
Cash expenditures
   
24
   
1,511
   
1,535
 
Non-cash charges
   
--
   
96
   
96
 
Additional accrual
   
--
   
175
   
175
 
Balance at December 28, 2002
 
$
--
 
$
1,198
 
$
1,198
 
                     
Cash expenditures
         
587
   
587
 
Non-cash charges
         
--
   
--
 
Balance at January 3, 2004
       
$
611
 
$
611
 
                     
Cash expenditures
         
293
   
293
 
Non-cash charges
         
--
   
--
 
Balance at January 1, 2005
       
$
318
 
$
318
 

During fiscal 2002, we were less successful than anticipated in subleasing certain of the vacated spaces. As a result it became necessary to add $175,000 to the reserve. While we believe the reserve is currently adequate, negative sublease activity in the future, including any defaults of existing subleases could create the need for future adjustments to this reserve.

J. Adoption of SFAS No. 141 and SFAS No. 142

In preparation for the adoption of SFAS No. 141 and SFAS No. 142 we evaluated our goodwill and intangible assets acquired prior to June 30, 2001, the effective date of SFAS No. 141, using the criteria of SFAS No. 141. This evaluation resulted in $1,080,000 of other intangibles (comprised entirely of assembled workforce intangibles) being subsumed into goodwill at January 1, 2002. 

SFAS No. 142 prohibits companies from continuing to amortize purchased goodwill and certain indefinite-lived intangible assets. Instead companies must test such assets for impairment at least annually. We evaluated our intangible assets as of January 1, 2002 and determined that the customer list had a determinable life while the tradename did not. Effective January 1, 2002 we ceased amortization of the tradename asset.

SFAS No. 142 prescribes a two-phase process for impairment testing of goodwill. The first phase screens for impairment, while the second phase measures the impairment. We completed our first phase impairment analysis during the first quarter of 2004 and found no indication of impairment of our recorded goodwill; accordingly, the second phase testing was not required.

Based on the impairment tests for fiscal 2002, we recognized a transitional impairment loss of $16,389,000 in the first quarter of 2002 to reduce the carrying value of goodwill at our infrastructure reporting unit to its implied fair value. We did not record a tax benefit for this adjustment, as our current operating performance required the establishment of a reserve against the deferred tax asset created by this impairment.

 
30


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

The impairment was required because economic conditions at the time of testing (including declining operating margins and lower demand for our services) reduced the estimated future expected performance for this operating unit. Under SFAS 142, the impairment adjustment recognized at adoption of the new rules was reflected as a cumulative effect of accounting change in our first quarter 2002 statement of operations. Impairment adjustments recognized after adoption, if any, generally are required to be recognized as operating expenses.

The Company’s year-end closing and reporting process has been truncated in order to meet current, as well as future, accelerated periodic filing requirements, resulting in significant constraints on its resources during its first fiscal quarter. Accordingly, effective September 4, 2004, the Company changed the designated date of the annual evaluation of goodwill from the first day of the fiscal year to the last day of its monthly accounting period for August. This change allows the Company to perform testing at a point in the reporting cycle that does not fall during the year-end closing and reporting process so that additional resources are available. The Company performed the test at September 4, 2004, and determined that no impairment charge for goodwill was required, although the valuation determined the fair value of the Staffing, Infrastructure and Solutions reporting units to approximate their carrying value. The change is not intended to delay, accelerate, or avoid an impairment charge. The Company believes that the change described above is to an alternative accounting method that is preferable under the circumstances.

K. Restricted Stock

Effective June 18, 2004, the Company hired a new President who was granted a restricted stock award of 200,000 shares. At the time of the award, the aggregate market value of the restricted stock was $558,000 and was recorded as deferred compensation, a separate component of shareholders’ equity. The restricted stock award vests at the rate of 25% per year and is fully vested after four years.
 
Effective October 21, 2004, the Company’s CEO was granted a restricted stock award of 100,000 shares. At the time of the award, the aggregate market value of the restricted stock was $386,000 and was recorded as deferred compensation, a separate component of shareholders’ equity. The restricted stock award vests at the rate of 33% per year and is fully vested after three years.

L. Subsequent Events

On January 6, 2005, the Company acquired the assets of Wirespeed Networks LLC for $2.0 million in cash and 103,093 shares of common stock, valued at $400,000. The common stock and $250,000 were placed in escrow to be paid to the Principals of Wirespeed over the next three years. In addition, the purchase agreement contains a maximum payout of an additional $2.8 million in earn-out consideration over the next four years, contingent upon the achievement of aggressive financial targets.

 
31


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM




Shareholders and Board of Directors
Analysts International Corporation
Minneapolis, Minnesota



We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Analysts International Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 1, 2005 and January 3, 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years ended January 1, 2005, January 3, 2004 and December 28, 2002. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Analysts International Corporation and subsidiaries as of January 1, 2005 and January 3, 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended January 1, 2005, January 3, 2004 and December 28, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 1, 2005, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 17, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

As discussed in Note J to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for goodwill and certain intangibles in 2002.



/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 17, 2005
 
 
32


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM




Shareholders and Board of Directors
Analysts International Corporation
Minneapolis, Minnesota




We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Analysts International Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 1, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 1, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 1, 2005, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended January 1, 2005 of the Company and our reports dated, March 17, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule.

 
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 17, 2005

 
33


 
Report of Management


The consolidated financial statements of Analysts International Corporation published in this report were prepared by company management, which is responsible for their integrity and objectivity. The statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America applying certain estimates and judgments as required. The financial information elsewhere in this report is consistent with the statements.

Analysts International maintains internal controls adequate to provide reasonable assurance its transactions are appropriately recorded and reported, its assets are protected and its established policies are followed. The structure is enforced by written policies and procedures, internal audit activities and a qualified financial staff.

Our independent auditors, Deloitte & Touche LLP, provide an objective independent review by audit of Analysts International’s consolidated financial statements and issuance of a report thereon.

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, comprised solely of outside directors, meets with the independent auditors and representatives from management to appraise the adequacy and effectiveness of the audit functions, internal controls and quality of our financial accounting and reporting.



Dated: March 17, 2005
By:
/s/ Michael J. LaVelle
   
Michael J. LaVelle
   
Chief Executive Officer
     
Dated: March 17, 2005
By:
/s/ David J. Steichen
   
David J. Steichen
   
Chief Financial Officer


 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting



Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control - Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of January 1, 2005. Our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of January 1, 2005 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.



Dated: March 17, 2005
By:
/s/ Michael J. LaVelle
   
Michael J. LaVelle
   
Chief Executive Officer
     
Dated: March 17, 2005
By:
/s/ David J. Steichen
   
David J. Steichen
   
Chief Financial Officer

 
34


Stock Data


   
Market Range
 
Fiscal Year Ended January 1, 2005
 
High
 
Low
 
Close
 
               
Fourth Quarter
 
$
4.26
 
$
3.20
 
$
4.00
 
Third Quarter
   
4.63
   
2.81
   
3.78
 
Second Quarter
   
3.50
   
2.68
   
3.14
 
First Quarter
   
3.59
   
2.71
   
3.05
 
                     
Fiscal Year Ended January 3, 2004
                   
                     
Fourth Quarter
 
$
3.70
 
$
2.10
 
$
3.18
 
Third Quarter
   
3.15
   
2.11
   
2.56
 
Second Quarter
   
2.54
   
1.25
   
2.45
 
First Quarter
   
2.15
   
1.15
   
1.51
 


The Company’s common shares are traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market® under the symbol ANLY. As of March 7, 2005, there were approximately 1,121 shareholders of record. The above table sets forth for the periods indicated the market prices for the Company's Common Stock as reported by Nasdaq.

The Company’s current debt arrangement prohibits the payment of dividends. There can be no assurance the Company will be able to reinstate a dividend paying policy in the future.


Sales of Unregistered Securities

On January 6, 2005, the Company acquired Wirespeed Networks LLC. The Company issued 103,093 of its common stock, having an aggregate value of $400,000, to an escrow account. The shares will be distributed on a pro rata basis from the escrow account to the Principals of Wirespeed Networks LLC at the end of the next three fiscal years. These shares were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933. The unregistered shares were issued in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, as a sale by the Company not involving a public offering. No underwriters were involved with such issuance of common stock. 

 
35

 
Five Year Financial Summary

 
 
(In thousands except per share amounts
 
 
 
Fiscal Year
 
Six Months
Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
Fiscal Year
 
and number of personnel)
 
2004
 
2003
 
2002
 
2001
 
2000
 
2000
 
                           
Revenue:
                         
Professional services provided directly
 
$
269,610
 
$
266,175
 
$
312,085
 
$
390,320
 
$
221,760
 
$
420,140
 
Professional services provided through subsuppliers
   
55,806
   
50,543
   
98,578
   
140,340
   
61,634
   
138,591
 
Product sales
   
16,196
   
15,181
   
15,497
   
21,067
   
4,946
   
--
 
Total revenue
   
341,612
   
331,899
   
426,160
   
551,727
   
288,340
   
558,731
 
                                       
Salaries, contracted services and direct charges
   
261,005
   
256,643
   
339,016
   
438,420
   
230,731
   
452,334
 
Cost of product sales
   
14,964
   
14,562
   
14,699
   
19,286
   
4,507
   
--
 
Amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets
   
774
   
773
   
785
   
3,212
   
1,370
   
1,025
 
Loss on sale of corporate headquarters (See Note B)
   
--
   
--
   
1,860
   
--
   
--
   
--
 
Restructuring charge (See Note I)
   
--
   
--
   
--
   
--
   
7,000
   
--
 
Non-operating income
   
39
   
79
   
122
   
247
   
68
   
1,452
 
Loss on investment*
   
--
   
--
   
190
   
3,012
   
--
   
--
 
Interest expense
   
41
   
13
   
1,042
   
2,899
   
1,494
   
1,584
 
Loss on debt extinguishment (See Note E)
   
--
   
--
   
744
   
--
   
--
   
--
 
Income taxes (benefit) and minority interest
   
--
   
--
   
(1,106
)
 
216
   
(3,631
)
 
5,769
 
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in
accounting for goodwill
   
3,852
   
(1,524
)
 
(4,642
)
 
(2,980
)
 
(6,302
)
 
9,788
 
                                       
Cumulative effect of change in accounting for goodwil
(See Note J)
   
--
   
--
   
16,389
   
--
   
--
   
--
 
                                       
Total assets
   
105,677
   
101,895
   
106,744
   
192,884
   
201,729
   
192,144
 
Long-term liabilities
   
4,197
   
4,038
   
3,605
   
7,588
   
45,615
   
41,739
 
Shareholders’ equity
   
72,618
   
68,663
   
70,166
   
91,083
   
95,083
   
99,053
 
                                       
Per share data:
                                     
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in
accounting for goodwill (basic)
   
.16
   
(.06
)
 
(.19
)
 
(.12
)
 
(.28
)
 
.43
 
Net income (loss) before cumulative effect of change in
accounting for goodwill (diluted)
   
.16
   
(.06
)
 
(.19
)
 
(.12
)
 
(.28
)
 
.43
 
Cash dividends
   
.00
   
.00
   
.00
   
.10
   
.20
   
.40
 
Shareholders’ equity
   
3.00
   
2.84
   
2.90
   
3.76
   
3.93
   
4.38
 
                                       
Average common shares outstanding
   
24,212
   
24,201
   
24,198
   
24,196
   
22,624
   
22,583
 
Average common and common equivalent shares
outstanding
   
24,398
   
24,201
   
24,198
   
24,196
   
22,624
   
22,624
 
                                       
Number of Personnel
   
3,015
   
3,000
   
3,075
   
3,800
   
4,750
   
4,800
 

*We recorded a $3.0 million loss during 2001 relating to a 1999 equity investment in a privately held Minneapolis-based software company specializing in the storage and transmission of high volume data.
 
We changed our fiscal year end to December 31, 2000. Accordingly, we have presented financial information for the six months ended December 31, 2000 (the transition period). Effective December 28, 2002, we changed our fiscal year to end on the Saturday closest to December 31. Accordingly, references herein to our fiscal year 2004 refers to the period from January 4, 2004 to January 1, 2005, our fiscal year 2003 refers to the period from December 29, 2002 to January 3, 2004, and our fiscal year 2002 refers to the period from January 1, 2002 to December 28, 2002.
 
 
36

 
Quarterly Revenues and Income

 
The following table sets forth certain statements of operations data for each of the quarters indicated below, and in the opinion of management, contains all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation thereof.
 

   
Quarter Ended
     
(In thousands except per share amounts)
 
April 3
 
July 3
 
October 2
 
January 1
 
Total
 
                       
Fiscal 2004
                     
                       
Total revenue
 
$
85,394
 
$
86,865
 
$
86,380
 
$
82,973
 
$
341,612
 
Gross margin
   
15,730
   
16,071
   
16,385
   
17,457
   
65,643
 
Income before income taxes
   
454
   
706
   
1,284
   
1,408
   
3,852
 
Income taxes (benefit)
   
--
   
--
   
--
   
--
   
--
 
Net income
   
454
   
706
   
1,284
   
1,408
   
3,852
 
Net income per share (basic)
   
.02
   
.03
   
.05
   
.06
   
.16
 
Net income per share (diluted)
   
.02
   
.03
   
.05
   
.06
   
.16
 

   
Quarter Ended
     
   
March 29
 
June 28
 
September 27
 
January 3
 
Total
 
                       
Fiscal 2003
                     
                       
Total revenue
 
$
86,041
 
$
82,610
 
$
80,036
 
$
83,212
 
$
331,899
 
Gross margin
   
15,385
   
15,071
   
14,630
   
15,608
   
60,694
 
Loss before income taxes
   
(373
)
 
(168
)
 
(559
)
 
(424
)
 
(1,524
)
Income taxes (benefit)
   
(57
)
 
--
   
--
   
57
   
--
 
Net loss
   
(316
)
 
(168
)
 
(559
)
 
(481
)
 
(1,524
)
Net loss per share (basic and diluted)
   
(.01
)
 
(.01
)
 
(.02
)
 
(.02
)
 
(.06
)
 
 
37



[INSIDE BACK COVER]
 

Corporate Information


Board of Directors
Officers
10-K and Other Reports Available
     
Inside Directors
 
Michael J. LaVelle
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
 
Frederick W. Lang
Chairman Emeritus of the Board
 
John D. Bamberger
Executive Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer
 
Outside Directors
 
Krzysztof K. Burhardt
Partner, Clotho & Associates
 
Willis K. Drake
Retired Chairman of the Board, Data Card Corporation
 
Michael B. Esstman
General Partner, Esstman Investments, Ltd. and
Retired Senior Vice President, GTE Corporation
 
Margaret A. Loftus
Principal, Loftus Brown-Wescott, Inc.
 
Edward M. Mahoney
Retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,
Fortis Investors, Inc. and Fortis Advisers, Inc.
 
Robb L. Prince
Retired Vice President and Treasurer, Jostens, Inc.
Michael J. LaVelle
Chief Executive Officer
 
Jeffrey P. Baker
President
 
John D. Bamberger
Executive Vice President and
Chief Operating Officer
 
David J. Steichen
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
 
Colleen M. Davenport
Secretary and General Counsel
 
Paulette M. Quist
Senior Vice President,
Business Development and Strategy
 
David H. Jenkins
Chief Information Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
A copy of the Company's 2004 Annual Report on Form 10-K and other reports, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, is available to security holders without charge upon request to the Treasurer at:
 
Analysts International Corporation
3601 West 76th Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55435-3000
 
Stock Transfer Agent
 
EquiServe Trust Company, N.A.
P.O. Box 43023
Providence, Rhode Island 02940-3023
 
Shareholder Inquiries:
800-254-5196
http://www.equiserve.com
 
Independent Auditors
 
Deloitte & Touche LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
 
World Wide Web Address
 
http://www.analysts.com



[BACK COVER]





Analysts International Corporation
3601 West 76th Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota 66435-3000

Phone: 952-835-5900
www.analysts.com
 

EX-21 20 exhibit21.htm SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT Subsidiaries of Registrant


Exhibit 21


Subsidiaries of Registrant
Year Ended January 1, 2005


 
Subsidiaries
 
State or Jurisdiction of Incorporation
 
Percentage of Voting
Securities Owned
         
AiC Analysts Limited
 
United Kingdom
 
100.0%
         
Medical Concepts Staffing, Inc.
 
Minnesota
 
100.0%
         
Analysts International Strategic Sourcing Services, LLC
 
Minnesota
 
100.0%
         
Analysts International Business Resources Services, LLC
 
Minnesota
 
100.0%
         
Analysts International Business Solutions Services, LLC
 
Minnesota
 
100.0%
         
Analysts International Management Services, LLC
 
Minnesota
 
100.0%



EX-23 21 exhibit23.htm AUDITOR'S CONSENT Auditor's Consent


Exhibit 23


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 33-89896, 33-25244, 33-87626, 333-36188 and 333-118663 of Analysts International Corporation on Form S-8 of our reports relating to the financial statements of Analysts International Corporation and management’s report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting dated March 17, 2005, which expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the change in the method of accounting for goodwill and certain intangibles in 2002, incorporated by reference in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Analysts International Corporation for the year ended January 1, 2005.



/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 17, 2005


 
 

EX-24 22 exhibit24.htm POWERS OF ATTORNEY Powers of Attorney


EXHIBIT 24

ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL 

POWER OF ATTORNEY
TO SIGN
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K



KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned hereby appoints Michael J. LaVelle or Colleen M. Davenport, or either of them, my true and lawful attorneys in fact, for me and in my name, place and stead, to sign and affix my name as a Director of Analysts International to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 1, 2005 and all amendments thereto to be filed by said Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. as required by Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended granting and giving unto said attorneys in fact, or any one of them, full authority and power to do and perform any and all acts necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of powers herein expressly granted, with full power to do and perform all acts authorized hereby as fully to all intents and purposes as I might or could do if personally present, with full power of substitution.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 10th day of March, 2005.


/s/ John D. Bamberger    
John D. Bamberger



STATE OF MINNESOTA )
) ss
COUNTY OF HENNEPIN )


On the 10th day of March, 2005, before me, personally came John D. Bamberger to me known to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged that he executed the same as his free act and deed.


/s/ Cindy A. Streich    
Notary Public





ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL

POWER OF ATTORNEY
TO SIGN
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K



KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned hereby appoints Michael J. LaVelle or Colleen M. Davenport, or either of them, my true and lawful attorneys in fact, for me and in my name, place and stead, to sign and affix my name as a Director of Analysts International to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 1, 2005 and all amendments thereto to be filed by said Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. as required by Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended granting and giving unto said attorneys in fact, or any one of them, full authority and power to do and perform any and all acts necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of powers herein expressly granted, with full power to do and perform all acts authorized hereby as fully to all intents and purposes as I might or could do if personally present, with full power of substitution.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 8th day of March, 2005.


/s/ Fredrick W. Lang    
Fredrick W. Lang



STATE OF MINNESOTA )
) ss
COUNTY OF HENNEPIN )


On the 8th day of March, 2005, before me, personally came Fredrick W. Lang to me known to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged that he executed the same as his free act and deed.


/s/ Cindy A. Streich    
Notary Public





ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL

POWER OF ATTORNEY
TO SIGN
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K



KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned hereby appoints Michael J. LaVelle or Colleen M. Davenport, or either of them, my true and lawful attorneys in fact, for me and in my name, place and stead, to sign and affix my name as a Director of Analysts International to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 1, 2005 and all amendments thereto to be filed by said Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. as required by Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended granting and giving unto said attorneys in fact, or any one of them, full authority and power to do and perform any and all acts necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of powers herein expressly granted, with full power to do and perform all acts authorized hereby as fully to all intents and purposes as I might or could do if personally present, with full power of substitution.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 9th day of March, 2005.


/s/ Krzysztof K. Burhardt    
Krzysztof K. Burhardt



STATE OF MINNESOTA )
) ss
COUNTY OF HENNEPIN )


On the 9th day of March, 2005, before me, personally came Krzysztof K. Burhardt to me known to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged that he executed the same as his free act and deed.


/s/ Cindy A. Streich    
Notary Public



ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL

POWER OF ATTORNEY
TO SIGN
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K



KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned hereby appoints Michael J. LaVelle or Colleen M. Davenport, or either of them, my true and lawful attorneys in fact, for me and in my name, place and stead, to sign and affix my name as a Director of Analysts International to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 1, 2005 and all amendments thereto to be filed by said Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. as required by Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended granting and giving unto said attorneys in fact, or any one of them, full authority and power to do and perform any and all acts necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of powers herein expressly granted, with full power to do and perform all acts authorized hereby as fully to all intents and purposes as I might or could do if personally present, with full power of substitution.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 12th day of March, 2005.


/s/ Willis K. Drake    
Willis K. Drake



STATE OF MINNESOTA )
) ss
COUNTY OF HENNEPIN )


On the 12th day of March, 2005, before me, personally came Willis K. Drake to me known to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged that he executed the same as his free act and deed.


/s/ Cindy A. Streich    
Notary Public





ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL

POWER OF ATTORNEY
TO SIGN
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K



KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned hereby appoints Michael J. LaVelle or Colleen M. Davenport, or either of them, my true and lawful attorneys in fact, for me and in my name, place and stead, to sign and affix my name as a Director of Analysts International to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 1, 2005 and all amendments thereto to be filed by said Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. as required by Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended granting and giving unto said attorneys in fact, or any one of them, full authority and power to do and perform any and all acts necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of powers herein expressly granted, with full power to do and perform all acts authorized hereby as fully to all intents and purposes as I might or could do if personally present, with full power of substitution.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 9th day of March, 2005.


/s/ Michael B. Esstman    
Michael B. Esstman



STATE OF MINNESOTA )
) ss
COUNTY OF HENNEPIN )


On the 9th day of March, 2005, before me, personally came Michael B. Esstman to me known to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged that he executed the same as his free act and deed.


/s/ Cindy A. Streich    
Notary Public



ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL

POWER OF ATTORNEY
TO SIGN
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K



KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned hereby appoints Michael J. LaVelle or Colleen M. Davenport, or either of them, my true and lawful attorneys in fact, for me and in my name, place and stead, to sign and affix my name as a Director of Analysts International to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 1, 2005 and all amendments thereto to be filed by said Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. as required by Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended granting and giving unto said attorneys in fact, or any one of them, full authority and power to do and perform any and all acts necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of powers herein expressly granted, with full power to do and perform all acts authorized hereby as fully to all intents and purposes as I might or could do if personally present, with full power of substitution.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 9th day of March, 2005.


/s/ Margaret A. Loftus    
Margaret A. Loftus



STATE OF MINNESOTA )
) ss
COUNTY OF HENNEPIN )


On the 9th day of March, 2005, before me, personally came Margaret A. Loftus to me known to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged that he executed the same as his free act and deed.


/s/ Cindy A. Streich    
Notary Public



ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL

POWER OF ATTORNEY
TO SIGN
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K



KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned hereby appoints Michael J. LaVelle or Colleen M. Davenport, or either of them, my true and lawful attorneys in fact, for me and in my name, place and stead, to sign and affix my name as a Director of Analysts International to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 1, 2005 and all amendments thereto to be filed by said Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. as required by Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended granting and giving unto said attorneys in fact, or any one of them, full authority and power to do and perform any and all acts necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of powers herein expressly granted, with full power to do and perform all acts authorized hereby as fully to all intents and purposes as I might or could do if personally present, with full power of substitution.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 9th day of March, 2005.


/s/ Edward M. Mahoney   
Edward M. Mahoney



STATE OF MINNESOTA )
) ss
COUNTY OF HENNEPIN )


On the 9th day of March, 2005, before me, personally came Edward M. Mahoney to me known to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged that he executed the same as his free act and deed.


/s/ Cindy A. Streich    
Notary Public




ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL

POWER OF ATTORNEY
TO SIGN
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K



KNOW ALL PEOPLE BY THESE PRESENTS, that the undersigned hereby appoints Michael J. LaVelle or Colleen M. Davenport, or either of them, my true and lawful attorneys in fact, for me and in my name, place and stead, to sign and affix my name as a Director of Analysts International to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 1, 2005 and all amendments thereto to be filed by said Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Washington, D.C. as required by Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended granting and giving unto said attorneys in fact, or any one of them, full authority and power to do and perform any and all acts necessary or incidental to the performance and execution of powers herein expressly granted, with full power to do and perform all acts authorized hereby as fully to all intents and purposes as I might or could do if personally present, with full power of substitution.

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this 11th day of March, 2005.


/s/ Robb L. Prince    
Robb L. Prince



STATE OF MINNESOTA )
) ss
COUNTY OF HENNEPIN )


On the 11th day of March, 2005, before me, personally came Robb L. Prince to me known to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged that he executed the same as his free act and deed.


/s/ Cindy A. Streich    
Notary Public

 

EX-31.1 23 exhibit31-1.htm SECTION 302 CEO CERTIFICATION Section 302 CEO Certification


EXHIBIT 31.1


CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002


I, Michael J. LaVelle, Chief Executive Officer, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Analysts International Corporation (the Registrant);

2.
Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:

 
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
 
b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 
c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

 
d)
disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonable likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing equivalent function):

 
a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 
b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.



Dated: March 17, 2005
By:
/s/ Michael J. LaVelle
   
Michael J. LaVelle
   
Chief Executive Officer



EX-31.2 24 exhibit31-2.htm SECTION 302 CFO CERTIFICATION Section 302 CFO Certification


EXHIBIT 31.2


CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002


I, David J. Steichen, Chief Financial Officer, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Analysts International Corporation (the Registrant);

2.
Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and we have:

 
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
 
b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 
c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

 
d)
disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonable likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and


5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing equivalent function):

 
a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 
b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.



Dated: March 17, 2005
By:
/s/ David J. Steichen
   
David J. Steichen
   
Chief Financial Officer



EX-32 25 exhibit32.htm SECTION 906 CEO/CFO CERTIFICATION Section 906 CEO/CFO Certification


 EXHIBIT 32

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002


In connection with the Annual Report of Analysts International Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended January 1, 2005 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), the undersigned, Michael J. LaVelle, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and David J. Steichen, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:


 
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.



Dated: March 17, 2005
By:
/s/ Michael J. LaVelle
   
Michael J. LaVelle
   
Chief Executive Officer
     
Dated: March 17, 2005
By:
/s/ David J. Steichen
   
David J. Steichen
   
Chief Financial Officer



GRAPHIC 26 logo.jpg ANALYSTS INTERNATIONAL LOGO begin 644 logo.jpg M_]C_X``02D9)1@`!`0$!+`$L``#_VP!#``,"`@,"`@,#`P,$`P,$!0@%!00$ M!0H'!P8(#`H,#`L*"PL-#A(0#0X1#@L+$!80$1,4%145#`\7&!84&!(4%13_ MVP!#`0,$!`4$!0D%!0D4#0L-%!04%!04%!04%!04%!04%!04%!04%!04%!04 M%!04%!04%!04%!04%!04%!04%!04%!3_P``1"``U`2P#`2(``A$!`Q$!_\0` M'P```04!`0$!`0$```````````$"`P0%!@<("0H+_\0`M1```@$#`P($`P4% M!`0```%]`0(#``01!1(A,4$&$U%A!R)Q%#*!D:$((T*QP152T?`D,V)R@@D* M%A<8&1HE)B7J#A(6&AXB)BI*3E)66EYB9FJ*CI*6FIZBIJK*SM+6VM[BYNL+#Q,7& MQ\C)RM+3U-76U]C9VN'BX^3EYN?HZ>KQ\O/T]?;W^/GZ_\0`'P$``P$!`0$! M`0$!`0````````$"`P0%!@<("0H+_\0`M1$``@$"!`0#!`<%!`0``0)W``$" M`Q$$!2$Q!A)!40=A<1,B,H$(%$*1H;'!"2,S4O`58G+1"A8D-.$E\1<8&1HF M)R@I*C4V-S@Y.D-$149'2$E*4U155E=865IC9&5F9VAI:G-T=79W>'EZ@H.$ MA8:'B(F*DI.4E9:7F)F:HJ.DI::GJ*FJLK.TM;:WN+FZPL/$Q<;'R,G*TM/4 MU=;7V-G:XN/DY>;GZ.GJ\O/T]?;W^/GZ_]H`#`,!``(1`Q$`/P#]4Z\J_:D^ M,0^`/[/WCGQXH5KO2=.8V*O$94:\D98;8.H()3SI(MW(^7<>U>J9Q7P3^T5+ M^.=9?6M8L@WB#3+J:']\\4MPQO%=UPN%FGA9%( MR/-8#Y555_1^OPO_`&AO#>O_`+`?[?*^,-&TZ]L/"D^LC6],%HJVMO?6$KK) M=6,>S*A$\R2#:1D*$8J`RY_;WPWXCTOQ?H=CK6B:C;:KI%_"MQ:WMI()(IHV M&0RL.""*`-.L'QGXF^*-6\(W`E63^T-&BM))BHSE,74$T>TYY^3 M/`P1SG>HH`_(SX^_MR_'K]CW]K'4/">L^-1\1_"&F-!.+/4])L;-[VVFA5R# M);PHR.A9E#`X+("5()6OU"^$?Q8\-?&_X>Z-XS\)WPO]%U.$21DX$D3?Q12* M"=LB'*LN>".XP:^#?BU^SYX7_::_X*/?$GP-XK2:.QG^'%M^*'Q+_X)=?M'W7@WQG;W$W@;4+L&_M6^:"] MLS(8TU*TP6`<*N[;U8+Y;[6`*`'VA_P4>\=_&3]F3X?:=X^\!_%O6%M+[738 M76CZCI&DSQ6R2QRRQ>0XLU<*GE%,2&1CN4ELJ2WU'\%_AWX^\'Z997/C_P"* M>J^/-;>R\J\MFT_3[33DG+*QDA6&UCF^4`H-\A!#,2H)`7Y*_P""I/C[P]\4 M_P!ACP]XK\*:K;ZYX>U77[&>SOK8DK(NRX!!!`*LK`JR,`RLK*P!!`_06@`H MHJ.XGCMH9)I9%BBC4N[N0%51R22>@%`'PQ_P5G_:0F^$/P-M/!V@:L=/\6>+ M;I(R;:1X[B#3XSOFE1T(VEG6*+G[RO+CID>N?L`_M$G]I/\`9NT+6[LSOK^C M$:%K,UP!F>[ABB+3`CJ)$DC<\#YF88XKYP^%7PIT'_@HO\:_C#\6?$L#WOPR M:P;P1X46>("=-@C=[Z#>H,3*S-(NY#S!M:CLI4LX[>ST^XLI+G!,;W"W%K+(5#8!$;IQGC/-?E MG^S=^U3^U;\<_P!I/3?A7=?%4::8KV9-7N8]$TS=#!;L?M'EG[(#?#M_X8TC['J/B?5?%MQYC M/_:&LQVD<^#C"8M8(8\#!Q\F>3DGC&[110!P_P`5/!'B?QGI`3PI\0M6\`:I M##,(IM/LK&[@FE8#RVGCN;>5F5"O2-HR0S9)^4K^07QE_;/_`&N?V>?B_=^` M_'GQ,6VN;*6$SWFFZ!ILT4UNX#>=`6M4WC:3@$+\P*G!!Q^VM?)O_!0S]CF+ M]J3X42W'A[3K/_A9.C;9M*NV$<4EW$I;?9/,PX1@[,H)"B0*25!8D`^BOA[I MDVF^&;,-1\,/A#>Z7JNO>/HY(]/\$VEXDDD]M>R2):FR=&R0L1 M/F1Q;1\R/&2-RX_17]A[]EO_`(9W^'4^J>(IKG4_B?XO*:KXKU*^D667[4^Y MS;AU9@PC:1P7#-ON_#'P/XD\&6,R^)OB)K/C^]F2,-+J=C86D4+ M+NW&%+6WC(#;AD2-)]T8(YSV5X[#?M'?LA_'#]CSXWZ[X_^$%MKW_"(S7)9K(B1_O(3YB,V&V80`%@`?J3X9=I/#FE.Q+,UI$ M26.23L'4FN7^/'BV^\`_`_XA^)],D\G4M%\.ZCJ5K+L#[)8;:21#M;(.&4<$ M8]:ZO0=1TW5]#TZ_T>ZMKW2+JVCGLKFSD62":!E#1O&RY#(5(((X((Q4NJ:7 M9:YIEYINI6<&H:=>0O;W-I=1++#/$ZE71T8$,K`D$$8()!H`^'O@5\,_VQOB M/X%TGQ)XO_:$MO!S:I;I=P:5;^$=-O)XXW`9/-8Q(JN0T`?=VJ_`#]I[^SG?2OVJ`]Z%)2.\\":8 ML;''`+*I(&>^#].U;W[%_B3XJ7.G?$3PG\9O$=EXH\=>%O$*VCWVG0116YM9 MK&UN(0GEPQ9'[USED#9;!X`KZ-C_`-6OT%5;71["RO[V^M[*W@O;TH;JYCB5 M9)]B[4WL!EMHX&>@Z4`6R,@BOS;\>?M#_$[]J_\`;0UOX!^`/&J_#GP/X?FG MAU;5-/0PZI?)`8H[M(Y2&*NLGFK'LV#;EV+8"C])#TK\EO\`@H3^P;\0]#^, MMS\9?@Y::MJ[:I>'4;NS\.QF.^TF\41_OH?+?S93+)YDF8URK9SU!H`^@OBA M^S;\8/V8?A_J'BKX$?%CQEXMOM/#7.H>&?'=[!JD5W;@$R-!NB7;*N%;`*E@ M&`))"M[]^Q9?W6J?LG?"F\O;F:\NY_#]J\L]Q(9))&*\EF)))^M?GA^S_P#\ M%A_%_@R]LO#?QG\.?V[9VY-O^"XX$AL5TD@16Z!01$4X:)E##,;@,N<$`\4`)\< M?C)H'P!^%FO>//$KR#2M)A$C0PX,L\C,%CB0$@%F9E49X&?;Z);ZO"FGVC8(S%"UNP!P2-Q);DC.*Z MWX"?LJ:=^SP+6UT'X@>.M8T.UA:"#0=>U2&YL8@<8*((%9<8X"L`,GB@#X\_ M;N_X)P^'M%^`6K>+O!.IZ_?:WX8#ZI<)X@UB:^5K!(V-PL0?.U@!&^>XB([@ MUT?_``1U_:'L_&'P@O\`X4ZC>$^(?"TLMY80.H'F:9*ZG*G.6,<\D@;(X$L0 M!/0?37[07[)&C_M(^=:^)/'?CC3-"F1$ET'1-3AM[&0KGYF0PL6)SDAF(R`< M<5XMX3_X)'?";P'XALM>\-^,OB+H6M63%[;4-/UFWAGB)4J=KK;`C*D@^H)' M0T`?;PI:H:!I;Z'H6G:;)?W>J/9VT=NU]?NKW%R44*9)64*"[8RQ``))P!TK M%^(_@:7XA>&VTF'Q/KWA)FE60ZCX!@B@#Y&\":S: MW7_!7GXC6R3)YUM\.XK5T+#/F&:PEV_78X./3FO;_P!KO]E/PW^U?\+;S0-3 MAMK3Q%;1M)HFO/#NET^@/X6\.:?I,FK:AKCVD M0C.HZM(DEU,'ZCUW2VUO0 M]1TY+Z[TQ[NWDMUOK!U2XMRZE?,B9@P#KG*D@C(&0>E?'GC?_@E5\-OB3XLD M\3^*/'OQ)USQ!(5)U"\UJW>5=OW0I^S?*!C@#`':@"SX&_X)=_##PAX4TS26 M\1^-);F"!19(L*,5C#-D[7DD]S:ZC`RR1S"X)W;G5AM'4&W8YYX_8'X6_#F7X8>& MY-(D\6>)/&6Z!?&[_@G-X)_:'\2 M'6/'7CSX@ZNTU>SO- M-\-ZA%:PWL;GYA-NA_M%Z6/VF='^#>FVD>IZG-HESK>IWL=V`-.1'5(HVC"G<[EF)!9"H"G#;A MCYP/_!&_X*&/RSXD\?&/&-O]K6V/R^S5ZO\`LR_\$_\`X;?LI>-M0\4^$+[Q M#>ZG>V#:<_\`;%W%+&L32)(=H2).,\4`?2](:6N$^+?PK?XLZ!#I0\ M9>*O!D:2%WN?"=^EG<3`C&QI&C<[>_RX/O0!^+WP_P!4LK+_`(*RW%S2^G2/'U=DQ[XK]VQ7P=!_P`$9_@?:S1S0^(/'<4T;!TD35+9 M65@<@@BUX(/>OK7X0_"=_A)HLVF?\)IXJ\90OL$4OBJ^CNY;=57`5'6)#@\9 MW;CQUH`[VJ6MR/%HU^\;%'6WD964X((4X(J[4%]:B]LKBW+%1-&T98=LC%`' MQ]_P3/\`VK;'X^?!>S\-:SKUUJ?Q'\-1R)JW]IRAI[N%IG\FX1BQ:50AB1V. M"'X(^92WE/\`P5/_`&1/A?IGP$UGXH:#H&F^$O%FD7-F))-+@%O'J4DBL>`3C((!8_P""6%OXO@_8]\-GQ;)=NDEU.^C)?;O, M33?E$(&[G9D2%.VQDV_+BOKNJNEZ9::)IEIIUA;165A:0I;V]M;H$CAC4!51 M5'`4```#H!5J@!*_%?\`X+&:U9R?M@>%S%.DS:=X7L8[I(F#-$_VR[EVL.QV M.C8/9@>]?L5XZ\*R^-O"U[HT.O:MX9DN=F-4T*9(KR':ZM^[=T=1G;M.5/#' M&#R/C;6_^"/?P;\2ZQ?:MJWBGX@:EJE],]S=7EUJUM)+/*Y+,[L;;)8DDDF@ M#[;T75;77='L=1L9X[JRNX([B">)@R21NH964C@@@@@^]7:\:^`7[,MC^SS; M16&C>._&NOZ)!9FSM=&\1:E%-=<\03Z[/XE\2Z_=(9/(A3#1%0S' MYG1F/J,`4`=9^V7^QC\,?C_\/?$6IZO::-X0\50P_;%\;FW6.6W\H#)N7#)Y ML7EJ4/F$A5.1@J*_.']A/0OVC-2^$>KR_"+5Y;'PV-`/A]X>^%O@[2O"OA72X=&T#2X1!:64!8A%'#?M;_`+1_B7]FOPAINO\`A[X7ZK\3(99)?MZZ9-)$NG0QQ[S/ M*R02[4X/+!0,'FO>:\V_:6'_`!CI\4O^Q6U3_P!))*`/-OV,_P!K/Q%^U;I& MN:MJOPJU3X=Z1:QVTNF:A>W,EQ;ZLLIF#F"1K>)6$?E+DJ6_U@Z=_9?BYX\/ MPL^%?C'QF+'^U/\`A'M&O-6^Q>=Y/VCR(6E\O?M;;NV8W;3C/0UY/_P3[Y_8 MS^%!_P"H1_[5>NL_:W_Y-5^,?_8G:O\`^DV>10=NX*K*Q4$I+&Q4;L5Z5\&OB)_PMOX2^$/& MPT_^RO\`A(-*MM3^P^=YWV?S8P^S?M7=C.,[1G'05^07@74=>_8[^&D5Y>/< MO\'?C-\/IHS(!YT=EKC6#J,@9<,SCV4I$=#V.?&,=U<06$T;1([/O%DZ*J MLY0GS",J>1T&A^S#^W1X]_:'\<:'IM_^SWXC\&>%-5M9;J+Q=?Q(^.'CSPKI5Y^S7XI\*^%M>7SE\6SW%S+8Q0F%I8Y=YLD1D? M"A6W@'>"">_3?\%1A_Q@G\3/^X9_Z=+2O+_V)OA[^U9::3\)-9U_XG>%[WX- MG0[.:+P[!:QB^6P:R'V6$O\`8E;>@,6X^=D[3\S=P#[Y.>U?G7I7_!6#Q?K< M>KZIIO[-7B;6/".C7DUMJ7B#2-0FNH+580&E9V6R\M2L9#E6=<`@D@'-?HK7 MXQ_LV?MB^-/V6OV,+YT\6S7!&G6-W+%;QI%-&J%FV[4; M&Y=WF*N1G-`'ZP_`_P",OA[]H#X7Z'X\\+23MHVK1LT<5T@2>!T=DDCD4$@, MKJP."0<9!(()X+]LO]J+_AD?X3VGC7_A&3XK\_58=,^PB_\`L>WS(Y7W[_+D MSCRL;=O.[KQSSG_!.?X/7'P=_96\,Q7]U!=ZMXD9_$MVUG.LUNIN@K1+&RJ! M@0B'.-R[]^UF7!KRK_@LS_R:=I/_`&-=G_Z3W5`'OOQH_:GTOX9?LK7/QPT/ M2SXKT;[%87]I9-=?9&GBNIX8ER^R38RB<$C:>5*G'4>S:+J']KZ/8WQC\G[5 M!'-Y>[=MW*#C.!G&>N*_%_X\ZC??L>?!_P".7[+_`(E6>?2?$%W9^(O`=\D@ MN"]D=1C+K<."NQC':#Y1&H\Q)CR'0G]E?!W_`"*.A_\`7C!_Z+6@#YT_:B_; MA7X`^/\`0_AYX8^'>N_%'XAZK:KJ,>BZ03&J6I,JERZ1RN7!B8[1&0%!8LO& M=+]DO]LVV_:7U3Q7X;UCP;J'PW\=^&7C-]X*^8_'GQ/\4?"K_@J3\0-7\*?#O4OB;J4G@JVM6TG2[A89((F:S8SDE6^ M4,JKC'60`M0^&VJ3>"Y(9-&U*82RO&I^64L%4$ M-C`&/X*`/M3]ICXR>)_@=\/;?Q!X3^&VK?%/5)=0CLVT31C()DC9)&:<^7#* M=JE%7[N,N.1W^/+/_@J[\1M0\8W_`(1M?V5?%%SXLL(!A0ZE%?HY7P'\'?^4R'QR_[$NV_]%:/0!]M_#KQ-?\`C/X? M^&O$&J:)<>&M3U33;>]NM%N]WG6$LD:N\#[E1MR$E3E5.1R!TKX]_:+_`."C M/C/X`?%RY\&#]G[7?$%E/?QZ?HNM#4)K>/6IG2,A+9?L;B1]T@3:C,A?L_?M^7/Q,^+,?PY^)'PNUCX+^)=0LQ>:+%K] MPQ74N<-&OFP0L'_N@*P;9("590&^NS7P)_P49$7_``TY^QGG<;C_`(37Y/3; M]MTS=G\=OZU]^4`?.?P!_;1\/_&_XQ?$_P"&D^GQ>&O$O@W6KG3+:"?4$E;5 MX8998FGA7:C`J8270!@H=/F;)QL_`K]IK_A=?Q?^,G@8>&_[&'P[U&WL/M_V M_P`_^T/--P-_E^6OE8^S]-SYW=1CG\TI/AGXJT/XH?'K]HKP!*K>*/A=\4-7 MN;S3Y=Q6^TUIY//7CH%0R[^A,;R$'G_%KXY?M0>--*CEAT M_7M0T?48H9QB2(2?;V,;=MRDE21D$@X)�!]T_$7XA:!\*/`^L^+O%&HPZ5 MH.DVYN+JZF8``K,Q554)+:0@0W!3[,L9#;X^!,0@VJ^,[B\1K1HH9+0Q3B/RP=L MIC0*,\>8.3B@#];=)U2TUS2[/4=/NH;ZPO(4N+>ZMW#QS1NH9'5AP5((((Z@ MBO#_`!9^U-_PB_[8G@OX$_\`",_:3XCT.36O[?\`M^S[/M%V?+^S^4=^?LGW MO,'W^G'/3?LG_P#)K/P<_P"Q,T;_`-(8:^7OBQ_RF*^"_P#V(UQ_Z#JU`'T= M\<_VC/\`A4-Y]ALM!37+Z);22>*XO6M%"W/VOR1$1%(99";&<>6HWDF-4#NZ MH?2_!?BNV\9Z%_:-L-OEW5U8SH"2$N+:XDMYU!(&0)89`#@9`!P,USOQ'^#& MC_$B:1?/!]EGN]/CMW>>#RYX_*<3PRK@)=7*@@!@)G`(W&NNT#0;3P MUI4.GV2%8(RSEG.7DD=B\DCG^)W=F=F[LQ/>@#1HHHH`****`"O"OVLOV>_% M'[1?@VR\/>'/B=J'PV@#3+J+V-HUP-1@DC*-!(JS1?+R>I/7I110!D?L48D\UO? M%WP'_P`+2^%7C'P9]N_LS_A(=&O-)^V^3YWV?SX6B\S9N7=MWYV[AG&,CK11 M0!X]XJ_8LT+QU^R!I'P*UW6#=#2K"W@LO$<5BBRV]S!]RX2)V?;D;D90^2DD MBAUW9'KOP:^'G_"I/A-X/\$_VA_:W_"/:5;:9]N\CR?M'E1JF_9N;;G;G&XX M]3110!3^/7PL/QN^#OBSP(-4_L7^WK%[+^T/L_G^1N(^;R]R[NG32?-^T>;[_`'?+ M_&BB@#W>O`/!O[*G_")_MD>._CQ_PE'VK_A)]&CT?_A'_P"S]GV;8EFOF?:/ M-._/V/[OEK_K.OR\E%`'OQ.`37Q)^T7_`,$]O''Q\^++>,E_:`U?0+*RU"/4 MM#T8:0]Q'HTR+&`\#_:T"MNC#[@J\T44`?3_`,#?`.O?"_X7Z+X8\3^,KSX@ MZY8^?]H\1W\3137>^9Y$W*9)"-B.L8^<\(.G0>7<^%!!&WYF9SN8WF@"XV@[5 MP$'7/!10!W/[4GP,_P"&D_@3XF^'/]M_\(Y_;/V;_B9_9/M7D^3=13_ZO>F[ M/E;?O#&[/.,'E_B7^RN?B)^QY:_`G_A*!IYAT;2M(_M_^S_,S]C:W;S/L_FC M&_[/C;YGR[NK8Y**`/4_A+X&_P"%8?"OP;X-^V_VE_PCVBV6D?;?*\K[1Y$" M1>9LW-MW;,[=QQG&3UKYQ_:A_86\0?'OX[Z#\4?"_P`7+WX9ZWH^BKH\#:?I M33S`"6X9G69;F(KN6Y9"N.@//.`44`>N_LV?"#Q=\%?!-]HOC/XFZE\5=3N- E1>[BUC5('AEAB,4:B`!II3M#1N^=PYD/''/KE%%`!1110!__V3\_ ` end
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----